LESSON 1

Visualizing Whole Numbers

Warm Up

Read the numbers.

1.) 55 000 6.) 1 200 000

2.) 48 990 7.) 2 675 335
3.) 125 655 8.) 4 338 210
4.) 400 990 9.) 6 000 432
5.) 598 645 10.) 9 989 458

Let Us Discover

The sun’s circumference is about 4 366 813 kilometers.

Source: NASA/SDO/AIA

When we read numbers, we group them into periods.

Let’s say: 4 366 813

Write the given digits in their proper places in the place value chart.
Millions Thousands Units
Hundred Tens Ones Hundred Tens Ones Hundred Tens Ones
s s s

4 3 6 6 8 1 3

108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100

1
 4 366 813 is read as four million three hundred sixty six thousand eight hundred
thirteen. The periods from right to left are units, thousands and millions. Each period is
divided into three place values namely: ones, tens and hundreds.

Based on the given number from the place value chart, we can group them according
to periods and value as follows:

Sets of Digits Periods

4 Millions
366 Thousands
813 Units

We used comma or space to separate each period. To write the expanded form of
4 366 813, write the value of each digit. The 4 stands for four million so we begin by writing
4 000 000. Then, continue finding the value of each digit.

The expanded form of 4 366 813 would be:

4 000 000 + 300 000 + 60 000 + 6000 + 800 + 10 + 3

We read left to right, so when we want to read a larger number, you start with the
period on the left.

4 366 813

Four million three hundred sixty eight hundred thirteen

thousand

Let us study the other examples

Based on the 2010 Census of Population and Housing, the province of Cavite posted
a total population of 3 090 691.
You can used the place value chart to help you write the standard form of this number.
First write in the millions.
Millions Thousands Units
Hundred Tens Ones Hundred Tens Ones Hundred Tens Ones
s s s
3

Next, add the thousands period.

Millions Thousands Units

Hundred Tens Ones Hundred Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones
s s
3 0 9 0
2
Lastly, add the units period.

Millions Thousands Units

Hundred Tens Ones Hundred Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones
s s
3 0 9 0 6 9 1

The standard form of “three million, ninety thousand, six hundred ninety one” is
3 090 691.
The expanded form of 3 090 691 would be:
3 000 000 + 90 000 + 600 + 90 + 1

Whole numbers can also represent writing using number lines. Number lines are
useful because they provide a linear representation of all numbers, in order of size. They are
also useful to model some number computations, especially for addition and subtraction.

0 1 000 000 2 000 000 3 000 000 4 000 000 5 000 000 6 000 000 7 000 000 8 000 000 9 000 000 10 000 00

The number line represents a simple scale and the whole numbers must be shows
equally spaced from each other. It is important to include zero as the distance from zero
represents the size of a number.

Some method for addition are illustrated using addition 3 000 000 + 5 000 000.

1.) Counting all method: starting at 0, the student jumps to 1000 000, 2 000 000,
3 000 000,then one by one jumps on 5 000 000 to 8 000 000.

0 1 000 000 2 000 000 3 000 000 4 000 000 5 000 000 6 000 000 7 000 000 8 000 000 9 000 000 10 000 00

2.) Counting on Method: the student starts at 3 000 000 and counts on 5 000 000 more.

0 1 000 000 2 000 000 3 000 000 4 000 000 5 000 000 6 000 000 7 000 000 8 000 000 9 000 000 10 000 00

3
 3.) Facile number facts: the students starts at 0 and adds 3 000 000 and 5 000 000.

0 1 000 000 2 000 000 3 000 000 4 000 000 5 000 000 6 000 000 7 000 000 8 000 000 9 000 000 10 000 00

Work Independently

A. Give the place value and value of each underlined digit.

1.) 973 6.) 1 649 181

2.) 5 306 7.) 3 273 692
3.) 12 410 8.) 5 087 123
4.) 96 874 9.) 29 574 507
5.) 401 235 10.) 71 245 009

B. Give the period of each set of underlined digits.

1.) 638 412 125 6.) 342 887 165

2.) 214 367 000 7.) 408 389 626
3.) 982 000 667 8.) 953 932 600
4.) 165 703 219 9.) 443 211 867
5.) 256 349 714 10.) 956 991 793

Work Harder

A. Give the place value of the underlined digit.

1.) 392 667 6.) 659 342 129

2.) 508 478 7.) 425 123 468
3.) 853 821 8.) 499 825 100
4.) 665 129 9.) 985 000 000
5.) 437 425 10.) 999 125 486

B. Give the value of 9 in each number.

1.) 203 192 6.) 9 843 123

2.) 496 375 7.) 12 965 248
3.) 819 420 8.) 49 000 312
4.) 123 972 9.) 65 390 000
5.) 468 369 10.) 127 343 986

4
Apply Your Skills

Answer the following.

1.) The closest distance the moon gets to Earth is approximately 348 294 km. What digit
is in the ten thousand place?

2.) A skylab crew once traveled 55 596 284 km. What is the value of the digit of the digit
to the left of 9?

Concepts to Ponder

 Each digit of number has a definite place value and value.

 The digits of large numbers are grouped into sets. Each set of three digits
makes one period.
 The leftmost period may contain one to three digits.
 A place value chart help us visualize and represent numbers. In reading
whole numbers, start with the period on the left.
 Number lines are useful because they provide a linear representation of
whole numbers

5
LESSON 2

Representing Numbers in Expanded

Notation
Warm Up

Read the following numbers. Write them in words on your paper/show-me board.

1.) 120 235 6.) 2 309 425

2.) 145 600 7.) 4 401 264
3.) 349 123 8.) 7 343 988
4.) 493 436 9.) 8 542 283
5.) 657 396 10.) 9 768 249

Let Us Discover

2010 Population in National Capital Region

Caloocan 1 489 040
Las Piñas 552 573 Presented on
the chart are Makati 529 039 the cities in
NCR with their Malabon 353 337 corresponding
population Mandaluyong 328 699 based on 2010
Population Manila 1 652 171 Census.
Marikina 424 150
Quezon Muntinlupa 459 941 City has the
greatest Navotas 249 131 number of
population with Parañaque 588 126 a total of 2 761
720. Can you Pasay 392 869 express the
population Pasig 669 773 using
expanded notation?
Pateros 64 147
Quezon city 2 761 720
Millions Thousands Units
San Juan 121 430
H T Taguig O H T 644
O 473 H T O
Valenzuela 575 356
6
 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10
x 10 x x 10 x x 10 x x 10 x x 10 x x 10
10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10
x 10 x x 10 x x 10
10 x 10 10
108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100
2 7 6 1 7 2 0

We have studied the place value of whole numbers and they are based on groupings
of 10 and multiples of 10. Since 10 is the basis for grouping, it is also called the “base 10”
system.

The place value of a number with 10 as a basis is ten times as great as the place
value of the next position to its right.

In base 10, the first place from the right tells how many ones, the second place tells
how many groups of tens (10 x 1) and the third place indicates how many groups of ten tens
(10 x 10) or hundreds.

The numeral 2 761 720 means:

2 one million or 2 000 000 or 2 x 106
7 hundred thousands or 700 000 or 7 x 105
6 ten thousands or 60 000 or 6 x 104
1 one thousands or 1 000 or 1 x 103
7 hundreds or 700 or 7 x 102
2 tens or 20 or 2 x 101
0 ones or - or -

Since the value of the digit in the ones place is zero, there is no need to write the
value expanded form and exponential expanded form. The same rule is applicable also to
the other place value.

Value expanded form: 2 000 000 + 700 000 + 60 000 + 1 000 + 700 + 20

Exponential expanded form: (2 x 106) + (7 x 105) +(6 x 104)+(1 x 103) + (7 x 102) + (2 x 101)

The number of zeros in one millions, hundred, thousand, ten thousand, one thousand,
hundreds and tens are 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 and 1 respectively. We use these numbers to represent
the exponents. The exponent indicates the number of times the base is used as a factor.

Here are other examples:

1.) 1 489 040 = 1 000 000 + 400 000 + 80 000 + 9 000 + 40

= (1 x 106) + (4 x 105) + (8 x 104) + (9 x 103) + (4 x 101)

7
 2.) 552 573 = 500 000 + 50 000 + 2 000 + 500 + 70 + 3
= (5 x 105) + (5 x 104) + (2 x 103) + (5 x 102) + (7 x 101) + (3 x 100)

Can you write the other numbers on the chart in value expanded and exponential
expanded form?

Work Independently

A. Write the following numbers in value expanded form.

1.) 145 6.) 652 806

2.) 764 7.) 3 081 957
3.) 1 089 8.) 5 237 499
4.) 27 950 9.) 8 965 005
5.) 78 758 10.) 9 425 656

B. Write the following numbers in exponential expanded form.

1.) 14 137 6.) 2 003 150

2.) 100 068 7.) 3 000 873
3.) 319 506 8.) 6 611 437
4.) 496 721 9.) 8 459 988
5.) 600 298 10.) 8 565 877

Work Harder

A. Express each number in value expanded and exponential expanded form.

1.) 3 416 6.) 978 132

2.) 7 817 7.) 195 569
3.) 32 658 8.) 6 400 772
4.) 47 113 9.) 8 902 275
5.) 457 615 10.) 9 652 947
B. Write each number in standard form.

1.) (5 x 103) + (8 x 102) + (6 x 101) + (8 x100)

2.) (7 x 104) + (6 x 102) + (2 x 100)
3.) (7 x 105) + (7 x 104) + (2 x 103) + (8 x 101) + (1 x 100)
4.) (9 x 105) + (4 x 102)
5.) (5 x 106) + (5 x 104) + (7 x 102) + (2 x 100)
6.) (2 x 104) + (1 x 103)
7.) (3 x 105) + (2 x 104) + (6 x 103) + (5 x 101)
8.) (5 x 104) + (6 x 103) + (5 x 100)
9.) (1 x 106) + (8 x 105) + (6 x 104) +(3 x 103) + (8 x 102)
10.) (7 x 104) +(4 x 103) + (3 x 102) + (9 x 101) + (8 x 100)

8
Apply Your Skills

Express the numerical data in exponential expanded form.

1.) The land area of China is 9 572 100 square kilometers.

2.) The sum is classified as a yellow dwarf star and has a diameter of 1 392 000 km.

Concepts to Ponder

 The powers of 10 are used to express large numbers.

 The exponent indicates how many times the base is used as a factor.
 Any number, except zero, raised to the zero power is equal to 1.

LESSON 3

Reading and Writing Whole Numbers

Through 10 000 000
Warm up

Read the numbers and give the place value of the underlined digit.

9
 1.) 55 287 6.) 2 652 123
2.) 69 180 7.) 4 918 657
3.) 175 234 8.) 8 214 165
4.) 435 598 9.) 9 375 428
5.) 626 295 10.) 9 867 235

Let Us Discover

Top Ten Largest Cities In the Philippines by Population

1. Quezon City 2 761 723
2. Manila 1 652 171
3. Caloocan city 1 489 040
4. Davao City 1 449 296
5. Cebu City 866 171
6. Zamboanga City 807 129
7. Antipolo City 677 741
8. Pasig 669 773
9. Taguig City 644 473
10. Cagayan De Oro City 602 088
Sources: 2010 Philippine Census

The table shows the population of the top ten largest cities in the Philippines.
Can you read the numbers?

2 761 720 is read “two million, seven hundred sixty one thousand, seven
hundred twenty”.

1 652 171 is read “one million, six hundred fifty two thousand, one hundred
seventy one”.

Try to read the other numbers in the table.

The table below shows the three periods you already know: the millions, the
thousands and the units.

Millions Thousands Units

Hundred Tens Ones Hundred Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones
1.) s s
9 9 2 3 4 8 6
2.) 9 4 3 9 6 2 5
3.) 7 4 3 4 3 7
4.) 5 0 6 7 9 3
5.) 8 6 3 7 5 6 0
6.) 7 0 6 9 4 7 3
7.) 10
 2 4 3 2 6 9 8
8.) 4 6 5 1 8 7
9.) 9 8 6 2 4 8
10.) 6 8 9 1 7 5 4

Can you read and write the numbers in the chart?

Work Independently

A. Read and write the following numbers in words.

1.) 814 029 6.) 2 198 741

2.) 128 895 7.) 3 295 172
3.) 146 300 8.) 5 769 343
4.) 598 420 9.) 7 429 785
5.) 765 398 10.) 9 642 143

B. Write the following numbers in figures.

1.) Five hundred thousand, six hundred twenty

2.) Six hundred thirty four thousand, five hundred eleven
3.) Eight hundred fourteen thousand, twenty nine
4.) Nine hundred eighty two thousand, seventy hundred seventy
5.) One million, nine hundred twenty-four thousand, five hundred eighty six
6.) Three million, one hundred ten thousand, three hundred forty one
7.) Two million, six hundred nine thousand
8.) Four million, nine hundred thirty six
9.) Five million, nine hundred ninety eight thousand, nine hundred eighty four
10.) Nine million, nine hundred ninety eight thousand, nine hundred eighty four

Work Harder

A. Write the following numbers in words.

1.) 286 243 6.) 3 126 589

2.) 347 533 7.) 4 146 705
3.) 698 741 8.) 6 904 786
4.) 703 912 9.) 7 384 792
5.) 857 600 10.) 8 198 574

B. Write the following numbers in figures.

11
 1.) Two hundred thirty thousand, five hundred
2.) Five hundred thirty two thousand, nine hundred thirty eight
3.) Seven hundred sixty nine thousand, six hundred fifteen
4.) Eight hundred fifty two thousand, eight hundred fourteen
5.) Nine hundred thousand
6.) Two million, nine hundred one thousand, one hundred fifty two
7.) Four million, seven hundred thirteen thousand, two hundred six
8.) Five million, four hundred sixty one thousand, nine hundred twenty two
9.) Eight million, six hundred eighty two thousand, eight hundred ninety one
10.) Nine million, four hundred eighty five thousand, seven hundred fourteen.

Apply Your Skills

Read and answer

1.) Parañaque is a highly urbanized city with a population of 588 126. Write the
population in words.

2.) The sun is one million, three hundred ninety thousand kilometers in diameter. Write
the diameter in symbol.

Concepts to Ponder

 A group of three digits is called period. Each period has ones, tens and
hundreds.
 When reading whole number with more than three digits, start on the left.
Read the digits in each period followed by the period name. the period
name for the “units” is not read.
 When writing whole numbers, use commas to separate each group of
digits. Numbers are easier to read when commas are used.
 In writing big numbers, zero holds the position of the place values without
given digits in each period.

LESSON 4

Rounding Off Whole Numbers to the

Nearest Thousands and Millions
Warm Up

Read and give the place value of the underlined digit.

12
 1.) 2 824 6.) 2 384 470
2.) 46 278 7.) 3 493 884
3.) 276 184 8.) 5 643 894
4.) 175 206 9.) 6 215 392
5.) 842 896 10.) 8 824 986

Let Us Discover

Bottom Ten Cities in Terms of Tax Revenues

City 2009 Tax Revenues (in PHP)

Guihulngan City, Negros Oriental 3 795 869
Palayan City, Nueva Ecija 4 221 669
Lamitan City, Basilan 4 756 089
Canlao City, Negros Oriental 4 882 848
Tangub City, Misamis Occidental 5 341 807
Borongan City, Easter Samar 6 705 784
Dapitan City, Zamboanga Del Norte 7 291 720
Tabuk City, Kalinga 7 399 452
Isabela City 8 694 701
Sipaloy City, Negros Occidental 10 133 726
Source: National Statistical Coordinate Board (NSCB) May 2012

Rounding off or approximating numbers means reducing the digits in a number while
trying to keep its value similar. It is usually done when they are not sure of the exact number.

Let us round 3 795 869 to the nearest tens, hundreds, thousands, ten thousands,
hundreds thousands and millions.

3 795 869 rounded off to the nearest tens is 3 795 870

3 795 869 rounded off to the nearest hundreds is 3 795 900
3 795 869 rounded off to the nearest thousands is 3 796 000
3 795 869 rounded off to the nearest ten thousands is 3 800 000
3 795 869 rounded off to the nearest hundred thousands is 3 800 000
3 795 869 rounded off to the nearest millions is 4 000 000

What is the rounded amount of the tax revenues of each city in millions? thousands?

Work Independently

A. Round off the following numbers to the nearest thousands.

1.) 24 648 6.) 103 487

13
 2.) 78 134 7.) 265 184
3.) 86 465 8.) 399 245
4.) 89 094 9.) 646 135
5.) 96 325 10.) 420 051

B. Round off the following numbers to the nearest millions

1.) 2 364 278 6.) 6 963 478

2.) 3 451 242 7.) 8 243 873
3.) 4 965 000 8.) 48 463 967
4.) 5 864 934 9.) 56 735 246
5.) 5 648 296 10.) 88 946 147

Work Harder

A. Round off the following numbers to the indicated place value.

1.) 654 320 (thousands) 6.) 5 764 410 (millions)

2.) 273 486 (thousands) 7.) 8 934 637 (millions)
3.) 432 845 (thousands) 8.)13 963 520 (millions)
4.)202 145 (thousands) 9.) 27 478 165 (millions)
5.)894 261 (thousands) 10.) 675 842 976 (millions)

B. Round off the following numbers to its underlined digit.

1.) 735 268 6.) 7 206 456

2.) 736 597 7.) 9 425 634
3.) 913 029 8.) 19 065 897
4.) 1 405 739 9.) 117 449 708
5.) 3 577 865 10.) 125 565 881

Apply Your Skills

Read and estimate.

1.) Our moon is 3 476 kilometers in diameter while Venus is 4 989 kilometers. Round
each diameter to the nearest thousands.

2.) The Earth is 149 669 720 kilometers away from the sun. Round off the number to the
nearest millions.

Concepts to Ponder
14
There are rules in rounding off numbers.
 In rounding a number, find the digit in the place to be rounded to. Then look
at the next digit to its right.
 If the digit to its right is 5 or greater, add 1 to the digit in the place to be
rounded and make all other digits to the right zeros.
 If the digit to the right of the number at the given place value is less than 5,
the digit to be round remains the same and all other digits to the right are
replaced by zeros.

15
LESSON 5

Writing a Given Number as a Product of

its Prime Factors
Warm Up

Give two sets of factors for each number.

1.) 12 6.) 60
2.) 18 7.) 88
3.) 24 8.) 90
4.) 36 9.) 96
5.) 48 10.) 100

Let Us Discover

As advertised, a bottle of liniment cost ₱36. What is the prime factorization of 36?

Prime factorization can be done in many ways.

Continuous Division
Factor Tree Method Method

36 36 36 2 36

6 X 6 4 x 9 2 x 18 2 18

2 x3x2 x 3 2x 2 x3 x3 2 x 2 x9 2 9

2 x 2 x 3 x 3 3

Prime number has only two different factors, 1 and itself.

A composite number can be expressed as a product of prime numbers. This

expression is what we called prime factorization. There are two ways to determine the prime
factorization of the composite number.

16
 Factor trees can be used to help us find the prime factorization of a number. Write the
number as the product of any two factors then keep on branching until you have only prime
number.
Based on our example, we started at different pair of factors, but the final answer is
the same. The prime factorization of 36 is 2 x 2 x 3 x 3. We can also expressed the prime
factorization of 36 in exponential form, 36 = 2 2 x 32.

Continuous division method can also be used to find the prime factorization of a
number. We divide the given composite number by smallest prime number. Continue dividing
until the quotient become a prime number.

Let us try other example using both method.

72 72 72 2 72

9 x 8 12 x 6 3 x 24 2 36

2 18
3 x 3 x 2 x 4 6 x 2 x 2 x 3 3 x 2 x 12
3 9

3 x 3 x 2x 2 x 2 2 x 3x2 x 2 x 3 3 x 2 x 2 x 6

3 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 3

The prime factorization of 72 is 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 or 2 3 x 32

Work Independently

A. Complete each factor tree. Give the prime factorization of each number.

1.) 32 2.) 18

4 x x 3

x x x x x

x x x x 18 = x x

32 = x x x x

3.) 27 4.) 54

x 17 x
 6

x x x x

27 = x x 54 = x x x

5.) 48

x x x

x x x x

48 = x x

x x x

B. Use continuous division to find the prime factors.

1.) 42 6.) 84
2.) 50 7.) 81
3.) 60 8.) 120
4.) 56 9.) 96
5.) 63 10.) 105

Work Harder

A. Use factor tree method to determine the prime factorization of the following numbers.

1.) 32 6.) 100

2.) 45 7.) 150
3.) 75 8.) 200
4.) 81 9.) 340
5.) 90 10.) 500

B. Use any of the two methods to find the prime factorization of each number.
18
 1.) 196 6.) 1 246
2.) 246 7.) 2 275
3.) 312 8.) 2 500
4.) 108 9.) 6 384
5.) 225 10.) 7 122

Apply Your Skills

Find the prime factorization.

1.) The cost of 1 set of educational flashcards is ₱27. Use factor tree to get the prime
factorization of 27.

2.) Alexandra bought a blouse and a skirt worth ₱186. Use continuous division method to
solve for the prime factorization of 186.

Concepts to Ponder

 Prime number is a number which has only 2 different factors, 1 and itself.
 Composite number has more than two factors.
 Prime factorization is a process of expressing a composite number as a
product of its prime factors.
 Two ways of determining prime factorization are Factor Tree and
Continuous Division Method.

19
LESSON 6

Giving Greatest Common Factors

of Two Numbers
Warm Up

Determine the prime factorization of the following using any method.

1.) 100 6.) 42

2.) 72 7.) 64
3.) 96 8.) 108
4.) 54 9.) 126
5.) 84 10.) 160

Let Us Discover

Two different kinds of candies are to be placed into candy bags. A bag should contain
equal amount of the two kinds of candies. There are 24 candy mints and 32 snow bears.
How many candy bags could be filled? How many candies will there be in each bag?

Can you think of a way of getting the answer to this problem?

If we list down the factors of two numbers, we can find their common factors and
greatest common factor (GCF).

A. Listing Method

24 = 1 x 24; 2 x 12; 3 x 8; 4 x 6
32 = 1 x 32; 2 x 16; 4 x 8

The factors of 24 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 and 24.

The factors of 32 are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and 32.
The common factors of 24 and 32 are 1, 2, 4 and 8
The greatest common factor of 24 and 32 is 8.

20
B. Prime Factorization Method

24 32 Prime factor
each number
2 x 12 2 x 16

2 x 2 x 6 2 x 2 x 8

2 x 2 x 2 x x 2 x 2 x 4
3 2

2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
2 2 2
24 = x x x3 Write as a product of prime factors from
32 = 2 x 2 x 2 x2x2
least to greatest
GCF = 2 x 2 x 2 = 8
Identify and write the common factors.
Notice that each number Multiply the common factors to get the
contains 2 x 2 x 2. greatest common factor.
A. Continuous Division Method

2 24 32 4 24 32 8 24 32
3 4
2 12 16 2 6 8
3 4
2 6 8
3 4

GCF = 2 x 2 x 2 = 8 GCF = 4 x 2 = 8 GCF = 8

Think of any number that could divide both of the given number. Notice that we used
different divisors, we end up with the same answer. The divisor is also a factor of a given
number.

In the problem, there are 8 candies to be placed in each candy bag.

For candy mints: 8 candies x 3 candy bags

For snow bears: 8 candies x 4 candy bags

Let us study the following examples.

1.) Find the GCF of 17 and 23.

21
 By factor tree method

17 23

1 x 17 1 x 23
The GCF of 17 and 23 is 1. The numbers are said to be relatively prime.

2.) What is the GCF of 29 and 40?

By continuous division method

1 29 40
29 40

The GCF of 29 and 40 is 1. Note that 29 is a prime number while 40 is a composite

number.

3.) What is the GCF of 28 and 35?

By prime Factorization

28 = 2 x 2 x 7
35 = 5 x 7

The GCF of 28 and 35 is 7.

Work Independently

A. Find the GCF of each pair of numbers. List all the factors then find the GCF.

1.) 9 , 12 6.) 8 , 12
2.) 14 , 21 7.) 35 , 56
3.) 16 , 32 8.) 24 , 30
4.) 12 , 15 9.) 20 , 36
5.) 20 , 30 10.) 21 , 39

B. Use prime factorization method to find the GCF of each pair of numbers.

1.) 28 , 35 6.) 32 , 48
2.) 30 , 24 7.) 54 , 126
3.) 34 , 42 8.) 14 , 90
4.) 40 , 16 9.) 50 , 100
5.) 18 , 40 10.) 30 , 90

22
 C. Use continuous division method to find the GCF of each pair of numbers.

1.) 24 , 56 6.) 24 , 33
2.) 32 , 20 7.) 24 , 84
3.) 25 , 45 8.) 30 , 120
4.) 32 , 56 9.) 64 , 80
5.) 42 , 63 10.) 40 , 220

Work Harder

A. Find the GCF of each pair of numbers using any method.

1.) 38 , 46 6.) 28 , 91
2.) 36 , 48 7.) 32 , 81
3.) 40 , 105 8.) 93 , 120
4.) 75 , 150 9.) 81 , 93
5.) 48 , 90 10.) 50 , 84

B. Complete the table

Number Common Factors GCF

1.) 9 , 15
2.) 14 , 20
3.) 18 , 45
4.) 24 , 32
5.) 14 , 56
6.) 24 , 72
7.) 27 , 63
8.) 16 , 52
9.) 15 , 60
10.) 20 , 75

Apply Your Skills

1.) Dianne bought sale items in a department store. She bought 30 pieces of T-shirt and
36 pairs of shorts. She placed them equally into boxes. How many boxes did she use?
What is the greatest number of T-shirts and shorts that can be placed equally in each
box?

2.) Mrs. Cruz is making candy baskets for her friends. She has 36 chocolate bars, and 56
gummy bears. All baskets must have the same number of each item. What is the
greatest number of candy baskets she can make without any items?

23
Concepts to Ponder

 The greatest common factor (GCF) of two numbers is the greatest number
that is the same in all the given numbers. Another name for greatest
common factor is greatest common divisor.
 If the GCF of the given numbers is 1, then the numbers are said to be
relatively prime.

24
LESSON 7

Giving Least Common Multiples

of Two Numbers
Warm Up

Complete the table

Number Common Factors GCF

1.) 38 , 46
2.) 30 , 24
3.) 18 , 72
4.) 21 , 56
5.) 15 , 45
6.) 16 , 52
7.) 63 , 81
8.) 120 , 144
9.) 72 , 108
10.) 55 , 150

Let Us Discover

Mr. Reyes paints their house every 2 years while Mr. Rosales paints their house every
3 years. When will they paint their houses at the same time?

This problem calls for the least common multiple (LCM) of 2 and 3. To find the LCM,
we will use the following methods:

A. Listing the multiples

Multiples of 2: 2 , 4 , 6 , 8 , 10 , 12 , 14 , 15 , 18 ……………
Multiples of 3: 3 , 6 , 9 , 12 , 15 , 18 ………..
Common Multiples of 2 and 3 : 6 , 12 , 18 ., ……………
The Least Common Multiple of 2 and 3 is 6.

B. Factor Tree

2 3

1 x 2 1 x 3
2=1x2
3=1x3
LCM = 1 x 2 x 3 = 6
25
 C. Continuous Division Method

1 2 3
2 3

LCM = 1 x 2 x 3 = 6

2 and 3 are relatively prime and are only divisible by 1. To get the LCM of relatively
prime numbers, just multiply them.

Mr. Reyes and Mr. Rosales will paint their houses at the same time every 6 years.

Study these examples:

1.) Find the LCM of 8 and 12

A. By Listing the multiples

8 : 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 60,……………

12 : 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72,……………
Common Factors : 24, 48,…………
LCM : 24

B. By Factor Tree

8 12

4 x 2 4 x 3

22 x 2 x 2 2 x 2 x 3

Common Factors : 2 x 2 = 4
Non-common Factors : 2 x 3
LCM : 4 x 6 = 24

C. By Continuous Division

2 8 , 12 4 8 , 12
2 , 3
2 4 , 6
2 , 3

LCM : 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 = 24 LCM : 4 x 2 x 3 = 24

26
 2.) Find the LCM of 9 and 27

3 9 , 27 9 9 , 27
1 , 3
3 3 , 9
1 , 3

LCM : 3 x 3 x 3 = 27 LCM : 9 x 3 = 27

Work Independently

A. Find the LCM of each set of numbers. Use any method.

1.) 4 , 9 11.) 8 , 14
2.) 12 , 15 12.) 9 , 54
3.) 12 , 16 13.) 6 , 14
4.) 7 , 49 14.) 12 , 18
5.) 15 , 18 15.) 7 , 84
6.) 18 , 45 16.) 14 , 35
7.) 16 , 48 17.) 16 , 28
8.) 7 , 14 18.) 30 , 70
9.) 8 , 16 19.) 10 , 15
10.) 5 , 7 20.) 20 , 24

Work Harder

A. Find the LCM of the following numbers using continuous division method.

1.) 3 , 8 6.) 16 , 24
2.) 6 , 4 7.) 12 , 10
3.) 18 , 30 8.) 39 , 52
4.) 15 , 20 9.) 15 , 36
5.) 27 , 36 10.) 64 , 80

Apply Your Skills

Solve these problems.

1.) Mr. Ricaforte and his son make use of super value plan of Nissan as advertised in the
newspapers. Mr. Ricaforte has a car every 2 years and his son every 4 years. After
how many years will they buy their cars at the same time?

27
 2.) Michael, a security guard, has 4 consecutive night duties a week. His wife who is a
call center agent has 3 successive night duties. When will they see again if they are
together now?

Concepts to Ponder

 The least common multiples (LCM) of two numbers is the smallest multiple
that the numbers have in common.

 We can use listing, prime factorization and continuous division to find the
LCM.

28
LESSON 8

Finding Greatest Common Factor and

Least Common Multiples of
Two Given Numbers
Warm Up

Write the prime factorization of the following using factor tree and continuous division
method.

1.) 27 6.) 125

2.) 35 7.) 250
3.) 42 8.) 600
4.) 64 9.) 1 250
5.) 100 10.) 2 000

Let Us Discover

What is the greatest common factor and least common multiple of 18 and 24?
Let us analyze the table.

FACTOR TREE CONTINUOUS DIVISION

18 24 2 18 24 6 18
24
3
4 X
3 9 12
2 9 4 X 6 3 4
 Divide both numbers by their
common factor.
2 X 3 X 3 2 X 2 X2 X 3  Continue dividing until both given
numbers or quotients become prime
Common Factors : 2 x 3 = 6 or both given numbers will have no
Noncommon Factors : 2 x 2 x 3 =12 common factor.
LCM = 6 x 12 = 72 GCF : 2 x 3 = 6 (multiply the divisor)
LCM : 2 x 3 x 3 x 4 =72 (multiply the
Divisor and the quotient)

29
 As you can see in the table, factor tree and continuous division method were used to
get GCF and LCM of the 18 and 24.

Study the examples

1.) Find the GCF and LCM of 7 and 23

By Factor tree

7 23 7 and 23 are relatively prime and are only

divisible by 1. To get the LCM of relatively
1 x 7 1 x 23 prime numbers, just multiply them.

GCF = 1
LCM = 7 x 23 = 161

By Continuous Division

1 7 23
7 23

GCF : 1
LCM : 161

2.) What is the GCF and LCM of 16 and 48?

16 48 Prime Factor each number

2 x 8 4 x 12 Identify and write the common factors.

2 x 2 x 4 2x 2 x 2 x 6 Multiply the common factors to get the

GCF.
2 x 2 x 2 x 2 2x 2 x 2 x 2 x 3
Multiply the common and non common
factors to get the LCM.
GCF: 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 = 16 (common factors)

LCM: 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 = 48 (common factors multiplied by non common factor)

30
 3.) Find the GCF and LCM of 100 and 250.

2 100 250  Divide the given numbers by their common

5 50 125 factor or greatest common factor.
5 10 25  To get the GCF, multiply all the divisor.
2 5  To get the LCM, multiply all the divisor
including the quotient.
GCF: 2 x 5 x 5 = 50  Arrange the digits from least to greatest to
LCM: 2 x 2 x 5 x 5 x 5 = 500 multiply easily.

Work Independently

A. Find the GCF and LCM using factor tree method.

1.) 4 , 6 6.) 6 , 14
2.) 12 , 15 7.) 27 , 36
3.) 9 , 12 8.) 9 , 24
4.) 18 , 30 9.) 39 , 52
5.) 15 , 20 10.) 25 , 35

B. Using continuous division, determine the GCF and LCM of the following.

1.) 8 , 9 6.) 32 , 28
2.) 11 , 44 7.) 24 , 42
3.) 28 , 36 8.) 16 , 30
4.) 42 , 52 9.) 84 , 168
5.) 12 , 15 10.) 64 , 120

Work Harder

A. Write the GCF and LCM using any method.

1.) 10 , 18 6.) 56 , 63
2.) 18 , 42 7.) 50 , 100
3.) 22 , 48 8.) 54 , 90
4.) 54 , 126 9.) 75 , 150
5.) 14 , 90 10.) 24 , 144

31
 B. Complete the table. Item 1 is done for you.

Given Prime Factorization Common Non common GCF LCM

numbers Factors Factors
1.)
16 2x2x2x2 2x2x2 2 8 16
8 2x2x2
2.)
8
12
3.)
25
35
4.)
14
42
5.)
15
45
6.)
9
45
7.)
25
90
8.)
16
40
9.)
12
21
10.
) 28
36

Apply Your Skills

Read and solve.

1.) In a nursery class, there were 48 blue balls and 72 yellow balls that were distributed in
different boxes. Find the greatest number of blue and yellow balls they can put each
box so that each box will contain equal number of balls. How many boxes will be
needed for blue balls? yellow balls?

32
 2.) Mrs. De Castro uses 1 cup containing 100 grams of powdered soap in washing
clothes while Mrs. De Chavez uses also 1 cup containing 150 grams of powdered
soap. What is the least number of cups they could use so that they will get the same
amount of soap in washing the clothes?

Concepts to Ponder

 To find the greatest common factor and least common multiple of two given
numbers, use factor tree method and continuous division method.

 If the GCF of two numbers is1, then the numbers are said to be relatively
prime. Multiply the two given numbers to get their LCM.

33
LESSON 9

Using Divisibility Rules for 2, 5 and 10

To Find Common Factors
Warm Up

Divide the following numbers mentally.

1.) 12 ÷ 3 6.) 66 ÷ 6
2.) 16 ÷ 4 7.) 88 ÷ 4
3.) 20 ÷ 5 8.) 108 ÷ 9
4.) 30 ÷ 10 9.) 735 ÷ 7
5.) 45 ÷ 9 10.) 816 ÷ 8

Let Us Discover

Jericho has 20 blue popsicle sticks while Kristine has 30 red popsicle sticks. What are
the common factors of 20 and 30?

Let us analyze the problem.

A. Can 20 and 30 be divided into 2 equally?

When 20 and 30 are divided by 2, each will have a 0 remainder
20 ÷ 2 = 10
30 ÷ 2 = 15

B. Can 20 and 30 be divided into 5 equally?

4 6
5√ 20 5√ 30 When 20 and 30 are divided by 5, each will have
20 30 a 0 remainder
0 0

C. Can 20 and 30 be divided into 10 equally?

2 3
10√ 20 10√ 30 When 20 and 30 are divided by 10, each will
20 30 have a 0 remainder
0 0

34
 Some numbers are divisible by another number. Divisibility rules will help you decide
whether one number is divisible by another number. A large number is divisible by a smaller
number if there is no remainder in the quotient.

Based on the problem, we found out that:

1.) A number is divisible by 2 if a number is even number or the last digit is 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8.
2.) A number is divisible by 5 if its last digit is 0 or 5.
3.) A number is divisible by 10 if its last digit is 0.

20 and 30 are numbers that are divisible by 2, 5, and 10. Therefore, the common factor of
20 and 30 are 2, 5, and 10, since 20 and 30 are numbers ending in 0 and they are both even
numbers.

Study these examples.

1.) What are the common factor of 45 and 50?

Since 45 ends in 5 while 50 ends in 0, they are both divisible by 5.

2.) Which of the following pair of numbers are divisible by 2, 5 and 10? Encircle them.

a.) 40, 60 b.) 26, 35 c.) 25, 30 d.) 42, 65 e.) 70, 80

3.) The common factors of 30 and 40 are _________.

30: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30

40: 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20, 40

We already know that all numbers are divisible by 1 and itself. So, aside from 1 and
the number itself, the common factors of 30 and 40 are 2, 5 and 10.

Work Independently

A. Check the pair of numbers that are divisible by 2 and 5.

_____ 15, 20 _____ 19, 32

_____ 10, 45 _____ 35, 40
_____ 23, 35 _____ 40, 55
_____ 70, 48 _____ 64, 70
_____ 60, 90 _____ 95, 100

35
 B. Encircle the pair of number that are divisible by 5 and 10.

18, 20 105, 100

25, 30 255, 300

15, 50 402, 410

26, 30 300, 355

75, 80 650, 175

Work Harder

A. Use listing method to get the common factors of the following. Remember the
divisibility rules for 2, 5 and 10.

1.) 28, 58 6.) 120, 130

2.) 50, 60 7.) 100, 150
3.) 12, 20 8.) 60, 105
4.) 40, 80 9.) 200, 220
5.) 45, 95 10.) 400, 650

B. Use prime factorization to get the common factors of the following. Use divisibility 2, 5
and 10 in factoring.

Example 25, 30

25 30

5 5 5 6

2 3
25 = 5 x 5
30 = 2 x 3 x 5
Common Factor : 5

1.) 120, 180 6.) 750, 800

2.) 300, 360 7.) 1 000, 500
3.) 40, 130 8.) 625, 700
4.) 145, 160 9.) 450, 650
5.) 700, 800 10.) 2 000, 2 500

36
Apply Your Skills

Read and solve.

1.) Jose enjoys counting his harvest. He harvested 300 tomatoes, 500 mangoes and 650
Papaya. How can he count is harvest easily?

2.) A group of farmers had the following harvest this year.

Nick - 195 sacks of rice
Ben - 210 sacks of rice
Jun - 390 sacks of rice
Dan - 365 sacks of rice

Write the total and tell which numbers are divisible by 2, 5 and 10.

Concepts to Ponder

 All numbers ending in 0 are divisible by 2, 5 and 10.

 To find the common factors of two or more numbers, use divisibility rules
for 2, 5 and 10.
 Listing the factors and prime factorization method are useful in getting the
common factors of two or more numbers.

37
LESSON 10

Using Divisibility Rules for 3, 6 and 9 To

Find Common Factors
Warm Up

Divide the following numbers mentally.

1.) 10 ÷ 5 6.) 60 ÷ 10
2.) 15 ÷ 5 7.) 40 ÷ 5
3.) 30 ÷ 10 8.) 90 ÷ 10
4.) 40 ÷ 2 9.) 100 ÷ 2
5.) 50 ÷ 2 10.) 150 ÷ 10

Let Us Discover

There are ways to determine if a whole number is divisible by 3, 6 and 9. If you divide
a dividend by divisor and the remainder is 0, then the dividend is divisible by the divisor.

The table below shows the divisibility rules for 3, 6 and 9.

Divisible by 3 Divisible by 6 Divisible by 9

Add the digits. The sum is a Add the digits. The sum is a Add the digits. The sum is a
multiple of 3. multiple of 3. The number multiple of 9.
should be an even number.

45 4+5=9 42 4+2=6 72 7+2=9

9 is a multiple of 3 6 is a multiple of 3 The sum is a
multiple of 9
39 3 + 9 =12 66 6 + 6 =12
12 is a multiple of 9 12 is a multiple of 3 243 2+4+3=9
The sum is a
285 ; 123 ; 3 423 444 ; 298 ; 4 332 multiple of 9.
369 ; 2 673 ; 3 897

38
Let us use divisibility rules 3, 6 and 9 to find common factors.

Study the table below.

3 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45
6 6 12 18 24 30 36 42
9 9 18 27 36 45

The table shows that:

The common factors of 6, 12, 24, 30 and 42 are 3 and 6.

The common factors of 9, 27, and 45 are 3 and 9.
The common factors of 18 and 36 are 3, 6 and 9.

6, 12, 24, 30 and 42 are divisible by 3 and 6.

9, 27 and 45 are divisible by 3 and 9.
18 and 36 are divisible by 3, 6, and 9.

We can also use prime factorization method to find common factors of two numbers.

24 30

2 x 12 2 x 15

2 x 3 x 4 2 x 3 x 5

2 x 3 x 2 x 2

24 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 3
30 = 2 x 3 x 5

24 and 30 have 3 as a factor and

24 and 30 have 2 x 3 as factors
Therefore, the common factors of 24 and 30 are 3 and 6.
Both numbers are even numbers so, they are also divisible by 2.

Work Independently

A. Encircle the pair of numbers that are divisible by 3 and 6 using divisibility rules.

1.) 33 , 60 6.) 24 , 36 11.) 66 , 96

2.) 54 , 60 7.) 75 , 90 12.) 18 , 27
3.) 18 , 72 8.) 66 , 78 13.) 48 , 240
4.) 30 , 39 9.) 42 , 210 14.) 78 , 231
5.) 120 , 90 10.) 36 , 80 15.) 242 , 150
B. Check the pair of numbers that are divisible by 3, 6 and 9.
39
 _____1.) 36 , 72 _____6.) 75 , 150 _____11.) 216 , 432
_____2.)18 , 90 _____7.) 360, 180 _____12.) 252 , 3574
_____3.) 27 , 81 _____8.) 195 , 192 _____13.) 3798 , 450
_____4.) 108 , 126 _____9.) 54 , 368 _____14.) 396 , 3726
_____5.) 18 , 144 ____10.) 72 , 180 _____15.) 130 , 400

Work Harder

A. Use Listing method to get the common factors of the following pair of numbers.

1.) 54 , 36 6.) 99 , 108

2.) 30 , 60 7.) 120 , 180
3.) 90 , 120 8.) 198 , 270
4.) 81 , 24 9.) 981 , 522
5.) 84 , 144 10.) 1 072 , 9 000

B. Using prime factorization method, get the common factors of the following.

1.) 45 , 63 6.) 510 , 300

2.) 18 , 66 7.) 216 , 126
3.) 81 , 42 8.) 636 , 819
4.) 120 , 132 9.) 414 , 504
5.) 57 , 414 10.) 1 008 , 2 016

Apply Your Skills

Read and solve.

After fishing, Andres gathered 162 different kinds of shells, 234 different kinds of
pebbles and 306 different kinds of stones. He arranged them in rows vertically and
horizontally.
a.) If he will put 162 shells in 3 bottles, how many shells are there in each bottle? What if
he will place them in 6 bottles? 9 bottles?
b.) How many pebbles are in each box if 234 pebbles will be placed in 3 boxes? 6 boxes,
9 boxes?
c.) How many stones are in each container if 306 stones will be placed in 3 containers? 6
containers? 9 containers?

Concepts to Ponder

 Numbers that are even whose sum of the digits is divisible by 3 are also
divisible by 6.

 Numbers with digits that add up to a multiple of 9 are divisible.

LESSON 11
40
 Using Divisibility Rules for 4, 8,11and
12 To Find Common Factors
Warm Up

Divide the following numbers mentally.

1.) 12 ÷ 3 6.) 48 ÷ 6
2.) 15 ÷ 3 7.) 54 ÷ 9
3.) 27 ÷ 3 8.) 63 ÷ 9
4.) 30 ÷ 6 9.) 72 ÷ 9
5.) 42 ÷ 6 10.) 90 ÷ 9

Let Us Discover

Some numbers are determined to be divisible by a number without actually dividing

them.

Study the list of numbers or sequence below.

A. 0 , 4 , 8 , 12 , 16 , 20 , 24 , 28 , 32 , 36 , 40 , 44

B. 0 , 8 , 16 , 24 , 32 , 40 , 48 , 56 , 64 , 72 , 80 , 88

C. 0 , 11, 22 , 33 , 44 , 55 , 66 , 77 , 88 , 99 , 110 , 121

D. 0 ,12 , 24 , 36 , 48 , 60 , 72 , 84 , 96 , 108 , 120 , 132

What do you think is the rule for A?

What is the sequence?

How about B? C? D?

41
Let us study the table below.

DIVISIBLE BY 4 DIVISIBLE BY 8 DIVISIBLE BY 11 DIVISIBLE BY 12

A number is said to be A number is said to A number is said to A number is said to be

divisible by 4 if the be divisible by 8 if its be divisible by 11 if divisible by 12 if. The
number formed by the last three digits are the difference sum of its digits is a
last two digits is a zeros or if the between the odd multiple of 3 and the
multiple or divisible by number formed by positioned digits and number formed by the
4. the last three digits is the sum of the even last two digits is a
divisible by 8. positioned digits is multiple of 4 or if the
zero or eleven. number is divisible by
both 3 and 4.

520 20 ÷ 4 = 5 8000 6556 6+5 = 11 456 4 + 5 + 6 = 15

Check: 520 ÷ 4 = 130 8000 ÷ 8 = 1000 5 +6 = 11 56 + 4 = 14
332 32 ÷ 4 = 8 45000 11 -11 = 0 Check: 456 ÷ 12 = 38
Check: 332 ÷ 4 = 83 45000 ÷ 8 = 5625 Check:
1288 6556 ÷ 11 = 596 1512 1+5+1+2 = 9
424 ; 516 ; 1248 288 ÷ 8 = 36 524150 12+4 = 3
Check : 5 +4+ 5 = 14 Check:
1288 ÷ 8 = 161 2 + 1+ 0 = 3 1512 ÷12 = 126
14 – 3 = 11
2680 ; 3720 ; 4896 Check: 1560 ; 1656 ; 2412
524150 ÷11 = 47650

1650 ; 1815 ; 2200

Lets us use the table to get the common factor of 128 and 256.

128: 1 x 128, 2 x 64, 4 x 32, 8 x 16

256: 1 x 256, 2 x 128, 4 x 64, 8 x 32, 16 x 16

The common factors of 128 and 256 are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, and 64.

Let’s try other examples

1.) Find the common factor of 99, 209 and 330

99 9–9=0
209 2 + 9 =11
11 – 0 = 11
330 3+0=3
3–3–0
The common factor of 99, 209 and 330 is 11.

42
 2.) What is the common factor of 216 and 288?

216 2+1+6=9 9 is a multiple of 3

16 ÷ 4 = 4

216 is divisible by 12 because it is divisible by both 3 and 4.

288 2 + 8 + 8 = 18 18 is a multiple of 3
88 ÷ 4 = 22

288 is divisible by 12 because it s divisible by both 3 and 4.

Therefore, the common factors of 216 and 288 are 3, 4 and 12

3.) Determine the common factors of 56, 184 and 216 using prime factorization method.

56 184 216

2 x 28 2 x 92 2 x 108

2 x 2 x 4 2 x 2 x 46 2 x 2 x 54

2 x 2 x 2 x 2 2 x 2 x 2 x 23 2 x 2 x 2 x 27

2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 9

2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 3

All the given numbers are even numbers. They are divisible by 2. Aside from 2, they
are also divisible by 4 and 8, since 2 x 2 = 4, 2 x 2 x 2 = 8. Therefore, the common factors of
56, 184 and 216 are 2, 4, and 8.

Work Independently

Circle the pair of numbers that are divisible by the given number

A. By 4 and 8

1.) 96 , 120 6.) 136 , 144

2.) 32 , 125 7.) 336 , 672
3.) 72 , 112 8.) 460 , 730
4.) 104 , 128 9.) 1000 , 960
5.) 108 , 250 10.) 2000 , 4400

43
 B. By 11

1.) 66 , 99 6.) 500 , 649

2.) 132 , 231 7.) 715 , 3221
3.) 121 , 143 8.) 616 , 2090
4.) 196 , 232 9.) 1678 , 4690
5.) 275 , 330 10.) 2574 , 3300

C. By 12

1.) 60 , 81 6.) 168 , 72

2.) 144 , 48 7.) 351 , 463
3.) 132 , 120 8.) 240 , 300
4.) 180 , 420 9.) 960 , 1201
5.) 230 , 545 10.) 1344 , 1500

Work Harder

A. Write the common factors of each pair of number using list method.

1.) 24 , 72 6.) 231 , 253

2.) 132 , 80 7.) 48 , 400
3.) 144 , 156 8.) 168 , 180
4.) 9.) 286 , 539
5.) 252 , 280 10.) 624 , 1200

Apply Your Skills

Read and Solve.

1.) Lorena has 48 marbles and 80 pencils to be given equally to her sisters. Supposing she
has 4 sisters, could she given an equal number of marbles and pencils to her sisters? How
about if she has 8 sisters?

2.) Give the smallest 3- digit number that has 11 as factor.

3.) Give the smallest 4-digit number that has 4, 8, and 12 as factors.

44
Concepts to Ponder

 Numbers whose last two digits are multiple of 4 are also divisible by 4.
 Numbers whose last three digits are 0 or the number formed by the last
three digits is a multiple of 8 are divisible by 8.
 Numbers whose the difference of the odd and even positioned digits is 11
or 0 are divisible by 4.
 Numbers whose digits that add up to a multiple of 3 and whose last two
digits is a multiple of 3 and whose last two digits is a multiple of 4 are
divisible by 12.

45
Lesson 12

Solving a Problem Involving Factors,

Multiples and Divisibility Rules for
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12
Warm Up

Give the factors of each number

1.) 15 6.) 48
2.) 24 7.) 64
3.) 32 8.) 100
4.) 40 9.) 150
5.) 42 10.) 300

Let Us Discover

Mr. Ferrer plans to cover his new kitchen with granite tiles. The floor is 24 dm by 32
dm. What is the largest size of the square tiles that will cover the floor?

24 dm

32 dm

The width of each side of the tiles must be a factor of 24 so that the tiles will fit along
the 24-dm side. Also, the length of each side of the tiles must be a factor of 32 so that the
tiles will fit along the 32-dm side.

Let us find the answer by finding the common factors of 24 and 32

1 2 4 8
Factors of 24: , , 3, ,6, , 12 , 24

Factors of 32: 1 , 2 , 4 , 8 , 16 , 32

46
 The common factors are 1, 2, 4, and 8. These are the size of each side of the square
tiles that will fit along both sides. But the largest tiles that will cover the floor are the 8-dm
tiles. The number 8 is the GCF of 24 and 32.

Therefore, an 8-dm square tile is the largest size of square tiles that will cover the floor
exactly.

8-dm tile

24 dm

32 dm

Study the examples

1.)Write the next five multiples.

a.) 3 : 3, 6. 9, 12, 15, 18, 21

b.) 7 : 7, 14, ___, ___, ___, ___, ___
c.) 9 : 9, 18, ___, ___, ___, ___, ___
d.) 12 : 12, 24, ___, ___, ___, ___, ___

2.) Four crates of fruits contains 1512 mangoes. Determine the divisibility of 1512.

1512 is divisible by 2, since 1512 is an even number

1512 is divisible by 3, since 1 + 5 +1 +2 = 9, 9 is a multiple of 3.
1512 is divisible by 4, since the last two digits is divisible by 4.
1512 is divisible by 6, since 1512 is an even number and the sum of digits
is a multiple of 3.
1512 is also divisible by 7, 8, 9, and 12.

Work Independently

A. Give the divisibility of the given numbers.

2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12
1.) 105
2.) 96
3.) 216
4.) 384
5.) 320
6.) 498
47
 7.) 502
8.) 352
2
9.) 447
6
10. 459
) 2

B. Supply the missing digits to complete the table.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18

10

11

C. Complete the equation to get the factors of each number.

1.) ___ x 18 = 18 6.) ___ x 1 = 126

___ x 9 = 18 ___ x 2 = 126
___ x 6 = 18 42 x ___ = 126
21 x ___ = 126
9 x ___ = 126
2.) 24 x ___ = 24
12 x ___ = 24 7.) ___ x 140 = 140
8 x ___ = 24 70 x ___ = 140
6 x ___ = 24 35 x ___ = 140
___ x 5 = 140
___ x 20 = 140
___ x 14 = 140

3.) ___ x 48 = 48
24 x ___ = 48 8.) 246 x ___ = 246
16 x ___ = 48 3 x ___ = 246
___ x 6 = 48 6 x ___ = 246

48
4.) 64 x ___ = 64
32 x ___ = 64 9.) 90 x ___ = 90
___ x 4 = 64 45 x ___ = 90
___ x 8 = 64 ___ x 30 = 90
___ x 18 = 90
___ x 10 = 90

5.) 100 x ___ = 100

___ x 50 = 100 10.) 300 x ___ = 300
___ x 25 = 100 2 x ___ = 300
___ x 5 = 100 100 x ___ = 300
10 x ___ = 100 ___ x 5 = 300
75 x ___ = 300
30 x ___ = 300

Work Harder

A. Enumerate the factors of each pair of numbers.

1.) 13 and 26 6.) 12 and 20

2.) 15 and 45 7.) 18 and 42
3.) 70 and 36 8.) 50 and 100
4.) 42 and 70 9.) 30 and 150
5.) 54 and 90 10.) 54 and 126

B. Give the least common multiple and greatest common factor of the following pair of
numbers.

GCF LCM
1.) 6, 8 ______________ ________________
2.) 8, 10 ______________ ________________
3.) 9, 15 ______________ ________________
4.) 10, 20 ______________ ________________
5.) 20, 40 ______________ ________________
6.) 12, 16 ______________ ________________
7.) 8, 12 ______________ ________________
8.) 5, 30 ______________ ________________
9.) 45, 30 ______________ ________________
10.) 4, 16 ______________ ________________

49
Application
Read and solve.

1) Mr. Fabian owns a shoe factory. On the first day, 30 pairs of shoes were sold; on the
second day, 60 pairs were sold and 90 on the third day. How many pairs of shoes will be sold
on the sixth day?

2) What is the least number of tomatoes that can be divided equally among 9,8 and 12
children.

3) Verna wanted to arrange 36 cups in even rows. How many arrangement can she make?

Concepts to Ponder

 Numbers that are even are divisible by 2.

 Numbers that are even whose some of the digits is divisible by 3 are also
divisible by 6.
 Numbers whose last two digits are multiple of 4 are also divisible by 4
 Numbers whose last three digits are 0 or the number formed by the last
three digits is a multiple of 8 are divisible by 8
 Numbers with digits that add up to a multiple of 9 are divisible by 9.
 Numbers ending in 0 are divisible by 10 while numbers ending in 0 or 5 are
divisible by 5.
 Numbers whose the difference of odd and even positioned digits is 11 or 0
are divisible by 11.
 Numbers that are divisible by both 3 and 4 are divisible by 12.

50
LESSON 13

Interpreting PMDAS or GMDAS Rule

Warm up

Solve the following.

1.) 25 ÷ 5 6.) 75 - 20
2.) 30 ÷ 2 7.) 27 - 9
3.) 7x8 8.) 12 + 33
4.) 4x9 9.) 15 + 17
5.) 10 - 2 10.) 36 + 8

Let Us Discover

Mr. Cabansag calls on his two pupils on the board to solve an expression.

5 + 7 x 4 - 3

The first pupil solves this way: The second pupil solve this way:
5 + 7 x 4 - 3 5 + 7 x 4 - 3

12 x 4 - 3 5 + 28 - 3

16 - 3 33 - 3

13 30
Who is correct among the two pupils?

Notice that the two pupils got different results and this is not acceptable. The reason
for this is they solve it in different order. In evaluating expressions, Mathematicians
developed the rules for order of operations.

When two or more operations are used in an expression, the order of operations will
have to be followed.

STEP 1. Perform all the operations inside the Parenthesis or Grouping symbols.

5 x ( 40 ÷ 5 ) + 6

5 x 8+ 6

40 + 6

46

51
STEP 2: Perform any multiplication or division in the order in which they occur, working from
left to right.

15 x 5 ÷ 5 2.) 32 ÷ 4 x 8

75 ÷ 5 8x 8

15 64

STEP 3: Perform any Addition or Subtraction in the order in which they occur, working from
left to right.

25 – 8 + 9 2.) 45 + 5 - 20

17 + 9 50 – 20

26 30

To make the order of operation easy to apply, just remember:

G – Grouping Symbols
M – Multiplication
D – Division whichever comes first
A – Addition or
S – Subtraction whichever comes first

Take note of the following:

1.) Other expressions may use of bracket or braces instead of parenthesis.

2.) In a series of grouping symbols, carry out the operations in the innermost grouping
first, then work outwards.

3 x { [ ( 60 ÷ 3 ) – ( 5 x 3 ) ] } + 3

3 x [ 20 – 15 ] + 13

3 x 5 + 13

15 + 13

28

52
Let us have more examples:

1.) 8 ÷ 2 x 3 + 5 Divide

16 x 3 + 5 Multiply

48 + 5 Add

53

2.) 15 – 11 + 6 x 3 Multiply

15 – 11 + 18 Subtract

4 + 18 Add

22

3.) 48 – ( 7 x 5 ) + 30 Grouping Symbol

48 – 35 + 30 Subtract

13 + 30 Add

43

4.) ( 57 – 15 ) x 2 ÷ 3 Grouping Symbol

42 x 2 ÷ 3 Multiply

84 ÷ 3 Divide

28

Work Independently

A. Which operation should you do first? Use +, -, x or ÷.

____ 1.) 3 - 6 ÷ 3 ___ 6.) (36 ÷ 6) – 4 + 5

____ 2.) 20 ÷ 4 x 5 ___ 7.) 5 x [ ( 4 + 5 ) ] – 20
____ 3.) 5 x ( 4 + 3 ) ___ 8.) ( 42 ÷ 2 ) + 6 – 2
____ 4.) 7x 7 ÷ 7 ___ 9.) 81 – 9 ÷ 3 + 25
____ 5.) 14 + 54 ÷ 9 ___10.) 2 + 4 x 30 ÷ 3

53
 B. Solve the following expressions using GMDAS Rule

1.) 5 x 3 ÷ 5 6.) (3+5)–(4+1)

2.) 11 + 5 – 4 7.) 27 – ( 4 + 3 )
3.) 20 ÷ 5 + 6 8.) 2 x ( 16 ÷ 2 ) + 15
4.) 35 – 24 ÷ 8 9.) 48 ÷ 6 + ( 18 – 9 )
5.) 7 x 6 – 18 10.) ( 81 ÷ 9 ) x 2 + 5

Work Harder

Write True if the equation is correct, False if it is incorrect.

_____ 1.) 3 + 5 x 2 = 13 _____ 6.) 14 – 27 ÷ 3 + 3 = 8

_____ 2.) 40 – 20 + 3 = 25 _____ 7.) 36 – 6 x 2 – 3 = 21
_____ 3.) 6 x 6 ÷ 2 = 15 _____ 8.) ( 5 x 5 ) – 10 = 15
_____ 4.) 6 + 4 x 10 = 46 _____ 9.) ( 16 – 4 ) ÷ ( 2 x 3 ) = 2
_____ 5.) 10 x 9 – 15 = 75 _____ 10.) 3 x ( 12 ÷ 3 ) + 5 = 17

Apply Your Skills

Write an expression for the problem then solve.

1.) Monica has 4 boxes of marbles having 12 pieces each and 2 more boxes having 6
pieces each. How many marbles does she have in all?

2.) Orlando, a tailor, had 10 boxes of buttons having 24 each and 10 more. He gave 35
pieces to his tailor friend. His wife brought home 50 more buttons. How many buttons
does he have?

Concepts to Ponder

 GMDAS is an order of operation which means Grouping symbols,

Multiplication, Division, Addition and Subtraction. That is performing the
operations in the grouping symbols first then multiply or subtract before
adding or subtracting.

54
Lesson 14

Simplifying Series of Operation on

Whole Numbers
Warm Up

Solve the following expressions.

1.) 3 + 4 x 5 6.) 4+7x3–5

2.) 4 + 2 – 3 7.) 45 – 25 + 18
3.) 18 ÷ 2 x 4 8.) 120 – 40 ÷ 50
4.) 25 – 3 x 3 9.) 35 ÷ 7 – 10
5.) 16 – 15 ÷ 5 10.) 48 ÷ 3 + 16

Let Us Discover

Theresa, a grade six pupil, collects stamps for her project. She arranged them in 6 bond
papers with 25 stamps each and another 2 bond papers with 20 stamps each. She says that
she has 160 stamps in all. Is she correct?

To answer the problem, let us translate this into mathematical statement.

6 bond papers with 25 stamps each and 2 bond papers with 20 stamps each means 6 x 25 +
2 x 20 or we can put grouping symbols as ( 6 x 25 ) + ( 2 x 20 ). By following the series of
operations otherwise known as GMDAS Rule, let us multiply first before performing the
addition.

Thus, 6 x 25 = 150, 2 x 20 = 40, then combine 150 + 40.

So there are 190 stamps in all.

Here are some examples

1.) 7 – 3 + 45 ÷ 5 x 3 Divide first

7–3+9x3 Multiply

7 – 3 + 27 Subtract

4 + 27 Add

31

55
 2.) ( 81 ÷ 9 ) x 2 – 8 + 3 Grouping symbol

9x2–8+3 Multiply

18 – 8 + 3 Subtract

10 + 3 Add

13

3.) 90 – ( 16 x 2 ) + 63 ÷ 7 Grouping symbol

90 – 32 + 63 ÷ 7 Divide

90 – 32 + 9 Subtract

58 + 9 Add

67

Work Independently

A. Solve the following expressions.

1.) 2 x 70 – 9 ÷ 3 + 5 6.) 90 ÷ 9 x 2 – 3 + 11
2.) 50 + 48 ÷ 2 x 5 7.) 2 x 9 ÷ 6 – 3 + 8
3.) 4 x 15 ÷ 3 + 6 – 4 8.) 7 – 3 + 60 ÷ 2 x 5
4.) 7 x 9 ÷ 3 – 7 + 8 9.) 3 x 8 + 5 – 2 x 3
5.) 6 x 4 + 7 – 8 ÷ 2 10.) 9 ÷ 3 x 8 – 9 + 7

B. Simplify each expression.

1.) ( 8 x 3 ) + ( 7 x 20 ) 6.) ( 36 ÷ 4 ) x ( 3 x 4 ) + 7
2.) ( 28 – 15 ) + ( 6 ÷ 3 ) – 9 7.) 16 + 8 ÷ ( 4 + 4 )
3.) 36 ÷ 12 + 4 x ( 5 – 2 ) 8.) 12 + ( 25 ÷ 5 ) c 3 + 65
4.) ( 35 – 3 ) x 3 + 12 9.) ( 42 – 4 ) – 3 + 8
5.) 5 + ( 4 x 8 ) – 4 10.) ( 19 – 7 ) x ( 4 + 8 ) + 18

56
Work Harder

A. Simplify the following expressions.

1.) 12 – 3 + 18 ÷ 6 x 3 6.) 6 x 5 + 40 ÷ 8
2.) 7 x 9 – 3 + 8 7.) 35 ÷ 5 + 2 x 8 – 5
3.) 18 – 12 ÷ 6 + 7 8.) 91 – 7 x 4 + 14
4.) 9 x 9 ÷ 3 – 9 + 6 9.) 4 + 2 x 9 ÷ 3 + 90
5.) 16 ÷ 4 x 5 – 7 + 8 10.) 125 ÷ 25 x 10 – 30 +100

B. Solve the expressions below.

1.) 63 ÷ ( 5 + 4 ) – 6 6.) 72 + ( 8 + 2 x 6 )
2.) 6 + ( 2 x 7 + 5 ) 7.) 3 x [ 4 – 2 x ( 10 – 8 ) ] + 12 ÷ 6
3.) 3 x ( 4 + 8 x 8 ) – 8 8.) (6x6)÷3x2+5
4.) 34 + ( 3 x 2 ) ÷ 6 9.) 12 ÷ ( 3 x 2 ) + 4 – 5
5.) ( 15 – 6 ) + ( 14 – 8 ) x 15 10.) 18 – ( 4 + 3 – 5 ) x 12

Apply Your Skills

Write an expression about the problem then solve.

1.) Mark has 6 boxes of marbles having 100 pieces each and 7 boxes of popsicle sticks
having 20 pieces each. He shared equally the marbles and popsicles among his 4
friends. How many does his friends receive?

2.) Cyrene has 150 pieces of colored paper. She sold 98 pieces to her classmates. When
she went home, her father bought 90 pieces and gave 35 pieces to her younger
brother. How many pieces of colored paper left to her?

Concepts to Ponder

 To simplify a series of operations on whole numbers involving more

than two operations, use the MDAS or GMDAS rule. Solve the
operations in the grouping symbols first. If no grouping symbols are
present, proceed to multiplication or division in which they occur
working from left to right then add or subtract in order working also
from left to right.

57
Lesson 15

Solving a Problem Involving Series of

Operations
Warm Up

Perform the indicated operation

1.) 12 + 3 – 7 6.) 27 – 7 + 8
2.) 4x(6+8) 7.) 35 + 40 ÷ 8 – 20
3.) ( 25 ÷ 5 ) + 9 8.) 100 ÷ 10 x 5
4.) 7 – ( 5 – 3) 9.) 90 – 30 ÷ 50 + 5
5.) ( 18 – 4 ) + ( 5 + 3 ) 10.) ( 16 ÷ 4 ) x 2 + 20

Let Us Discover

Kassandra will attend a birthday party on Saturday. She needs a new dress and a gift
for the celebrator, she went to the mall and saw a dress worth ₱ 465 and a watch for a gift
worth of ₱ 590. She counted the bills in her wallet. She found seven ₱100 – bills, six ₱50 –
bill, and four ₱20- bill. Can she buy a dress and a gift with the money she have? If yes, how
much is her change? If not, how much more does she need?

Let us solve the problem using the four-step process developed by the great
Mathematician George Polya.

Step 1 : Understanding the problem

1. Identify the problem

Can Kassandra buy a new dress and watch for a gift?

2. What are the given data?

₱465 - cost of the dress

₱590 - cost of the watch
Seven ₱100 – bill
Six ₱50 – bill money in Kassandra’s wallet
Four ₱20 – bill

Step 2 : Devising a Plan

3. Organize and present the data

{ [( 7 x 100) + (6 x 50) + (4 x 20) – (465 + 590)] }

58
4. Find a problem solving strategy.
Use the GMDAS Rule

Step 3 : Carrying out the plan

Perform the necessary operations

{ [(7 x 100) + (6 x 50) + ( 4 x 20) – (465 + 590)] }

[(700 + 300 + 80)] – 1055

1080 - 1055

25

Step 4 : Looking Back

Does your answer make sense? Yes

Is it reasonable? Yes

Another strategy to solve the problem is “The 5 E Learning Cycle Model”, which is
similar to Polya’s Strategy.

1.) Engagement – these are the questions used to engage the pupils.
2.) Exploration – objects and phenomena are observed. Hands on activities with
guidance of the teacher.
3.) Explanation – pupils explain their understanding of concepts and process
4.) Elaboration – activities allow pupils to apply concepts and skills
5.) Evaluation – pupils assess their knowledge, skills and abilities.

Here is one way to solve the problem which can be easily remembered

A – What is Asked in the problem?

G – What is Given facts?
P – What Process/Operation to be used?
S – What is the Solution?
A – What is the complete Answer?

Work Independently

A. Solve the following problems.

1.) Mateo bought a pair of shoes costing ₱450.00 and a shirt costing ₱175.00.He gave
the cashier ₱1000.00.How much change did he receive?

59
 2.) Five friends decided to share the expenses for their project, they bought one box of
coloring pen worth ₱195.00, an illustration board worth ₱90.00, plastic cover worth
₱55.00.How much was the share of each one of them?

3.) Mr. Canlas received ₱25,000 last month. He spent ₱3,000 for food,₱1,500 for
electricity, ₱300 for water bill, ₱1,050 for transportation and ₱800 for miscellaneous
expenses. The rest of his money was divided equally among his 5 children’s
allowances. How much did each child receive?

4.) Marygrace bought 2 kilograms of mangoes at ₱65 each and a kilogram of banana at
₱85. How much change did she receive from her ₱500 bill?

5.) Mr. Pasion harvested 5 sacks of potatoes. Each sack weighed 50 kilograms. He sold
them at ₱18 per kilogram. He divided the amount equally among his 5 children, how
much did each get?

B. Read and understand the problems. Solve for the answer and put appropriate
label.

1.) Mrs. Fabros gives his son ₱50 each day. He spends ₱14 for transportation, ₱20 for
his juice and sandwich and he keeps the rest of his money. How much can he save
each day?

2.) Mr. Jose bought 3 kilograms of pork at ₱200 each, a kilogram of beef at ₱210 and 2
kilograms of mangoes at ₱60 per kilo. How much change did he get from his ₱1,000?

3.) A certain movie shown for Manila film festival last December 2013 earned ₱500 000 in
SM Sucat, ₱480 000 in SM Bicutan and ₱648 000 in SM Bf. What was the average
income of each theater hen these three amounts are combined?

4.) Steffi earns ₱9,500 a month. She spends ₱4000 for food, ₱1500 for transportation
and ₱1800 for their water and electric bills. She spends the rest of her money for her
son’s project. How much was spent for her son’s project?

5.) Mrs. De Vera had a 15 door apartment. Last month she collected a total of ₱52,500
from the tenants. How much was the rental of each door?

Work Harder

Solve the problems using the steps in solving a problem.

1.) Anthony helps his mother in marketing. His mother gives him ₱500 to by 6 kilograms
of fish at ₱95 a kilo. Along the way, he meets his father and gives him ₱200 for the
items he has to buy, when he goes home, he said that he does not have any change?
Is it correct?

60
 2.) Liza, a dressmaker, has 5 boxes having 25 beads each and 18 more. She lost 13
beads when she left the box open and accidentally spilled it. Her husband who came
from the office bought 35 beads for her. How many beads did she have in all?

3.) The GPTA officers of Fourth Estate Elementary school held a cultural show. They sold
500 tickets at ₱200 each and 1500 tickets for ₱10 each. From the sales, they
subtracted all the expenses incurred for the show which amounted ₱4650. How much
was the total mount left?

4.) Darcy listed all his monthly expenses as follows: ₱6000 for the house rentals, ₱4000
for food, ₱1000 each for his 3 children and ₱2500 for transportation allowance. If his
monthly salary is ₱25 000 a month, how much will be his savings?

5.) Coco’s hobby is collecting stamps. He collected 379 foreign stamps and 655 local
stamps. If he put all his collected stamps in his album having 22 stamps per page,
how many pages of his album will be used?

Apply Your Skills

Solve the following using AGPESA.

Non governmental organization put up a fund raising drive in order to support their 10
barangays. Four of their members donated ₱5000 each, 5 members donated ₱2000 each
and the rest of the 25 members donated ₱1000 each. How much will each barangays
receive from the NGO?

What is asked in the problem?

What are the given facts?

What are the hidden information?

What processes will be used?

What equation fits the problem?

What is the solution?

What is the complete answer?

Concepts to Ponder

 There are many ways to solve problems involving series of operation. To

solve a word problem, read, understand and analyze it. Then write an
equation to solve for the answer. If there are hidden questions, solve them
first. Then apply the order of operations.

61
Lesson 16

Representing the Four Operations on

Dissimilar Fractions and Mixed Using
Concrete and Pictorial Models
Warm Up

Give the fraction name for the following shaded parts.

1.) 6.)

2.) 7.)

3.)

8.)

4.) 9.)

62
 5.) 10.)

Let Us Discover

Addition of Dissimilar Fraction

1 1
Sarah bought
kilogram of lanzones and kilogram of grapes for
2 4
her grandmother. How many kilograms of fruits did she buy in all?

Through illustration:

Change to similar fractions

1 1
+
2 4

Add the numerators and

write the common denominator.

2 1
+
4 4

1 1 3
+ =
4 4 4

3
Sarah bought kilograms of fruits in all.
4

Other examples using strip of papers.

63
1.)

1 1
Carlo jogged kilometer while Joey jogged kilometer. How many
2 3
kilometers did they jog?

Get 1 strip of paper and fold it into two.

Shade one part.

1
2

Fold it again into three and shade one part.

Now the whole is divided into six equal parts.

Five parts are shaded and one part is not

shaded.
1 1
2
+ 3

1 1 5 5
Therefore and = Carlo and Joey jogged
2 3 6 6
kilometer.

64
 Father harvested 1 2/8 kilogram and 2 3/4 kilograms of carrots. How
many kilograms of vegetables did he harvest in all?

Get 4 strips of paper.

The three strips represent the 2

1
whole numbers and the fourth and
8
strip will be folded.
+ Shade two parts.

Fold it again into four and shade

three parts.

2 3
Therefore 1 3 and 2
2 and 8 4
8 4
equals 3 .
8

1 + 1 + 1

8
= Father
3 =harvested
4 4 kilograms
8
of vegetables in all.
8
8

Subtraction of Dissimilar Fractions

65
 1
Aubrey bought 3 meters of white clothe for her MSEP project. She
4
5
gave 2 to her best friend. How many meters of cloth was left to her
8

Lets us illustrate:

Minuend

Subtrahend 1
3
4

Difference
5
2
8
1 5 5
By looking at the illustration, we have learned that 3 – 2 = . Therefore, after
4 8 8
5 5 5
giving 2 meters of cloth to Aubrey’s friend, meters of cloth was left to her.
8 8 8

We can also used number line to present the data.

Minuend: 1
3
4
0 1 2 3 4

Subtrahend:

5
2
8
0 1 2 3
5
8

Here are other examples:

66
 1 2
1.) What is 3 –2 ?
4 3

Minuend:
1
3
4

Subtrahend:
2
2
3

Difference:
7
12

1 2
The difference of 3 and 2 is the distance from the end of the subtrahend to the end of
4 3
the minuend.

1 3
2.) Take away 3 from 5 .
2 4

Minuend

3
5
4

Subtrahend

1
3
2

Difference

671
1
4
 Here, unlike fractions are renamed as like fractions, the subtrahend is renamed as
2 1
3 . Then the whole numbers and numerators are subtracted. The difference is 1
4 4

Multiplication of Dissimilar Fractions

4 1
A farmer flowed of his field. Then he planted rice on of the plowed part. What
5 3
fractional part of his field was planted with rice?

Let us illustrate using visual model:

1. Ask the pupils to get a strip of
paper and fold it vertically to
form 5 equal parts. Let them
draw lines along the crease
using a pentel pen or a crayon
4
and let them shade .
5
2. Fold the same paper horizontally to form 3 equal parts and draw lines along the
1
crease. Have then shade one of the three equal parts to show using a different
3
color from the first shade.
3. Let the pupils count the newly formed number of equal parts shaded with both
colors which from the intersection of shades.
4. Guide the pupils in naming the fractional part describing the intersection of shades
4
which is .
15

4
The farmer planted of his field with rice.
15

Let us check:

4 x 1 = 4
5 3 15

Like in the illustration, the whole is divided into 15 equal parts and 4 parts are shaded
twice. So we named it 4/15.

68
Study the other examples.

3 2
1.) What is the product of and ?
4 3
3
4

2
3

6
The answer .
12

1 3
2.) Jeffrey harvested 7 kilograms of eggplant from his vegetable garden. He sold of
2 5
them in the market and the rest in the neighborhood. How many kilograms were sold
in the market?

3 1 3 1
The mathematical sentence is of 7 = x 7 = N
5 2 5 2

Let us answer the problem using regions as models.

1.) Ask the pupils to get 8 sheet of bond paper.

2.) Fold each of the 8 sheets horizontally making 2 equal parts each. Draw lines across
the crease.
3.) Fold again each of the 8 sheets vertically making 5 equal parts each. Draw line across
the crease.

1 5

3 3
5 5

2 6

3 3
5 5
69
 7
3

3 3
5 5

4
1/2

3 3
5 5

4.) Combine all the newly formed number of equals parts shaded with both colors.

5.) Guide the pupils in naming the fractional part.

3 1 1
x7 = 4
5 2 2

1
Jeffrey sold 4 kilograms of eggplant in the market.
2

Division of Dissimilar Fractions

1
Aling Rosing has 7 meters of cloth to sew pillow cases. How many pillow cases
6
4
each of a meter long can she make?
5

1.) Let each pupil get 8 strips of paper. Fold each of the 8 strips of paper to form 5 equal
parts as shown below.

2
1
70
 4 4
5 5

5
3 4

4 4
5 5

5 6

4 4
5 5

7 8

4 1
5 6

4
2.) Based on the illustrations, there were seven in the 7 strips of paper. By combining
5
1 4
all the excess of each whole and remaining , we got another set of as shown
6 5
below.

71
 4 1
5 6

4 1
There were eight in 7 meters of cloth.
5 6

Therefore, Aling Rosing can make 8 pillow cases.

3.) Let us do the computation.

1 4
7 ÷ =n
6 5

43 5 215 23
x = =8
6 4 24 24

Here are other examples:

3 1
1.) What is the quotient of 3 and 1 ?
4 2

Dividend

Divisor
72
Quotient

1 2

3 1 15 3 15 2 30 6 1
3
4
÷ 1 2 = 4 ÷ 2 = 4 ÷ 3 = 12 = 2 12 = 2 2

1
Notice that two complete 1 divisor fit into the dividend. Then only half of the divisor
2
3
fits into the remaining of the dividend.
4

1 1 Dividend
2.) What is 5 ÷ ?
4 2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Divisor

Quotient
73
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 1 21 1 21 2 42 2 1
5 ÷ = ÷ = × = = 10 = 10
4 2 4 2 4 1 4 4 2

Decreasing the divisor to ½ increases the quotient to 10 ½. Notice that there are 10
1 1
full divisor lengths that can fit into 5 plus another divisor length.
4 2

Work Independently

Solve the following using pictorial models.

1.) 2/5 + 4/10 6.) 6 ¼ - 1 1/8

2.) ¾ + ½ 7.) 4/6 x 2/3

3.) 1 ½ + 3 3/5 8.) 4/5 x 8 2/4

4.) 6/10 – ½ 9.) 15/25 ÷ 3/5

5.) 18/20 – ¼ 10.) 4 6/12 ÷ 1 ½

Work Harder

Perform the indicated operations using strips of paper.

1.) ½ + 2/4 6.) 5 7/8 – ½

2.) 2/3 + 1/6 7.) ½ x 3/4

3.) 1 3/5 + 1 9/10 8.) 1 ¼ x 2/3

4.) 4/5 – 1/3 9.) ½ ÷ 1/6

5.) 2/5 – 3/10 10.) 4 5/6 ÷ 1/3

Apply Your Skills

Solve the following problem using concrete or pictorial models.

74
 2 1
1.) Gerry mixed glass of sweetened pineapple and glass of water. How much is
3 2
the mixture?

1 1
2.) Maggie is baking some cookies. She needs 4 cups of flour. She has 1 cups in
4 2
her jar. How much flour does she need to buy?

3 2
3.) Bernard bought 1 meter of cord. She used of the material. What part of the cord
4 3
did he use?

3 1
4.) Into how many meter can he cut from a ribbon that is 15 meters long?
4 2

Concepts to Ponder

 Representing the four operations on dissimilar fraction and mixed

numbers using concrete and pictorial models in teaching engage the
pupils in the hands-on learning of mathematics. In fact, research shows
that using models can contribute to the development of well grounded,
interconnected understanding of mathematical ideas. Pupils can more
easily remember what they did and explain what they were thinking when
they used models to solve a problem (stein 2001)

75
Lesson 17

Estimating Sums, Difference, Products

and Quotients of the Fractions and
Mixed Numbers
Warm up

Perform the indicated operations.

9 4 5 7
1.) - 6.) +
15 15 6 6

26 20 3 1
2.) - 7.) +
30 30 9 9

10 5 2 7
3.) - 8.) +
24 24 12 12

4 1 3 1
4.) - 9.) 3 +
5 5 4 4

9 5 15 5
5.) 5 - 3 10.) 10 + 5
25 25 30 30

Let Us Discover

Estimating Sums and Differences of Fractions and Mixed Numbers

We can use rounding to estimate sums and differences of functions and mixed
1
numbers. To estimate the sum or difference of proper fractions, round each fraction to 0, or
2
1.

Example

1.) Estimate each sum or difference.

5 11 1 1
a.)
8
+ 12
= 2
+ 1= 1 2

5 1
is close to
8 2

76
 11
is close to 1
12

5 11 1
The estimated sum of + is about 1 .
8 12 2

7 6 1 1
b) - =1- =
8 10 2 2

7
is close to 1
8

6 1
is close to
10 2

7 6 1
The estimated difference of and is about .
8 10 2

However, to estimate the sum or difference of mixed numbers, round each mixed
number to the nearest whole number or to the nearest ½.

2.) Estimate each sum or difference.

3 14 1 1 3 1
a. 4 + 16 =4 + 17 = 21 b) 15 -8 = 16 -8 = 8
8 15 2 2 4 7

3
The estimated sum of 4 3/8 and 16 14/15 The estimated difference of 15
4
1 1
is about 21 . and 8 is about 8.
2 7

Estimating Products and Quotients of Fractions and Mixed Numbers

Estimation is a useful strategy to check that your computation is reasonable. It is also

a way to find on approximate answer to a solution.

To estimate products and quotients of fractions and mixed numbers, round the
1
fractions to the nearest whole number. If the fraction is less than , round down. If the
2
1
fraction is greater than , round up.
2

Example

3 11
1. Estimate the product of 7 and 6
11 12

77
 Round the first number.

3 1 3
Since is less than , 7 rounds down to 7.
11 2 11

Round the second number.

11 1 11
Since is greater than ,6 rounds up to 7.
12 2 12

Now multiply to find the estimated product.

7 x 7 = 49

A reasonable estimate is 49.

9 10
2. Estimate the quotient : 20 ÷6
10 13

Round the first number.

9 1 9
Since is greater than , 20 rounds up to 21
10 2 10

Round the second number.

10 1 10
Since is greater than , 6 rounds up to 7
13 2 13

Now divide to find the estimated quotient.

21 ÷ 7 = 3

A good estimate for the quotient is 3.

We can also use compatible numbers and estimate products and quotients of mixed
fractions. Compatible numbers are numbers that are easy to compute mentally.

Examples

1.) 4x 8
29 6
5 10

Round the first factor to its highest place value, then round the second factor to the
nearest whole number.

78
 29 4 x 6 8
5 10

30 x 7 = 210

The product is approximately 210.

2.) 3 2 x 79 3
14 15

Round the first factor to the nearest whole number, then round the second factor to
the nearest ten.

3 2 X 79 3
14 15

3 x 80 = 240

The product is about to 240.

5 4
3.) 19 ÷ 3
6 5

Round the dividend to the nearest ten; then round the divisor to the nearest whole
number.

5 4
19 ÷ 3
6 5

20 ÷ 4=5

The estimated quotient is 5.

3
3.) 124 1 ÷ 15
8 5

79
 Round the dividend to the nearest hundred, then round the divisor to the nearest ten.

124 1 ÷ 15 3
8 5

100 ÷ 20 = 5

The approximate quotient is about 5.

Work Independently

A. Estimate the sum or difference

7 5 2 1
1.) + 6.) - 2
8 9 5 2

4 3 1 5
2.) + 7.) 9 -6
5 4 8 9

13 6 5 2
3.) +4 8.) 15 -3
14 7 12 3

7 8 7 5
4.) 5 + 9.) 10 -6
8 9 10 6

3 15 2 9
5.) + 8 10.) 6 -4
4 16 7 10

B. Estimate the product or quotient.

5 1 1 7
1.) 4 x 3 6.) 64 ÷ 3
6 4 4 30

2 11 5 8
2) 2 x 1 7.) 24 ÷ 4
3 12 10 8

3 1 1 3
3.) 4 x 5 8.) 32 ÷ 8
4 2 8 12

6 4 7 5
4.) 17 x 5 9.) 15 ÷ 3
8 7 8 7

80
 9 1 3 1
5.) 35 x 3 10.) 45 ÷ 1
20 3 4 8

Work Harder

A. Estimate the sum or difference.

7 4 1 1
1.) + 6.) 7 -2
8 9 2 4

3 18 14 1
2.) + 7.) -
4 20 15 8

2 1 7 4
3.)7 + 18 8.) 5 -
10 4 9 6

11 1 4 5
4.) 6 +8 9.) 16 -1
12 9 5 6

1 3 6 1 9
5.) 4 + 10 + 12 10.) 20 -4
8 5 7 4 10

B. Estimate the product or quotient

6 4 1 7
1.) 4 x 1 6.) 16 ÷ 2
7 5 4 15

4 2 6 4
2.) 3 x 4 7.) 8 ÷ 2
5 7 7 5

1 1 6 8
3.) 35 x 9 8.) 48 ÷ 6
8 6 7 9

11 6 10 4
4.) 305 x 4 9.) 74 ÷ 14
20 20 12 6

5 1 3 21
5.) 216 x 2 10.) 369 ÷ 9
25 10 4 25

Apply Your Skills

Solve the following problems using estimation.

8 8
1.) Kian has 4 meters of ribbon to tie a gift for his father’s birthday. If he cuts meter
10 9
to tie his bag, about how long will be left for his birthday gift?

81
 4 1
2.) Father harvested 6 kilograms of sweet potatoes and 5 kilograms of cassava
15 4
form his garden. About how many kilograms of root crops did he harvest in all?

1 4
3.) Irene harvested 12 kilograms of tomatoes. She sold 2 of it in the market. About
8 5
how many kilograms were sold in the market?

6
4.) Mikaela needs 2 meter of ribbon for each box she decorates. About how many
20
1
boxes can she decorate if she has 18 meters of ribbon?
5

Concepts to Ponder

 Estimation is very useful to determine the answer fast. To estimate sums or

1
differences of fractions and mixed numbers, round each fraction to 0, or
2
1. Round each mixed number to the nearest whole number or to the
1
nearest .
2
 To estimate products and quotients of fractions and mixed numbers, round
1
the fractions to the nearest whole number. If the fraction is less than ,
2

Lesson 18

Adding Fractions and Mixed Numbers

Without and Regrouping
Warm up

Name the LCD of the following sets of fractions.

2 1 8 1 6
1.) 6.)
4 3 3 2 9

2 5 4 7 5
2.) 7.)
3 9 16 4 8

4 3 5 3 9
3.) 8.)
6 12 7 2 14

82
 2 5 6 2 3
4.) 9.)
8 12 8 4 2

10 4 6 3 5
5.) 10.)
11 5 8 4 12

Let Us Discover

1
On the way home, Carmina dropped by the grocery store and bought 2 kilograms
2
1
of carrots and 3 kilograms of potatoes. How many kilograms of vegetables did she buy?
4

1 1
Add to find the answer 2 +3 =n
2 4

See how addition is done.

Express the fractions as like Add the fractions, then the whole
fractions numbers

1 2 1 2
2 = 2 2 = 2
2 4 2 4
+ +
1 1 1 1
3 = 3 3 = 3
4 4 4 4
____________________
3
5
4

3
Carmina bought 5 kilograms of vegetables.
4

Let us try other cases of adding fractions:

A. Adding similar fractions in simple or mixed number without regrouping

6 3 +3 1 Add first the whole number parts then the fractions

8 8 part. Give the answer in lowest term if possible.
3 1 = ( 6+3) ( 3+ 4 1
6 +3 )1= 9 = 9 2
8 8 8 8 8

B. Adding similar fractions in simple or mixed number with regrouping

1.) 5 + 4 Add the numerator and copy the common denominator. If the
6 6 numerator is greater
83 compare to its denominator, regroup or
change it to mixed number.
 5 + 4 = 9 = 1 3 =1 1 Give the answer in lowest term.
6 6 6 6 2

Add the whole

2.)
7 6
4 6 + 3 +5 6 = [ 4 + 3 +5 ] + 6 + 7 + numbers then the
9 9 9 9 9 9 fraction pat. Regroup
the fraction part.
= 12 + 19 = 12 + 2 1 = 14 1
9 9 9

C. Adding Dissimilar Fraction in Simple or Mixed Number Without Regrouping

1.) 2 + 3 Change dissimilar fractions to similar fractions by getting their

8 6 LCD.

2 = 6
8 24 The LCD becomes the new denominator.
Divide the new denominator by old denominator, then multiply
+
it by the old numerator to get a new numerator.
3 12
6 = 24
_________________
Add the numerator and copy the common denominator.
18 = 3 Express the answer in lowest term.
24 4

84
D. Adding Dissimilar Fractions in Simple and Mixed Number With Regrouping

9 3
1.)
12
+ 6
Change to similar fractions by getting their LCD.
9 9
=
12 12
+
3 6
= Change the sum into mixed number and express
6 12
the answer in lowest term.
15 3 1
= 1 =1
12 12 4

4 1 5 Change the fractions to similar fractions to make

2.) 4
7
+ 3
3
+ 2 7 the addition possible. Get their LCD.

4 12 Add the whole numbers.

4 = 4
7 21

1 7
+ 3 = 3 Add the numerators and copy the
3 21
common denominators.
5 15
2 7 = 2 21

34 Regroup the fraction part then add it to the whole number.

8 21

13 13
8+1
21
= 9 21

Work Independently

A. Get the sum. Express your answers in lowest terms.

1.) 1 + 3 6.) 5 3 + 2 15
2 2 12 12

2.) 4 + 2 7.) 12 20 + 15
3
5 5 25 25

3.) 6 + 8 8.) 9 7 + 8 11
9 9 20 20

85
 4.) 3 + 7 9.) 3 6 + 26
5 5 15 15

5.) 8 + 2 10.) 4 8 + 1 10
12 12 16 16

B. Write in vertical form then add. Express your answer in lowest terms.

1.) 3 + 7 6.) 3 3 + 22
5 10 4 3

2.) 4 + 7 7.) 7 9 + 3 3
8 12 10 5

3.) 6 + 10 8.) 12 8 + 1 3
14 7 9 6

4.) 9 + 10 9.)15 5 + 5 12
12 4 10 15

5.) 10 + 4 10.) 16 3 + 10 5
15 5 7 6

Work Harder

A. Add the following. Reduce answer to simplest form.

1.) 4 + 2 6.) 6 + 5
5 1
7 7 12 12

2.) 7 + 1 7.) 19 + 17
1 2
10 10 20 20

3.) 3 + 8 8.) 22 + 15
9 9 5 24 9 24

4.) 4 + 8 9.) 2 5 + 56
6 6 77 7

5.) 10 + 6 10.) 1 + 2
20 20 1 4 2 4

86
 B. Find the sum. Reduce the fractional parts if needed.

1.) 1 + 1 6.) 1 + 1
3
3 5 3 2

2.) 2 + 3 7.) 1 + 1
4 10 5 12 32

3.) 7 + 1 8.) 2 1 + 3 1 + 41
12 4 2 12 4

4.) 3 + 1 9.) 5 + 10
8 3 86 3 12

5.) 3 + 5 10.) 3 1 + 53 + 3
6
4 6 5 10 25

Apply Your Skills

Solve the problem.

1.) Tessa has a visitor. She served her visitor a pitcher of pineapple juice. She mixes 1
2
3
1
glass of sweetened pineapple and 1 glass of water. How many is the mixture?
2

1 2
2.) Jose needs cup of oil for a plain cake and cup of vanilla for a sponge cake.
4 4

How many cups are there in all?

Concepts to Ponder

 To add similar fractions in simple or mixed number, add the whole number
first, if there is any then add the fraction part. Copy their common
denominator. Regroup when necessary. Express your answer to lowest
terms.

 To ad dissimilar fractions in simple or mixed number, change them into

similar fractions by getting their LCD. Then apply the steps in adding similar
fractions.

87
Lesson 19

Subtracting Fractions and Mixed

Numbers Without and With Regrouping
Warm Up

Change the following mixed number to improper fraction or vice versa.

1.) 1 6.) 45
2
3 12

2.) 4 7.) 37
16 5

3.) 3 3 8.) 75
5 20

4.) 3 9.) 44
87 10

5.) 9 2 10.) 52
6 24

Let Us Discover

2
Father and his son went fishing. They caught 12 kilograms of fish. They sold
4
5
8 kilograms and saved the rest for themselves. How many kilograms were left for
4
themselves.

2 5
Let us subtract to find the answer. 12 - 8 = n
4 4

Observe the steps in subtracting. Note where regrouping is done.

88
Look at the Rename the whole Rename is
a Subtract the fractions, then the
numerator number fraction. whole numbers. Express the
answer in lowest terms if
2 2 2 possible.
12 12 = 11 + 1 + 2 4 2 6
4 4 4
12 = 11 + + 12 = 11
- 2<5 4 4 4 4
5 2
8 5
4 4
8
4

1
3
4

1
Therefore, 3 kilograms of fish were left for themselves.
4

Look how subtraction of other kinds of fraction is done.

A. Subtracting similar fraction in simple or mixed number without regrouping

1.) 4 Subtract the fraction part.

3
-
2 Copy the common denominator
3
2
3

2.) 8 6 Subtract the fraction part.

8 Copy the common denominator.
-
54 Subtract the whole number part.
8
32 = 3 1 Express the answer in lowest term.
8 4

B. Subtracting dissimilar fraction in simple and mixed number without regrouping

1.) 9 = 9 Change dissimilar fraction to similar fraction by getting

12 12 their LCD
-
2 = 8 Subtract the numerators and copy the common
3 12 denominator
1
12
89
2.) 6 6 = 6 6 Change dissimilar fraction to similar fraction by getting
8 8 their LCD.
-
2 1 = 22 Subtract as in subtracting similar fractions.
4 8

44 = 41 Express the answer in lowest term

8 2

C. Subtracting dissimilar fraction in simple and mixed number with regrouping.

Change dissimilar fraction to similar
8 3 = 8 6 = 7 + 12 + 6 = 7 18
6 12 12 12 12 fraction by getting their LCD.
- Since 6< 9, rename the whole number
part.
2 3 = 29 = 2 9
4 12 12

Subtract as in similar fraction.

5 9 = 53 Give or express your answer in lowest
12 4
term.
Work Independently

A. Subtract the following. Express your answer in lowest terms.

1.) 8 - 3 6.) 7 - 1
15 15 15 5

2.) 24 - 20 7.) 6 - 2
36 36 12 24

3.) 15 - 5 8.) 1 - 1
24 24 2 6

4.) 9 - 4 9.) 3 - 1
12 12 4 8

5.) 18 - 7 10.) 1 - 1
10 10 5 10

90
 B. Write in vertical form then find the difference. Express your answer in lowest term.

1.) 4 12 - 2 5 6.) 6 1 - 2 1
15 15 5 10

2.) 10 4 - 5 2 7.) 19 2 - 71
4 4 7 4

3.) 15 4 - 1 8.) 18 17 - 3 5
15
8 8 16 8

4.) 25 16 - 20 6 9.) 26 1 - 1
11
50 50 5 10

5.) 20 11 - 15 5 10.) 16 1 - 13 1
25 25 4 8

Work Harder

A. Find the difference

1.) 4 - 1 6.) 2 1 - 1 2
5 3 5 10

2.) 2 - 3 7.) 6 2 - 1
5 10 3 4

3.) 5 - 1 8.) 4 1 - 7
8 3 3 8

4.) 6 - 1 9.) 6 1 - 2 1
7 2 5 2

5.) 15 - 10 10.) 1 - 25
4
10 25 3 8

B. Subtract

1.) 4 1 - 1 3 6.) 1 - 1
3 1
4 5 4 2

2.) 9 3 - 2 7 7.) 51 - 23
5 9 8 4
91
3.) 6 2 - 1 7 8.) 18 17 - 3 5
3 8 16 8

4.) 10 2 - 5 8 9.) 261 - 11 1

6 9 5 10

5.) 9 3 - 5 4 10.) 18 4 - 91
10 5 7 3

Apply Your Skills

Solve the problems.

4 2
1.) Annabelle bought 15 kilograms of lanzones, She gave 5 kilograms to her
8 8
grandmother who was sick. How many kilograms of lanzones was left to her?

1 3 3
2.) From 10 meters of cloth, mother cut 1 meters for her skirt; 2 meters for her
2 4 4
1
daughter’s dress and 2 meters for her blouse. How many meters were left?
3

Concepts to Ponder

 To subtract similar fractions in simple and mixed number, subtract the

whole number first, if there is any then the fraction part. Copy their common
denominator. Regroup when necessary. Express your answer in lowest
term.

 To subtract dissimilar fractions, change them first to similar fractions by

getting their LCD. Apply or follow the steps in subtracting similar fractions.

92
Lesson 20

Multiplying Fractions and Mixed

Numbers
Warm Up

Multiply

1.) 7 x 9 6.) 11 x 5
2.) 8 x 6 7.) 15 x 3
3.) 4 x 7 8.) 12 x 4
4.) 9 x 8 9.) 10 x 6
5.) 6 x 7 10.) 16 x 3

Let Us Discover

1 1
Mother bought 8 bags of sugar. Each bag weighed 1 kilograms. What is the total
2 4
weight of the bags of sugar mother bought?

Let us multiply to find the answer.

81 x 11 Express the mixed numbers as fraction by multiplying

2 4 the whole number by the denominator and adding the
numerator. Then copy the denominator.

81 8x2+1 17
2 2 2

11 1x4+1 5
4 4 4

17 x 5 = 85 = 10 5
Multiply the numerator and the denominator.
2 4 8 8

5
The total weight of the bags of sugar is 10 kilograms.
8

Study the other examples.

1.) 2 1 x 1 = 9 x 7 = 63 = 7 7
3
4 2 4 2 8 8

2.) 3 4 x 5 4 = 22 x 54 Simplify the fractions if needed using cancellation

method.
93
 6 10 6 10

22 and 10 are divisible by 2. By dividing them by 2, 22 becomes 11 ad 10 becomes 5.

6 and 54 are divisible by 6. By dividing them by 6, 6 become 1 and 54 becomes 9.
11 9
22 x 54 = 99 = 19 4
1 6 10 5 5
5

Let us try other cases of multiplying fractions.

A. Multiplying fractions by whole numbers.

9 x 2 Consider the whole number as a fraction whose

3
denominator is one.
9 x 2 Simplify factors or use cancellation method
1 3 before multiplying.
3
9 x 2 = 6 =6
1 3 1
1
B. Multiplying a mixed by a fraction

15 1 x 3 Change the mixed number to improper fraction.

3 4

46 x 3
3 4 Use cancellation method then multiply
23 1
46 x 3 = 23 = 11 1
3 4 2 2
1 2

C. Multiplying whole number by a mixed number.

6 x 51 Change whole number as a fraction whole denominator is one.

4 Change mixed number to improper fraction.

6 x 21
1 4
Use cancellation method then multiply.
36 x 21 = 63 = 31 1
1 4 2 2
2

94
 D. Multiplying a fraction by its reciprocal

Reciprocal means the multiplicative inverse of a number.

1
The reciprocal of 8 is .
8

4 5
The reciprocal of is .
5 4

1 8 1 8
8 x = x = = 1
8 1 8 8

4 5 20
x = = 1
5 4 20

By using cancellation method, we get 1 as a product.

Work Independently

A. Multiply. Give the product in simplest form.

1.) 3 x 4 6.) 15 x 2
8 5 3

2.) 5 x 1 7.) 10 x 5
6 4 12

3.) 11 x 1 8.) 15 x 6
11 4 10

4.) 2 x 1 9.) 4 x 5
4 10 25 8

5.) 3 x 1 10.) 9 x 3
9 3 18 6

B. Find the product. Express the answer in lowest terms, if possible.

1.) 3 3 x 2 6.) 3 3 x 2 1
6 7 8 5

2.) 7 1 x 1 7.) 2 3 x 3 4
7 8 5 6

3.) 7 2 x 4 8.) 5 2 x 3 3
95
 4 5 10 6

4.) 4 1 x 1 9.) 4 1 x 2 4
5 8 4 5

5.) 3 4 x 8 10.) 8 2 x 4 1
12 10 6 3

Work Harder

A. Multiply

1.) 1 x 1 6.) 11 x 4
7 4 4 11

2.) 3 x 4 7.) 8 x 2
10 8 3

3.) 9 x 2 8.) 10 x 4
11 3 6

4.) 4 x 3 9.) 5 x 15
15 6 6

5.) 7 x 9 10.) 3 x 12
21 14 9

B. Find the product.

1.) 2 1 x 2 6.) 2 4 x 5 1
4 3 7 6

2.) 4 1 x 2 7.) 3 1 x 5 2
2 5 2 3

3.) 2 3 x 4 8.) 16x 23

4 7 6

4.) 1 1 x 4 1 9.) 81x 9

3 5 3 10

5.) 1 4 x 3 10.) 2 3 x 4
5 4 12 7

96
Apply Your Skills

Solve the problems.

1 3
1.) Felipe picked 4 bags of mangoes. Each bag weighed 1 kilograms. How many
2 4
kilograms of mangoes did she pick?

3 1
2.) Find the area of a room 6 meters by 5 meters.
4 2

1 1
3.) Mother had 3 dozens of eggs in the refrigerator. She used of the eggs.
2 2

What part of the eggs was used?

1
4.) Angelo needs 1 meters bamboo to replace each of the old posts in his garden.
2

How many meters of bamboo does he need for 4 posts.

Concepts to Ponder

 To multiply fractions, simplify the fractions, if possible. Use

cancellation method using the common factors, then multiply the
numerators and denominators.
 To multiply a fraction by a whole number, convert the whole number
as a fraction then multiply.
 To multiply mixed numbers, express them first as fractions. Simplify
the fractions as needed, then multiply the fractions. Express the
answer in lowest terms, if possible.

97
Lesson 21

Finding Fractional Part of a Whole

Number or a Fraction
Warm Up

Give the LCD of the following sets of Fractions.

1.) 1 2 6.) 2 1 1
3 4 6 2 3

2.) 2 1 7.) 4 1 2
5 3 5 4 3

3.) 1 1 8.) 7 2 1
6 2 8 3 6

4.) 3 10 9.) 8 3 9
4 12 12 2 24

5.) 3 1 10.) 6 3 2
6 7 8 6 4

Let Us Discover

There are 15 students in Mr. Villa’s Math class. Two thirds of his students like cheese
pizza for lunch on Friday. How many students in Mr. Villa’s Math class like cheese pizza?

Let us answer the problem through the use of counters.

Look at the denominator to see how many groups you have to make.

Now, look at the numerator to see how many

groups you need to shade.

98
Let us solve.

2 2
of 15 is the same as x 15
3 3

2 15 30
x = = 10
3 1 3

Therefore, there are 10 students in Mr. Villa’s Math class who like cheese pizza.

Here are other examples.

1 1
1.) Aubrey had a basket of 45 kilograms of grapes. She sold of the grapes to her
2 3
neighbors. How many kilograms of grapes did she sell to her neighbor?

1 1
of 45 kg of grapes
3 2

1 91 Change first the mixed number into improper

x fraction then multiply.
3 2

1 91 91 1
x = = 15
3 2 6 6

1
Aubrey sold 15 kilograms of grapes to her neighbor.
6

4
2.) A pitcher is full of water. Kristine drink half of it. What part of the water does she
5
drink?
1 4 1 4 4 2
of = x = =
2 5 2 5 10 5

2
Kristine drinks of the water.
5

Work Independently

A. Complete the following

1.) 1 of 12 11.) 3 of 25
99
 3 5

2.) 4 of 90 12.) 2 of 49
5 7

3.) 3 of 80 13.) 4 of 80
16 5

4.) 1 of 54 14.) 2 of 72
6 8

5.) 2 of 40 15.) 5 of 72
4 9

6.) 3 of 55 16.) 1 of 105

11 3

7.) 5 of 48 17.) 2 of 36
12 9

8.) 3 of 36 18.) 7 of 50
6 10

9.) 2 of 45 19.) 3 of 60
9 12

10.) 3 of 28 20.) 8 of 100

7 10

Work Harder

Find the fractional part of each fraction.

1.) 1 of 14 1 11.) 1 of 4
2 2 3 6

2.) 3 of 12 2 12.) 3 of 9
4 6 10 20

3.) 2 of 1 13.) 4 of 14
10
5 3 7 20

4.) 2 of 9 2 14.) 1 of 18
3 4 3 20

5.) 3 of 1 15.) 5 of 4
20
100
 5 4 20 5

6.) 1 of 18 1 16.) 1 of 16
6 2 2 18

7.) 4 of12 5 17.) 3 of 40

4 5 4 60

8.) 3 of 14 2 18.) 1 of 20
7 4 5 21

9.) 4 of25 1 19.) 3 of 4

5 5 8 6

10.) 3 of 21 3 20.) 7 of 10
7 6 8 2

Apply Your Skills

Solve the problems.

2
1.) In a class of 48 students, are boys. How many boys are there in a class?
6

3 4
2.) A container had 5 liters of water. Mother used of it in cooking. What part of the
4 5
water
did mother use?

9 2
3.) Carmela has of the kitchen to clean. She has finished of it. What part of the house
10 3
has she finished?

Concepts to Ponder

 In finding the fractional part of a whole number, change the whole number
as improper fraction by writing 1 as denominator. Multiply then the
numerator and the denominator. Regroup when necessary. Express the
answer in lowest term.

 In finding the fractional part of a fraction, multiply the numerator and the
denominator. If the fraction is a mixed number, change it first to improper
fraction.

101
102
Lesson 22

Multiplying Fractional Units Mentally

Warm Up

Multiply

1.) 1 x 6 6.) 2 x 45
3 3

2.) 1 x 10 7.) 4 x 80
2 5

3.) 2 x 20 8.) 1 x 100

4 10

4.) 3 x 12 9.) 2 x 28
4 7

5.) 1 x 5 10.) 3 x 18
5 9

Let Us Discover

3
There was watermelon in the refrigerator left for dinner. At dinner time, the family
4
ate
2
of it. What part of the watermelon was eaten by the family?
5

2 2 3
of it means of
5 5 4

2 3 2 3
of is the same as x
5 4 5 4
12 3 3
of =
5 42 10

3
The family ate of the watermelon at dinner time.
10

We can quickly multiply fractional units by multiplying all the numerators of the
fractions in the problem to obtain the numerator of the resulting fraction and to multiply all the

103
denominators of the fractions in the problem to obtain the denominator of the resulting
fractions.

2 3
So, for a problem like x the numerator of the resulting fraction is given by 2 x 3
5 4
2 3
(that’s the 2 from and 3 from ) which equals to 6 and the denominator of the resulting
5 4
2 3
fraction is given by 5 x 4 (that’s the 5 from and 4 from ) which equals to 20.
5 4

2 3 6 3
So, the answer to x = = . That’s the process of multiplying fractional units
5 4 20 10
mentally.

Work Independently

Multiply the following mentally.

1.) 3 x 1 2.) 1 x 1 3.) 3 x 1 4.) 2 X 4

4 5 8 4 4 8 5 6

5.) 7 X 4 6.) 1 X 11 7.) 4 X 1 8.) 2 X 3

8 6 9 10 6 3 10 8

9.) 4 X 5 10.) 9 X 20 11.) 6 X 7 12.) 7 X 4

15 10 10 27 14 12 8 21

13.) 2 X 7 14.) 11 X 10 15.) 6 X 2 16.) 6 X 5

4 10 20 22 4 3 25 20

17.) 8 X 4 18.) 2 X 5 19.) 4 X 2 20.) 6 X 14

16 8 10 20 16 8 7 24

Work Harder

Find the product. Use mental computation.

1.) 2 x 8 11.) 3 x 3
3 12 6 5

2.) 1 x 3 12.) 1 x 4
4 12 2 7

3.) 3 x 1 13.) 2 x 3
7 2 3 4

104
4.) 3 x 3 14.) 2 x 1
5 4 5 3

5.) 4 x 1 15.) 4 x 2
9 6 9 7

6.) 2 x 5 16.) 4 x 3
5 6 12 9

7.) 3 x 3 17.) 5 x 6
8 4 6 8

8.) 5 x 1 18.) 9 x 4
12 6 10 5

9.) 3 x 7 19.) 6 x 7
14 9 11 12

10.) 3 x 5 20.) 15 x 2
4 6 24 5

Apply Your Skills

Solve the following.

7 2
1.) Mr. Castro had gallons of paint. He used of it to paint his bicycle.
8 5

What part of the paint he had used?

14 1
2.) Mother bought kilograms of pepper. She used of it in cooking adobo
15 3

for the visitors. What part of the pepper did she use?

Concepts to Ponder

 In multiplying fractional units mentally, multiply the numerator and the

denominator.

 Express your answer in lowest terms if possible.

105
Lesson 23

Dividing Fractions and Mixed Numbers

Warm Up
Give the reciprocal of the following numbers orally.

1.) 12 6.) 75
25

2.) 3 7.) 3
8 18

3.) 6 8.) 26
12

4.) 11 9.) 15
5 18

5.) 35 10.) 16
10

Let Us Discover

2 1
Father has 6 meters of bamboo pole. He cut these into meter peg to fence his
4 8

newly planted trees. How many pegs did he make?

Let us divide to find the answer.

2 1
6 ÷ = n
4 8

See how it is done.

2 1
6 ÷ Change mixed number into improper fraction.
4 8

106
 Divisor
Dividend

107
 26 1 Multiply the dividend by the reciprocal of the divisor.
4
÷ 8

26 8 Multiply the dividend by the reciprocal of the divisor.

×
4 1

2
26 x 8 = 52 = 52 Multiply the fractions. Express answer in lowest terms, if
4 1 1 possible.
1
To check:
26
52 x 1 = 52 x 1 = 26 = 6 2
8 1 84 4 4

Therefore, Father made 52 pegs.

Let us study the other cases of dividing fractions.

A. Dividing fraction by a Fraction

5 ÷ 2 Change both dividend and divisor into improper fractions

8 6
3
5 x 6 = 15 = 1 7 Multiply the numerators and denominators.
8 2 8 8 Use cancellation method, if possible.
4
Simplify the answer in lowest terms.

B. Dividing a fraction by a whole number

1.) 5 ÷ 2 Multiply the divisor by the reciprocal of the divisor.

9

5 x 1 = 5
Multiply the numerators then the denominators.
9 2 18

2.) 5 ÷ 3
5

5 x 5 = 25 = 8 1
1 3 3 3

108
C. Dividing Mixed number by Mixed number

2 1
4 ÷ 2 Change both dividend and divisor into improper fractions.
3 2

14 ÷ 5 Multiply the dividend by the reciprocal of the divisor.

3 2

14 x 2 = 28 = 1 13 Multiply the numerators and the denominators.

3 5 15 15

Work Independently

A. Divide using reciprocals. Express your answers in lowest terms, if possible.

1.) 3 ÷ 4 6.) 6 ÷ 2
7 8 9 3

2.) 4 ÷ 2 7.) 6 ÷ 1
6 3 9 3

3.) 4 ÷ 4 8.) 3 ÷ 6
10 20 14 7

4.) 5 ÷ 10 9.) 3 ÷ 9
6 12 12 15

5.) 5 ÷ 10 10.) 8 ÷ 4
8 6 12 6

B. Find the quotient. Express your answer in lowest term, if possible.

1.) 15 ÷ 2 6.) 6 ÷ 2
5 3

2.) 14 ÷ 2 7.) 4 ÷ 1
7 2

3.) 10 ÷ 4 8.) 8 ÷ 3 1
5 2 2

4.) 5 ÷ 3 9.) 2 1 ÷ 2
9 3 3

109
5.) 4 1 ÷ 6 10.) 5 ÷ 1 1
2 3

Work Harder

A. Divide the given fractions. Express your answer in lowest term, if possible.

1.) 5 1 ÷ 9 6.) 4 5 ÷ 1
7 14 6 4

2.) 6 2 ÷ 2 7.) 2 5 ÷ 7
9 3 8 16

3.) 8 3 ÷ 1 8.) 12 ÷ 3
3
4 4 4

4.) 5 ÷ 3 1 9.) 4 ÷ 3 3
12 3 9 4

5.) 6 3 ÷ 4 10.) 6 2 ÷ 2 2
8 9 3 9

B. Find the quotient. Express the answer in lowest terms.

1.) 3 ÷ 21 6.) 27 ÷ 1
5 15 3

2.) 3 3 ÷ 3 7.) 25 ÷ 3 5
4 8

3.) 30 ÷ 5 1 8.) 15 ÷ 2
4 3

4.) 15 ÷ 2 9.) 2 2 ÷ 3 3
2 6 8

5.) 3 1 ÷ 1 1 10.) 1 ÷ 1
6 2
5 3 5 3

Apply Your Skills

Solve these problems.

1
1.) Roxanne uses meter of lace per pillowcase. How many pillowcases can she make
2
from
a 15 meter long of lace?
110
 3 1
2.) One of Mr. Martin’s parcels of land 15 hectares of land. If he gives 5 hectares
4 4
to each of his children with nothing to left for himself. How many children does he have?

Concepts to Ponder

 In dividing fraction, multiply the dividend by the reciprocal of the divisor. If

the dividend or divisor is a mixed number change it first to improper fraction
then multiply the dividend by the reciprocal of the divisor. Simplify the
answer in lowest term.

111
Lesson 24

Simplifying Fractions and Mixed

Numbers to Lowest Terms
Warm Up
Find the LCD of the following sets of fractions.

1.) 2 1 6.) 1 2
6 3 7 14

2.) 2 3 7.) 3 1
5 4 18 3

3.) 1 1 8.) 5 3
8 4 8 6

4.) 5 1 9.) 4 1
6 3 5 6

5.) 11 2 10.) 9 3
15 3 4 7

Let Us Discover

Yolanda spent 6 hours babysitting for her aunt. What part of the day did she spend
babysitting?

Study this:
6 number of hours babysitting
24 number of hours in a day

6
Let us find to lowest term of
24

Step 1

Find the GCF of 6 and 24 by prime factorization or continuous division method.

a.) Prime Factorization b.) Continuous Division

6= 3 x2 6 6 24
1 4
24 = 3 x 2 x 2 x 2

GCF: 3 x 2 = 6 GCF:6

112
Step 2
Divide the numerator and the denominator by their GCF.

6 ÷ 6 1
24 ÷ 6
=4

1
Yolanda spent of the day babysitting.
4

To determine if the given fraction is already on its lowest terms:

1. The numerator and the denominator are prime numbers.
Example: 3 5 11
5 7 13
2. The numerator is 1
Example: 1 1 1
10 4 25
3. The numerator and denominator has no common factor except 1.
Example: 4 3 5
15 16 28
4. The numerator and denominator are consecutive numbers.\
Example: 15 13 24
16 14 25

Here are other examples

1.) 10 GCF is 5 10 ÷ 5 = 2
15 15 ÷ 5 3

2.) 18 GCF is 6 18 ÷ 6 = 3
24 24 ÷ 6 4

3.) 20 GCF is 4 20 ÷ 4 = 5 = 2 1
8 8 ÷ 4 2 2

4.) 21 GCF is 3 21 ÷ 3 = 7 = 1 1
18 18 ÷ 3 6 6

A fraction with a numerator of one is a unit fraction.

Work Independently

A. Find the lowest terms. The GCF is given in each fraction.

1.) 2 6.) 16
8 18
GCF = 2 GCF = 2

113
 2.) 3 7.) 9
9 27
GCF = 3 GCF = 9

3.) 5 8.) 4
15 24
GCF = 5 GCF = 4

4.) 6 9.) 10
18 12
GCF = 6 GCF = 2

5.) 20 10.) 16
24 48
GCF = 4 GCF = 16

B. Simplify each fraction.

1.) 1 6 6.) 4 4
8 16

2.) 2 8 7.) 3 9
12 27

3.) 4 4 8.) 4 25
32 100

4.) 3 6 9.) 5 18
18 30

5.) 3 3 10.) 3 6
9 36

Work Harder

Express each in lowest term

1.) 3 11.) 2 54
12 90

2.) 12 12.) 3 39
36 51

3.) 14 13.) 6 24

114
 48 54

4.) 18 14.) 9 36
56 81

5.) 50 15.) 12 8
10 52

6.) 25 16.) 11 18
45 48

7.) 27 17.) 15 16
51 24

8.) 21 18.) 56
8
49 64

9.) 42 19.) 25 60
63 90

10.) 18 20.) 18 75
68 100

Apply Your Skills

Write a fraction in is lowest terms for each of the following.

1.) Luis spends 8 hours a day working in the office. What part of the day does he spend in
the office?

2.) During Saturdays, Mother spends 3 hours marketing. What Fraction of the day does
she spend marketing?

Concepts to Ponder

 To simplify fractions and Mixed numbers to lowest terms, divide both

numerator and denominator by their GCF.

115
Lesson 25

Solving a Problem Involving Addition,

Subtraction, Multiplication and Division
of fractions and Mixed Numbers
Warm Up

Translate the following into equation then solve.

1 3
1.) What is the product of 2 and 3 ?
5 6

2 1
2.) Divide 9 by
3 4

2 1 3
3.) Multiply the sum of and by .
3 6 4

3 5
4.) Subtract 7 from 15 .
4 6

2
5.) of 75 is what number?
3

Let Us Discover

1
Mother gives Alexander a daily allowance of ₱100.he spends of his allowance for
2
1
snacks and transportation and for school supplies. He saves the rest. How much does he
4
save from his daily allowance?

Let us solve the problem using the four step process developed by the great
mathematician George Polya.

Step 1. Think / understand

a.) What is asked?

The amount he saves from his daily allowance.
b.) What are the given data?
₱100 - his daily allowance
1
- for snacks and transportation
2
116
 1
- for school supplies
4

Step 2. Plan

a.) What are the operations to be used?

Multiplication, Addition, Subtraction
b.) What number sentence represents the data?
1 1
100 - [( x 100) + ( x 100)] = n
2 4
c.) Find a problem solving strategy
Use the GMPAS rule

Step 3. Carry- out the plan.

How is he solution done?

The operations inside the parenthesis are done first, then the opreration inside
the brackets.

100 - ( 1 x 100 ) + ( 1 x 100) =n

2 4
50 50
100 - ( 1 x 100 ) + ( 1 x 100 ) = n
2 1 4 1
1 2
100 - 50 + 50 = n
1 2

100 - 75 = n

N = 25

Step 4. Look back

a.) How is the answer checked?

₱ 50 spent for snacks and transportation

25 spent for school supplies
25 his savings
₱100 his allowance
b.) What is the answer?

Alexander saves ₱25 from his daily allowance.

Here is one more strategy in solving a problem that can be easily remembered.
A – asked
117
 G – Given
P – Process/ operations
E – Equation
S – Solution
A – Answer
Work Independently

Solve his problems using the steps given in the first problem.

1 3 7
1.) Anthony rides his bicycle km to school, km to ball field and km home. How far
2 4 10
did he ride in all?

7 1
2.) Stella ran for hour and walked hour to practice for a race. How much longer
8 2
did she run than walk?

2 1
3.) Mr. Solis needs 12 meter of wire to make a pen for his ducks and 10 meters of
3 2
wire for his roosters. How many meters of wire does he need in all?

1 1
4.) Jeho has 12 meters of string for his kite. He shared of this to his friend. How
2 5
many meters did he share?

1 1
5.) A rectangular room has a length of 8 meters and a width of 5 meters. What is
2 4
the area of the room?

2
6.) Mr. Canaan consumes a liter of gasoline in travelling 6 km. How far can he travel
4
1
with 4 liter of gasoline?
3

9 1
7.) There is of a whole cake on a plate. One serving is of a whole cake. How many
10 8
serving can be made?

1 1
8.) How many benches 2 m long each can be placed end in the hallway 16 m long?
2 3

4 2
9.) How many pieces of string dm long each can be cut from 4 dm?
6 3

118
 4 2
10.) Ryan lives 8 kilometers from the city while Rosa lives 4 kilometers away.
8 4
Who
lives farther. How many kilometers farther?

Work Harder

Solve the following problems. Follow the systematical way of solving problem and
label your answer properly.

1 1
1.) Mrs. Cabansag donated 2 hectares of land for the town hospital and 1 hectares
2 3
for the town public school. How many hectares of land did he donate in all?

3 1
2.) Everyday, Josie drinks 8 glasses of water and 1 glass of milk. How much more
4 2
water does she drink than milk?

2 3
3.) Bella Amor prepared 13 liters of mango juice 15 liters of gulaman juice to sell.
3 4
How many liters of juice did she prepare? How much gulaman juice did she prepare
than mango juice?

4 1
4.) Andrea needs 5 cups of milk for making leche plan. If there was already 1 cups
5 2
of milk in the can, how many more milk does she need?

1 1
5.) A bus travels 5 kilometers in one hour. How far can it travel in 3 hours?
2 4

1
6.) Roxanne harvested 7 kilograms of pechay from her vegetable garden. She sold
3
2
of the pechay in the market. How many kilograms of pechay wee sold in the
5
market?

3 1
7.) A rectangular lot is 7 in wide and 11 m long. What is its area?
4 2

5
8.) Shirly needs meter of ribbon for each she decorates. How many boxes can she
8
1
decorates if she has 4 meters of ribbon?
2

119
 1 1
9.) A log 5 meters long was cut into pieces 1 meter each. How many pieces were
2 3
there?

1 3
10.) Marissa ate 2 guavas while Irene ate 1 guavas. How many guavas did they
3 4
eat in all?

Apply Your Skills

Solve the problems.

2
1.) Carlo has 3 pieces of wood. The first wood is 2 meters long. The second wood is
3
1 2
1 meter long than the first and the third wood is meter longer than the second
2 6
wood. What is the total length of the three pieces of wood?

1 2
2.) If of 24 kilograms of tomatoes found to be rotten. How many kilograms of rotten
5 3
tomatoes were there?

3 2
3.) Mikaela has 13 cassava cakes. If each serving is 1 cakes. How many servings
4 3
does she have?

Concepts to Ponder

 In solving problem involving fractions, apply all the systematic ways of

adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing fractions and mixed numbers.

 Apply the order of operations for easy computation.

120
Lesson 26

Using Models To Illustrate Fractions as

Division of Two Numbers
Warm Up
Give the fraction name of the following

1.) 6.)

2.) 7.)

3.) 8.)

4.) 9.)

5.) 10.)

121
Let Us Discover

Mother prepared pizza pie for snacks. She divided the pizza pie into 12 equal parts.
Three out of 12 parts was given to her neighbor while the rest of the pizza was eaten by
them.

What fractional part of the pizza was given to her neighbor?

What fractional part of the pizza was eaten b her family?

Let us illustrate the problems using some models.

3
3 out of 12 parts in fractions is
12

9
9 out of 12 parts in fraction is
12

3
in decimal is 0.25
12

9
in decimal is 0.75
12
Look how it is done.

Step 1 Give the fractional part of the model.

3 9
= 3 ÷ 12 = 9 ÷ 12
12 12

Step 2 Divide the numerator by its denominator.

0.25 0.75
12 3.00 12 9.00
24 84
60 60
60 60
0 0

In fraction form In decimal form

3
0.25
12

9
0.75
12
Study the other example.

122
 What part of the whole figure is shaded?

5
Five out of 10 equal parts or
10

5
in decimal is 0.5
10

Solution:
0.5
10 5.0
5.0
0

Work Independently

Write a division sentence in the following models, Number 1 is done for you.

1.) 6.)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

2
=2÷8
8

2.) 7.)

3.)
3.)
8.)

4.)
9.)

123
 5.)

10.)

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

Work Harder

Use models to illustrate the following fractions

1.) 3 6.) 11
7 12

2.) 1 7.) 4
15 6

3.) 6 8.) 18
9 20

4.) 20 9.) 7
25 10

5.) 6 10.) 9
30 11

Apply Your Skills

Illustrate each problem using models.

124
 1.) During her birthday, Rica divided her cake into 25 equal slices, After the party, three
slices of cake were left in her box.

2.) A container is full of water with 1000 milliliters. Korina drinks 250 milliliters of it. What
fractional part of the water did she drink?

Concepts to Ponder

 There are some models used to illustrate fractions as division of two

numbers- grid, region and number line. The fraction bar tells that the
numerator and denominator are the two numbers to be divided.

Lesson 27

Visualizing Decimal Numbers

Warm Up

Give the fractional part of the following illustrations orally.

1.) 6.)

125
2.) 7.)

3.)
8.)

4.) 9.)

126
 5.) 10.)

Let Us Discover

Decimals are related to fractions. If fraction

shows the parts or portion of a whole, decimal also
indicates the certain parts of a whole. Decimals
are useful in making some computations simpler
and easier. There are some concepts which are better understood by using decimals. When
discussing finances, decimal is the most practical way of expressing parts of a peso. Decimal
has its own uses and like fractions, it is very much a part of everyday living.

Here are some models to represent decimals.

1.) Money
25₵ 25₵
₱50 ₱20 ₱70.50

Seventy pesos and fifty centavos

2.) Number Line

0 0.10 0.20

Each division is 0.01. There are ten divisions between 0 and 0.10. Count five spaces top the
right of 0. The point is 0.05.

3.) Grid

127
 100 or 1
34 or 0.34
100
100
0.01 x 100 = 1
0.01 x 34 = 0.34

Each square unit represents 0.01T the illustration

shows 1 + 0.34 equals 1.34.Iit reads one and thirty four
hundredths.

4.) Blocks

Second layer

First Layer

There are 20 blocks in the first layer and another 20 blocks in the second layer. There
are 40 blocks in all. Eight out of 40 blocks are shaded.

Each block represents 0.025. Therefore 0.025 multiplied by 8 equals 0.2.

8 number of shaded blocks 8 ÷ 40 = 0.2

40 total numbers of blocks

Work Independently

Name the following sets of models in decimal form.

1.) 25₵
₱50 ₱50 ₱50 ₱20

2.)
25₵ 25₵ 25₵
₱100 ₱200

3.) ₱10 ₱5 5₵ 5₵

128
 4.)

5.)

6.)

0 1 2
3

7.)

0 0.10 0.20 0.30

8.)

0 1 2 3

9.)

10.)

129
Work Harder

Name each model in decimal form.

1.)

2.)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

3.)

0 1

4.)

0 1 2

5.)
₱10 ₱10 ₱5 25₵ 25₵

6.)
25₵ 25₵ 25₵ 25₵ 10₵ 10₵ 10₵

130
 7.)
₱1000 ₱200 ₱100 ₱50 5₵ 5₵

8.)

25₵
9.) ₱1000 ₱1000

10.)

Apply Your Skills

Illustrate the following using models.

1.) Mother gave her daughter P20.00. upon seeing her wallet, there were five 25 inside.
How much money does she have in all?

2.) At a distance of 500 meters, Ronnie had reach 950 meters through walking. Use
number line to represent Ronnie had reach.

Concepts to Ponder

 There are many ways how to visualize decimals namely; money, grid,
number line and blocks.

131
Lesson 28

Reading and Writing Common Fractions in

Decimal Form Through Thousandths
Warm Up
Name each model in fraction or decimal form.

1.)
₱1 25₵

2.)

1 1

3.)

4.)

5.)

132
Let Us Discover

Study the table below.

In the place value chart, the decimal point separates the whole numbers from the
decimal numbers.

Hundreds Tens Ones Decimal Tenths Hundredths Thousandths Place Value

point

100 10 1 . 0.1 0.01 0.001 Value

. 8
. 7 5
. 3 7 5

In fraction In Decimal Read as:

8 0.8 eight tenths

10

75 0.75 seventy five hundredths

100

375 0.375 three hundred seventy five

1000 thousandths

Reading and writing whole numbers are easier than decimals. Although we read and
write decimals as whole numbers, determining the place value of the decimals is a little bit
confusing.

Most of the time, the decimals are not read properly. For instance, 0.5 is oftentimes
read as “zero point five”. You should take that this is not the proper way of reading decimals.

Thus, the following decimals are read properly as:

0.1 one tenth (one decimal places)

0.01 one hundredth (two decimal places)
0.001 one thousandth (three decimal places)

Each decimal above has a corresponding fraction form. The fraction form of a certain
decimal could serve as a guide to read the decimal correctly. Thus, the fraction of each
decimal above is read as:

133
 1 one tenth
10
1 one hundredth
100
1 one thousandth
1000

What do you noticed with the number of decimal places and zeros in the denominator
of the fraction?

Let us have some more examples,

a.) 1 or 0.5 read as “five tenths”

2
b.) 1 or 0.125 read as “hundredth twenty five thousandths”
8
c.) 3 or 0.75 read as “seventy-five thousandths”
4

Work Independently

Read the following fractions then write them in words.

1.) 6 6.) 35
10 100

2.) 9 7.) 50
10 100

3.) 4 8.) 4
10 1000

4.) 7 9.) 125

10 1000

5.) 21 10.) 435

100 1000

B. Write the following decimal words into symbols

1.) five hundred thousandths

2.) six hundredths
3.) eight thousandths
134
 4.) two tenths
5.) nine tenths
6.) one hundred sixteen thousandths
7.) eleven hundredths
8.) thirty five hundredths
9.) seven tenths
10.) forty eight thousandths

Work Harder

Complete the table.

Common Fractions In decimals In words
1. 7
1000

2. 1
5

3. 4
8

4. 3
12

5. 45
100

6. 14
100

7. 1
2

8. 6
10

9. 7
35

10. 18
1000

Apply Your Skills

1.) Alexis filled the container with 0.250 liters of water. Write the decimals in words.

135
 70 70
2.) About of the Earth’s surface is covered with water. Express in decimal and
100 100
write it in words.

Concepts to Ponder

 The fraction form of a decimal way be used a guide to read the decimal
correctly and properly.

 The number of decimal places of a decimal number is equal to the number

of zeros in the denominator of its fraction form.

Lesson 29

136
 Renaming Decimal Numbers to Fraction
with Denominators of 10, 100, 1000
and 10 000
Warm Up
Read and write the following in words.

1.) 5 6.) 30
10 100

2.) 7 7.) 45
10 100

3.) 8 8.) 10
10 100

4.) 4 9.) 6
10 1000

5.) 12 10.) 75
100 1000

Let Us Discover

Mother brought home a whole Hawaiian pizza and divided it into 10 equal parts. Celia
ate 2 parts of the pizza. What fractional part of the pizza was eaten by Celia?

Let us solve a problem using a grid.

The grid is divided into 10 equal parts. Two of the parts are shaded.

2
Let us name the shaded parts as
10

2
Now let us rename in decimal form by dividing the numerator by its denominator.
10

0.2 Notice that the denominator has

137 one zero so move the decimal
place of the numerator one
place to the left.
 10 2.0 2 = 0.2
1 10
2.0
2.0
0
2
Therefore, in decimal form is 0.2.
10

Observe the other examples.

Move the decimal point one place to the left that
1.) 6 . 6. 0.6
gives us 0.6
10
1 zero

2.) 57 . 57. 0.057 Move the decimal point three places to the left.
1000
3 zeros
Move the decimal point two places to the left.
3.) 33 . 33 0.33
100
2 zeros
Move the decimal point 4 places to the left.
4.) 715 . 715. 0.0715
Annex zero.
10 000
4 zeros

5.) 3 4 .4 3.4 Copy the whole number then move the

10 decimal point one place o the left of the
numerator so it will become 3.4.

6.) 48 25 . 25 48.25 Move the decimal point 2 places to the left.

100 Copy the whole number.

7.) 8 305 . 305 8.305 Move the decimal point 3 places to the left
1000 and copy the whole number.

8.) 29 891 . 891 0.0891 Move the decimal point 4 places to the left.
10 000 Annex zero

Work Independently
138
 A. Rename the following fractions to decimals.

1.) 7 6.) 415

10 1000

2.) 13 7.) 4315

100 10 000

3.) 8 8.) 235

1000 1000

4.) 25 9.) 16
100 10 000

5.) 6 10.) 5
100 100

B. Rewrite these fractions to decimals.

1.) 5 4 6.) 36 85
100 100

2.) 3 1 7.) 45 205

10 1000

3.) 28 13 8.) 112

16
100 10 000

4.) 20 60 9.) 15
200
1000 10 000

5.) 9 10.) 9
83 455
100 10 000

Work Harder

Rename the following decimals as fraction.

1.) 0.8 11.) 15.16

2.) 0.31 12.) 9.2

3.) 0.1713 13.) 7.36

4.) 0.2554 14.) 12.915

5.) 0.365 15.) 28.2334
139
6.) 0.1136 16.) 19.0544

7.) 0.6255 17.) 38.00005

8.) 0.413 18.) 126.11245

9.) 0.8919. 19.) 905.76

10.) 0.1435 20.) 10.335

Apply Your Skills

1.) The exchange of Brunei Dollar to Philippine peso is 1BND for every P34.92.
Express 34.92 as fraction form.

2.) Samuel has one box of colored chalk with 100 pieces. He uses 20 pieces to decorate
the bulletin board. What fractional part of the chalk does he use to decorate the
bulletin board? Express the fractional part in decimal form.

Concepts to Ponder

 In remaining decimal numbers to fraction with denominators of 10,

100, 1000 and 10000, the number of decimal places indicates the
number of zeros.

140
Lesson 30

Giving the Place Value of a Given Decimal

Warm Up
Write the following decimals in fraction form.

1.) 0.6 6.) 1.2

2.) 0.5 7.) 13.55

3.) 0.11 8.) 14.605

4.) 0.79 9.) 26.0004

5.) 0.315 10.) 36.00008

Let Us Discover

Copper is a good conductor of heat. It is the element made into electric wires.
The atomic weight of copper is 63.546 g/mol.

Source:en.wikipedia.org.

The number 63.546 is an example of decimal number.

The place value chart can help you learn more about decimal numbers. Look at 63.546 in the
place value chart.

Hundred Tens Ones Decimal Tenth Hundredths Thousandth Ten

s Point s s Thousandths

6 3 . 5 4 6

10 1 . 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.0001

1 1 1 1
10 100 1000 10000

Decimal point separates the decimal form the whole number.

What is the place value of each digit?

What happens to the value of each digit as you move to the right? As you move to the left?

141
 What is the place value and value of each digit in 63,546?

6 in the lens place lens place means 6 x 10 equals 60

3 in the ones places means 3 x 1 equals 3
5 in the tenths place means 5 x 0.1 equals 0.5
4 in the hundredths place means 4 x 0.1 equals 0.04
6 in the thousandths place means 6 x 0.001 equals 0.006

Therefore, the values of each digit are 60, 3, 0.5, 0.04, and 0.006

Lets us have another example.

T
H
T H
H U
H
U T
T O
E
E N

9 4 6 2 . 7 5 8

9 is in the thousands place 9 x 1000 = 9000

4 is in the hundreds place 4 x 100 = 400
6 is in the tens place 6 x 10 = 60
2 is in the ones place 2x1= 2
7 is in the tenths place 7 x 0.1 = 0.7
5 is in the hundredths place 5 x 0.01 = 0.05
8 is in the thousandths place 8 x 0.001 = 0.008

Work Independently

A. Give the place value of the underlined digit

.
1.) 25.0354 6.) 32.14344

2.) 16.5321 7.) 255.00506

3.) 0.36695 8.) 1364.511005

4.) 0.12334 9.) 7605.01564

5.) 205.16164 10.) 1295.36545

142
B. Identify the place value of 3 in each of the ff. decimals.

1.) 25.0354 6.) 3.69904

2.) 5.34125 7.) 305.1240

3.) 13.167 8.) 120.0035

4.) 4.3679 9.) 34.4901

5.) 15.12360 10.) 11.30215

Work Harder

Give the place value and value of the underlined digit in each of the ff. decimals.

Decimal Place Value Value

1.) 3.654

2.) 0.125

3.) 16.4329

4.) 125.15

5.) 975.001

6.) 127.98765

7.) 432.60571

8.) 156.45789

9.) 0.708241

10.) 7349.01259

Apply Your Skills

1.) One gallon is 3.7853 liters. Write the place Value of each digit.

2.) One mile is 1.6093 kilometers. Give the value of each digit.

143
Concepts to Ponder

 The place value chart is very useful in giving the place value and value of
each digit in the decimal number.
 Each place has a value one-tenth of that to its left.
 Each place has a value ten times of that to its right.

144
Lesson 31

Reading and Writing Decimals Through

Thousandths
Warm Up

Give the place Value of the underlined digit in each of the decimals.

1.) 0.519 6.) 100.76546

2.) 0.4354 7.) 215.650

3.) 0.1239 8.) 415.12235

4.) 15.0594 9.) 1.65451

5.) 124.051 10.) 4996.31251

Let Us Discover

Like whole numbers, decimals have place values that determine how decimal fractions
will be read or written.

The place values for decimal fractions are as follow.

Tens Ones Decimal Tenths Hundredth Thousandth Ten thousandths

Points s s

0 . 4 5

0 . 0 7 9

3 6 . 1

This place value can be extended as far as necessary.

Each place value is 1/10 of the place value to its left.

0.45 is read as forty five hundredths

0.079 is read as seventy nine thousandths
36.1 is read as thirty six and one tenth

To read decimal, read the whole number. The decimal point is read as “and”. The
numbers after the decimal point is read as whole number and the place value of the last
number read at the end.
145
Work Independently

A. Read the following decimals then write each in words.

1.) 0.9 11.) 0.074

2.) 0.15 12.) 0.527
3.) 0.106 13.) 43.521
4.) 12.5 14.) 2.246
5.) 1.46 15.) 7.61
6.) 921.75 16.) 34.2
7.) 96.325 17.) 16.09
8.) 0.037 18.) 1.92
9.) 282.64 19.) 5.125
10.) 75.924 20.) 482.806

Work Harder

Write the following in symbols.

1.) Seventy-one hundredths

2.) Ten thousandths
3.) Nine hundred thirty-seven and eight tenths
4.) Eight-two and two hundred four thousandths
5.) One thousand twenty-three and five tenths
6.) Seventeen and thirty- eight hundredths
7.) One and Five thousandths
8.) Three hundred sixty six thousandths
9.) Five hundred ten and one hundredths
10.) One thousand ninety and eight tenths

Apply Your Skills

1.) The three sides of a triangle measures 27.5 cm, 19.68 cm and 31.025 cm. write the
decimals in words.

2.) The total length of the sides of the square is 113.072 centimeters. Read and write
113.072 in symbols and in words.

Concepts to Ponder

 In reading and in writing decimals, read the whole number followed by the
decimals. The decimal point separates the decimal from the whole number

 The number after the decimal points is read as whole number also, the
values of the last number is read or write at the end.

146
Lesson 32

Rounding Decimals to the Nearest Tenths

and Hundredths
Warm Up
Read the ff. decimals then write each in words.

1.) 0.08 6.) 0.42

2.) 0.12 7.) 15.16

3.) 1.5 8.) 10.3

4.) 12.36 9.) 1.475

5.) 0.421 10.) 45.247

Let Us Discover

Mother bought a gallon of water for her five month old baby. A gallon of water is equal
to 3.7853 liters.

Let us round 3.7853 to the nearest tenths and hundredths.

3.7853 rounds to the nearest tenth

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Find the place to be Look at the digit to its right. If it is Drop all the digits to
rounded to. less than 5, round down. Leave the the right of the digit
digit to be rounded uncharged. If it is to be rounded.
equal or greater than 5, increase the
digit to be rounded by 1

7>5
3.7853 3.8
7+1=8

Follow the same steps in rounding 3.7853 to the nearest hundredths

3.7853 The digit to the right of the 8 is equal to 5. Therefore, increased the
digit to be rounded by 1 and drop all the remaining digits to the right.

3.7853 rounds to the nearest hundredths are 3.79.

147
Let’s study the other examples.

A.) 6.8956 round to the nearest tenths is 6.9 because 8 > 5

B.) 24.123 round to the nearest hundredth is 24.12 because 2 < 5

Work Independently

A. Round each decimal to the value named.

1.) 3.45 to the nearest tenth

2.) 7.65814 to the nearest tenth
3.) 5.8692 to the nearest tenth
4.) 96.48 to the nearest tenth
5.) 10.12345 to the nearest tenth
6.) 11.2086 to the nearest hundredth
7.) 127.018 to the nearest hundredth
8.) 35.64513to the nearest hundredth
9.) 97.9387to the nearest hundredth
10.) 175.246 to the nearest hundredth

B. Round each decimal to the decimal place named.

Decimal Nearest tenth Nearest Hundredths

1.) 1.25
2.) 6.8497
3.) 2.0825
4.) 64.842
5.) 29.0434
6.) 0.8943
7.) 7.0.4196
8.) 2.348
9.) 5.2358
10.) 15.3984

Work Harder

Round to the indicated place value.

Tenths Hundredths
1.) 2.426
2.) 1.0487
3.) 43.521
4.) 240.6845
5.) 8.9023
6.) 0.8943
148
 7.) 0.83457
8.) 61.3874
9.) 0.6294
10.) 370.1932

Apply Your Skills

1.) A roll of rope is 0.435 diameters long. Round it to the nearest tenths and hundredths.

2.) By looking at the conversion table, centimeter is equal to 0.3937 inch. Round the
decimal to the nearest tenths and hundredths.

Concepts to Ponder

 Rounding off a decimal is a technique used o estimate or approximate

values. Rounding is the most commonly used to limit the amount of
decimal places. Instead of having a long string of decimal places or
even one that goes on forever we can approximate the value of the
decimal to a specified place.

149
Lesson 33

Comparing and Arranging Decimal

Numbers
Warm Up

Round off each digit to the specified place value.

Nearest tenth Nearest hundredth

1.) 0.04 = 6.) 10.317 =

2.) 0.76 = 7.) 5.677 =

3.) 7.08 = 8.) 36. 041 =

4.) 15.14 = 9.) 55.593 =

5.) 1.583 = 10.) 0.3318 =

Let Us Discover

After the first periodic test Mrs. Lacambra announced the fire achiever of her class.
The table below shows the list of pupils with their rating in alphabetical order.

Name of Pupils Rating

1.) Buenaventura, Gio 91.70
2.) Daradar, Chloe 88.25
3.) Fabros, Jeho 90.15
4.) Rivera, Rosalinda 91.07
5.) Zabala, Hazel 88.60

Who got the highest rating?

150
To compare and order these decimals, let us follow these steps.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Compare the whole If the whole numbers are The greater digit has the
numbers. Line up their equal, compare the digits greater decimal.
decimal points in the same place value
starting at the tenth place

91.70

88.25 91.70 91.70 > 91.07

91.07 7>0

90.15 88.25 < 88.60

88.25
88.60 2<6

91.07

88.60

Therefore, the order of the pupils rating from highest to lowest is :

Buenaventura Rivera Fabros Zabala Daradar

91.70 91.07 90.15 88.60 88.25

Work Independently

A. Compare the following. Use the symbol > , < or = .

1.) 11.4 ________ 11.45 6.) 0.96 _________ 0.9559

2.) 0.02 ________ 0.020 7.) 5.52 _________ 50.888

3.) 284.51 ________ 284.15 8.) 200.01 ________ 1.8654

4.) 0.060_________0.070 9.) 0.81 __________ 0.8100

5.) 0.005 _________ 0.05 10.) 65.5_________ 6.555

B. Arrange the decimals from least to greatest.

151
1.) 0.099 0.0099 0.999 0.90

2.) 3.01 3.001 3.1 3.0011

3.) 1.005 1.500 1.050 1.0005

4.) 8.956 8.695 8.569 8.965

5.) 44.32 44.23 44.324 44.034

6.) 1.25 0.125 1.025 0.0125

7.) 0.14 0.036 0.241 0.229

8.) 6.405 6.327 6.189 6.094

9.) 100.0001 100.100 100.010 100.110

10.) 35.1315 35.1135 35.5311 35.1531

Work Harder

A. Compare the decimals, write >, < or = in the blanks.

1.) 0.06241 _____ 0.0641 6.) 160.8 _____ 160.08

2.) 0.40 _____ 0.4000 7.) 7.42 _____ 7.5042

3.) 80.08 _____ 80.09 8.) 6.107 _____ 6.17

4.) 13.57 _____ 13.571 9.) 0.892 _____ 0.8912

5.) 7.040 _____ 7.04 10.) 825.7 _____ 825.684

B. Arrange these decimals from greatest to least.

1.) 0.008 0.8 0.08 8.00 0.0008

2.) 4.04 4.4 4.404 4.44 4.004

3.) 22.61 22.24 20.85 24.9 24.006

4.) 36.023 36.003 36.142 36.054 36.541

5.) 45.093 45.190 45.139 45.390 45.039

152
 6.) 12.16 1.216 0.1216 126.01 12.016

7.) 56.55 5.950 50.65 545.0 6.545

8.) 6.78 0.00678 67.80 0.0678 0.678

9.) 0.45 0.452 0.4502 0.453 4.503

10.) 77.70 770.07 0.07770 7.707 7.7777

Apply Your Skills

1.) One mile is 1.6093 kilometer while one nautical mile is 1.8532 kilometer. Which is
longer, a mile or a nautical mile? Compare.

2.) Use >, < or = to compare, and then arrange the cost of each from greatest to least.

a.) box of crayon _____ ruler

b.) ruler _____ notebook
c.) notebook _____ pencil
d.) pencil _____ box of crayon

School supplies Price

Box of crayon ₱25.75

Ruler ₱10.50

Notebook ₱25.075

Pencil ₱10.05

Concepts to Ponder

 Decimals are compared two at a time starting from the left. Zeros are
annexed to decimals to make comparisons easy.

 Decimals maybe listed in order from greatest to least or vice versa.

153
Lesson 34

Estimating the Sums and Differences of

Decimal Numbers
Warm Up

Round off the following decimals to their highest place value.

1.) 4.89 6.) 143.01

2.) 45.78 7.) 255.08

3.) 98.99 8.) 6904.126

4.) 58.015 9.) 7015. 068

5.) 465.250 10.) 990.48

Let Us Discover

Natalie went to market and bought the following items: meat for ₱165.50, fish for
₱318.75 and vegetables for ₱201.00. About how much did she spend in all? If she originally
had ₱934.50, about how much of her money was left?

Let us solve the problem by estimating each item to the nearest whole numbers and then
add

Actual amount Estimated amount

Meat ₱165.50 ₱200.00

Fish ₱318.75 ₱300.00

Vegetables ₱201.00 ₱200.00

₱685.25 sum ₱700 estimated sum

The estimated sum 700 is close to the actual amount 685.25.

154
For her change:

Round 934.50 to the nearest whole number

₱900.00 ₱934.00
- -
₱700.00 ₱685.25

₱200.00 estimated difference ₱249.25 differences

The estimated difference is close to the actual difference.

Estimation is very useful especially if you want to get quick and reasonable
approximations. To estimate decimal numbers, round off each number to its highest place
value in the form of whole numbers, and then follow the rules in rounding decimals.

Work Independently

A. Estimate the sum.

1.) 35.56 6.) ₱605.75

+ +
9.75 ₱125.250

2.) + 925.05 7.) ₱9860.351

89.15 +₱781.5

3.) 999.89 8.) ₱1909.060

+ +
36.110 ₱7.50

4.) 4590.75 9.) ₱ 278.05

+ +
361.04 ₱62.75

5.) 399.99 10.) ₱488.35

+ +
299.98 ₱705.65

155
 B. Estimate the difference

1.) - 75.32 6) - ₱ 3059.64.

11.25 ₱176.350

2.) - 99.45 7.) ₱ 987.95

56.125 - ₱11.65

3.) 275.060 8.) ₱546.61

- 109.85 - ₱24.04

4.) 640.99 9.) ₱7865.123

- 199.75 - ₱109.990

5.) 1798.15 10.) ₱4555.55

- 35.25 - ₱36.90

Work Harder

Write in equation and estimate the answer.

1.) Find the sum of 824.35, 81.75 and 1090.65.

2.) What is the sum of 825.965 and 47.15?

3.) If 629.5 are increased by 246.13, what will you get?

4.) The sum of 7899.55 and 2599.88 is _____________.

5.) How much is 3654.09 and 68900.75 when combine?

6.) Subtract 49.175 from 359.44.

7.) Take away ₱15.165 from ₱209.75.

8.) What is the difference between 4005.581 and 2986.87?

9.) Find the difference of 725.35 and 29.5680.

10.) Reduce 2565.13 by 279.688.

156
Apply Your Skills

Solve the problems. Use estimation

1.) Marjorie receives ₱2550 from her father who works abroad. She immediately went
shopping and buys a pair of shoes worth ₱1059.25 and a school bag worth ₱899.99.
About how much did she buy in all? About how much was her change?

2.) Joel harvested 33.15kg of potatoes, 85.90kg of carrots and 285.75kg of tomatoes.
About how many kilograms did he harvest in all?

Concepts to Ponder

 To estimate sums or differences of decimal numbers, round off both

addends / minuend and subtrahend to their greatest or highest place
value the add or subtract.

157
Lesson 35

Adding and Subtracting Decimals Through

Thousandths Without and With
Regrouping
Warm Up

Add or subtract each decimal using estimation.

1.) 26.35 + 96. 75 6.) 49.75 – 19.99

2.) 41.01 + 34.16 7.) 81.50 – 26.355
3.) 196.85 + 299.95 8.) 169.65 – 10.30
4.) 430.17 + 364.99 9.) 3645.5 – 1235.998
5.) 1785.005 + 234.090 10.) 6099.68 – 1089.05

Let Us Discover

Linda needed three pieces of ribbon for her project. Johanna, her sister, gave her 0.25
meter of yellow ribbon, 0.750 meter pink ribbon and 0.428 blue ribbon. How much ribbon was
taken from Johanna if the ribbon is 2.5 meters long?

To determine how much ribbon was left from Johanna, let us add first 0.25, 0.750 and
0.428.

Let us follow these steps in adding the decimals.

Step 1 Align the decimal points. Annex zeros as needed.

0.250
+ 0.750
0.428

Step 2. Starting from the right, add the decimals digit by digit. Regroup when
necessary. Place the decimal point in the answer.

0.250
+ 0.750
0.428
1.428

The three ribbons measured 1.428 meters.

158
Let us now subtract the amount of ribbon left to Johanna.

Let’s observe these steps.

Step 1 Align the decimal points. Annex zeros as needed

2.500
- 1.428

Step 2. Starting from the right, subtract digits place by place. Regroup when
necessary. Place the decimal point in the answer.

2.500
- 1.428
0.072

Step 3. Check by adding

1.428
+ 0.072
2.500

The amount of ribbon left is 0.072 meters.

Let us study the other examples.

1.) 0.628 + 0.14 2.) 0.912 – 0.785

0.628 0.912
+ 0.14 - 0.785
1.768 without regrouping 0.127 with regrouping

3.) 0.92 + 0.175 4.) 0.989 – 0.317

0.920 0.989
+ 0.175 - 0.317
1. 095 with regrouping 0. 672 without regrouping

159
Work Independently

A. Find the sum.

1.) 0.27 + 0.61 6.) 0.653 + 0.014

2.) 0.13 + 0.45 7.) 0.549 + 0.120

3.) 0.216 + 0.03 8.) 0.31 + 0.42

4.) 0.145 + 0.312 9.) 0.738 + 0.261

5.) 0.217 + 0.162 10.) 0.178 + 0.601

B. Find the difference

1.) 0.8 – 0.3 6.) 0.794 – 0.182

2.) 0.57 - 0.42 7.) 0.65 – 0.04

3.) 0.095 – 0.02 8.) 0.445 – 0.221

4.) 0.638 – 0.124 9.) 0.946 – 0.305

5.) 0.572 – 0.321 10.) 0.665 – 0.332

Work Harder

A. Add the following.

1.) 0.014 + 0.098 6.) 0.312 + 0.987

2.) 0.56 + 0.45 7.) 0.99 + 0.654

3.) 0.186 + 0. 942 8.) 0.876 + 0.437

4.) 0.647 + 0.125 9.) 0.246 + 0.789

5.) 0.777 + 0.446 10.) 0.718 + 0.609

B. Subtract the following

1.) 0.985 – 0.768 6.) 0.496 – 0. 188

2.) 0.785 – 0.429 7.) 0.85 – 0.267

160
 3.) 0.96 – 0.128 8.) 0.763 – 0.248

4.) 0.75 – 0.123 9.) 0.648 – 0.499

5.) 0.654 – 0.437 10.) 0.487 – 0.198

Apply Your Skills

Solve the following.

Ben, a student, came home one afternoon with an assignment. Can you help him
answer his assignment ?

Assignment.
Add or subtract each decimal

1.) 0.65 2.) 0.135 3.) 0.765 4.) 0.785 5.) 0.927
+ 0.346 + 0.26 + 0.896 – 0. 242 – 0. 868

Concepts to Ponder

 To add/subtract decimals without regrouping, align the decimal points

and annex zeros or needed. Starting at the night, add or subtract the
digits place by place. Place the decimal point in the answer.

 To add or subtract decimals with regrouping, follow the steps in

adding or subtracting decimals. Regroup when necessary.

161
Lesson 36

Adding and Subtracting Mixed Decimals

Without and With Regrouping
Warm Up

Perform the indicated operation.

1.) 35 + 16 6.) 86 -17

2.) 86 + 13 7.) 52 - 29

3.) 48 + 12 8.) 139 - 68

4.) 125 + 114 9.) 269 - 114

5.) 460 + 513 10.) 989 – 284

Let Us Discover

Mrs. Real gives daily allowance to her children who go to school. She gives ₱35.75 to
her elementary child, ₱48.25 to her high school child and ₱150.50 to her college son. How
much was total amount she gave to her children? If she originally had ₱500, how much was
left to her?

Let us add. ₱150.50 + ₱48.25 + ₱35.75

Study how it is done.

Line up the Add the Add the Add the Add the Add the Check by
decimal hundredths. tenths. ones. Place tens. hundreds. adding
points. Regroup if Regroup if the decimal upward.
Annex zero needed. needed. point in the
if needed. sum.

1 1 1 11 1 1 11 1 11 1 1 234.50
150.50 150.50 150.50 150.50 150.50 150.50 150.50
+ 48.25 + 48.25 + 48.25 + 48.25 + 48.25 + 48.25 48.25
35.75 35.75 35.75 35.75 35.75 35.75 35.75
0 50 4.50 34.50 234.50 111

Mrs. Real gave the amount of 234.50 to her children.

Let us now determine how much money was left to her.

162
Subtract. 500 – 234.50

Study how subtraction is done.

Line up Subtract Subtract Subtract the Subtrac Subtract Check by

the the the tenths. ones. Place t the the adding.
decimal hundredths Regroup if the decimal tens. hundreds.
points. needed. point in the
Annex difference
zeros as
needed.
4 9 9 10 4 9 9 10 4 9 9 10 4 9 9 10 11 1
500.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 234.50
- 234.50 - 234.50 - 234.50 - 234.50 - 234.50 - 234.50 + 265.50
0 50 5.50 65.50 265.50 500.00

Mrs. Real had ₱265.50 left.

Work Independently

A. Find the sum.

1.) 1.27 + 3.61 6.) 7.25 + 1.149

2.) 10.13 + 1.22 + 6.45 7.) 14.070 + 3.218

3.) 5.061 +7.003 8.) 16.123 + 10.454.

4.) 5.115 + 8.321 9.) 27.681 + 12.205

5.) 10.650 + 11.300 10.) 35.009 + 22.110

B. Find the difference

1.) 30.8 – 10.3 6.) 15.135 – 10.014

2.) 50.57 – 25.4 7.) 18.999 – 15.456

3.) 98.095 – 70.02 8.) 23.054 – 20.002

4.) 7.457 – 1.123 9.) 36.398 – 0.075

5.) 9.545 – 8.213 10.) 49.705 – 12.601

Work Harder
163
 A. Arrange the following in column then add.

1.) 4.7 + 55.978 6.) 9.4 + 6.735

2.) 60.25 + 26.68 7.) 26.785 + 13.65

3.) 125.40 + 10.365 8.) 2.076 + 15.915

4.) 45.658 + 4.526 9.) 418.626 + 42.577

5.) 12.475 + 27.642 10.) 946.089 + 125.599

B. Arrange each decimal in column then subtract.

1.) 36.05 – 18.968 6.) 85.104 – 13.528

2.) 12.964 – 2.638 7.) 51.312 – 27.649

3.) 18.25 – 7.863 8.) 500.05 – 256.753

4.) 23.672 – 5.969 9.) 77.958 – 35.38

5.) 7.420 – 2.758 10.) 129.05 – 86.456

Apply Your Skills

Solve each problem.

1.) Mother has ₱1000. She went shopping in a mall. She bought three pairs of slippers worth
₱156.75 and a dozen of plates worth ₱236.99. How much change did she receive?

2.) Mrs. Arceo dropped by the grocery store and bought a gallon of fresh milk which is equal
to 3.785 liters and a quart more which is equal to 0.946 liter. How many liters of milk did
she buy altogether?

Concepts to Ponder

 To add or subtract decimals through thousandths, line up the decimal

points and annex zeros as needed, then starting at the right, add or
subtract the digits place by place. Regroup when necessary. Place the
decimal point in the answer.

164
Lesson 37

Solving Problems Involving Addition and

Subtraction of Decimal Numbers
Warm Up
Translate into equation then solve.

1.) What is the sum of 13.5, 26.36 and 1.468?

2.) Combine 4.127, 3.068 and 9.467.

3.) What is the sum if 25.096 and 68.25 will put together.

4.) The total of 165.78, 13.4 and 15.61 is ____________.

5.) Find the sum of 10.05, 16.5 and 11.10 then subtract it from 46.078

6.) Take away 29.38 from 68.35.

7.) Find the difference of 416.30 and 216.96.

8.) Decrease 54.659 by 27.12.

9.) Subtract 264.009 and 96.656.

10.) From the sum of 454.63 and 125.78, take away 259.65.

Let Us Discover

Mrs. Peralta recorded her weekly sale for the month of July. She has recorded
₱540.75 on the first week, ₱689.25 on the second week ₱700.50 on the third week and
₱1038.25 on the fourth week. Combining all the sales for the month, how much was her total
sales? If she was able to record ₱2137.75 Total sales last month, what was the difference?

Let us follow the steps in solving a problem

Step 1. THINK

a.) What is asked in the problem?

The difference in the sales recorded.

165
 b.) What are the given facts?

₱ 540.75 sales on the first week

₱ 689.25 sales on the second week
₱ 700.50 sales on the third week
₱ 1038.25 sales on the fourth week
₱ 2137.75 total sales last month

c.) What is the hidden question?

The total sales for the month of July

Step 2. PLAN

a.) What are the operations or process to be used?

Addition and subtraction

b.) What equation represents the data?

(540.75 + 689.25 + 700.50 + 1038.25) – 2137.75 = n

c.) Find a problem solving strategy

GMDAS RULE

Step 3. CARRY OUT THE PLAN

a.) How is the solution done?

Arrange the decimal numbers in column. Align the decimal points then add.
Subtract the previous sales from the current sales.

540.75 2968.75
689.25 – 2137.75
+ 700.50 ₱ 831.00
1038.25
₱ 2968.75

Step 4. LOOKBACK / CHECK AND LABEL YOUR ANSWER

The total sales for the month of July is ₱ 2968.75.

The difference in the sales recorded in the month of June and July is ₱ 831.00.

166
Work Independently

Analyze and solve the problems.

1.) It is Father’s Day. Antonio gives him a pair of slippers worth ₱125.99 and 5
handkerchiefs worth ₱195.75. How much did Antonio spend in all?

2.) The distance from Vigan to Laoag is 82.29 kilometers. The distance from Vigan to
Baguio is 195.6 kilometers. How much farther is Baguio than Laoag from Vigan?

3.) Aling Fe charged Mrs. San Juan ₱415.75 for the house rental, Mrs. San Juan paid
₱500. How much is her change?

4.) Helen has ₱25.75 while her sister has ₱19.30. How much money do they have? How
much none does Helen have than her sister?

5.) A meat vendor has 468.85 kilogram of pork. He sold 319.90 kilograms. How many
kilograms were left?

6.) A post measuring 20.5 meters broke during a storm, The broken part measured 8.9
meters. How high was the remaining part?

7.) At enrollment time, Mrs. Aquino paid ₱815.50 for Aida’s fees, ₱768.80 for Lorna’s fees
and ₱320.75 for Amor’s fees. What was the total amount she spent for the fees?

8.) Edward bought a pair of shoes for ₱399.95, a pair of socks for ₱35.30 and a polo shirt
for ₱465.50. He gave the cashier a thousand peso all. How much change did he
receive?

9.) Mr. Martin harvested 18.25 kilograms of tomatoes, 24.8 kilograms of eggplant and
56.95 kilograms of cassava. How many kilograms did he harvest in all?

10.) Yesterday Henry went to a bookstore and bought a book costing ₱56.55, a set of
colored pens costing ₱65.80 and a highlighter which costs ₱25.45. If he gave the
cashier ₱150, how much change did he receive?

Work Harder

Analyze and solve the problems.

1.) Gerald repaired his old motorcycles; He bought a tire that costs ₱580.75, light bulbs
for ₱135.80, screws for ₱45.50, and a can of paint for ₱175.99. How much money did
he have left if he originally had ₱1100.00?

2.) Item a costs ₱675.35 while Item B costs ₱1605.25. By how much more was the costs
of item B than item A. If item A and B will be purchased, how much would are pay?

167
 3.) The total height of the five boys is 729.5 centimeters. If boy a measures 120.25 cm,
boy B measures 115.4 cm, boy C and boy D have the same height which is 125.1 cm,
what is the height of the fifth boy?

4.) Rochel bought the following for her school project: a cassette tape for ₱119.50, a
set of index cards for ₱45.75, cartolina for ₱15.65 and a set of crayons for
₱88.25.How much did she pay in all?
5.) A fruit vendor bought 120 kilos of lanzones. He sold 42.75 kilograms in the
morning and 56.25 kilograms in the afternoon. How many kilograms of rambutan were
not sold?

6.) Mr. Castro earns ₱25 000.75 a month. After deducting the monthly expenses
amounting to ₱11 964.99, how much left from his earning?

7.) A market vendor earns ₱460.50 on Monday; ₱704.35 on Tuesday; ₱990.50 on

Wednesday; ₱1575.75 on Thursday and ₱578.20 on Friday. What is her total earnings
for five days

8.) Danilo receive ₱285.25 as allowance for one day while Jonathan received ₱150.75.
How much more Danilo receive than Jonathan?

9.) Three boys were asked to point the school fence which is 214.78 meters long. If the
first boy pointed 68.5 meters long and the second boy pointed 76.7 meters long, how
long was left to the third boy?

10.) In a restaurant, Patrick ordered basic meal costing ₱165.99, a glass of pineapple
juice costs ₱25.75 and a dessert costs ₱50.25. How much did he pay in all?

Apply Your Skills

Analyze and solve the problems.

1.) Tomy bought the following materials for his art project; 10 construction paper costing
₱12.50, a set of colored pen costing ₱28.99, water color costing ₱14.75 and a pair of
scissors costing ₱36.50. How much was her charge if she has
₱200 – bill?

2.) A basket of fruits having papaya, mangoes, and bananas weigh 35.5 kilograms. If the
papaya weighs 11.8 kilograms and the mangoes weigh 25.6 kilograms, what is the
weight of bananas?

168
Concepts to Ponder

 To solve word problems systematically, we need to:

- Think – understand the problem carefully

- Plan – determine the processes/ operations to be used
- Carry out the plan – compute according to plan
- Label your answers

 To use as a guide question an any problem solving, remember the

acronym AGPESA- Asked, Given, Process, Equation, Solution, Answer.

169
Lesson 38

Representing Multiplication of Decimal

Numbers using Pictorial Models
Warm Up
Multiply the following mentally.

1.) 11 x 5 6.) 5 x 5 x 5

2.) 12 x 3 7.) 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2

3.) 25 x 4 8.) 3 x 3 x 3 x 3

4.) 100 x10 9.) 4 x 4

5.) 45 x2 10.) 7 x 7 x 2

Let Us Discover

Suzette has 0.4 of a box of paper, but she promised to share 0.5 of it with her friend.
How much paper will she have?

Let us by solve using the grid below. 0.4 x 0.5 = n

0.4

0.5

Combining all the overlapping spaces

give two tens or 0.20

Let us shade “four tens” vertically to show 0.4 then shade “five tens” horizontally to
show 0.5. The spaces that they overlap show 0.4 of 0.5. so 0.4 x 0.5 is 0.2 or 0.20.

Therefore, Suzette has 0.20 of paper left to her.

Let us study the other example
170
 What is 0.7 x 0.6?

0.6

Combining all the overlapping

0.7 spaces give 0.42

0.7 x 0.6 = 0.42

Work Independently

Multiply the following decimals. Use 10 x10 grid to represent the product.

1.) 0.3 x 0.5 6.) 0.7 x 0.70

2.) 0.9 x 0.8 7.) 0.4 x 0.9

3.) 0.2 x 0.1 8.) 0.8 x 0.8

4.) 0.7 x 0.8 9.) 0.3 x 0.9

5.) 0.50 x 0.20 10.) 0.5 x 0.

Work Harder
171
Use the grid below to represent the answer.
1.) 6.)

1.5 x 0.4

0.9 x
0.5
2.) 7.)

0.2 x 0.7 0.3 x 0.3

3.) 8.)

0.9 x 0.8 0.4 x 0.3

4.) 9.)

172
 0.7 x 0.7 0.70 x 0.90

5.) 10.)

0.30 x 0.60 0.20 x 0.20

Apply Your Skills

Solve each problem. Use grids to represent your answer.

1.) A piece of chocolate bar is 0.50dm long. John shared it with her brother. If john got 0.2
of the chocolate bar, how long was for her brother?

2.) Mother bought 0.8 kilogram of hotdog. She placed 0.3 kilogram of it in the refrigerator
and cooked the rest. How much hotdog did she cook?

3.) Mr. Carlos farm is 0.4 kilometer long and 0.3 kilometer wide. How big is his farm?

Concepts to Ponder
 Grids are excellent tools to represent multiplication of decimal numbers. It
173
allows the pupils to visualize representation on a grid, pupils are able to
conceptualize an abstract concept.
174
Lesson 39

Estimating the Products of Decimal

Numbers
Warm Up

Round off the following to the indicated place value.

1.) 9.259 (hundredths) 6.) 13.157 (tenths)

2.) 0.8168 (thousandths) 7.) 49.99 ( whole)

3.) 4.704 (tenths) 8.) 0.0678 ( thousandths)

4.) 25.975 (hundredths) 9.) 1.989 ( whole)

5.) 14.85 (whole) 10.) 9.999 ( hundredths)

Let Us Discover

Mark Joseph has a project in his EPP subject. He needs a plywood with dimensions of
at least 0.875 meter by 0.245 meter. What is the estimated area of the plywood will he need?

Let us help Mark Joseph to find the estimated area of the plywood he needs by using
the rounding off method. If we round 0.875 and 0.245 to the nearest tenths, we will have 0.9
and 0.2.

Now, if we round 0.875 and 0.245 to the nearest hundredths we will have 0.88 and
0.25, respectively.

Let us solve for the estimated area of the plywood by using this method.

a) Nearest tenths b) Nearest hundredths

x 0.9 one decimal place x 0.88 two decimal places

0.2 one decimal place 0.25 two decimal places
0.18 two decimal place 440
176 +
0.2200 four decimal places

The estimated area of the plywood is 0.18 square meter when rounded to the nearest tenths
or 0.22 square meters when rounded to the nearest hundredths.

175
Let us have other examples

1. Find the estimated product to the nearest tenths.

a.) 0.658 x 0.188 = 0.7 x 0.2 = 0.14

b.) 0.704 x 0.316 = 0.7 x 0.3 = 0.21

2. Find the estimated product to the nearest hundredths.

a.) 0.634 x 0.147 = 0.63 x 0.15 = 0.0945

b.) 0.980 x 0.649 = 0.98 x 0.65 = 0.6370

3. Find the estimated product to the nearest whole number

a.) 26.379 x 12.69 = 30 x 10 = 300

b.) 44.750 x 29.99 = 40 x 30 = 1200

Work Independently

A. Find the estimated product by rounding each decimal to the nearest tenths.

1.) 0.605 x 0.769 6.) 0.63 x 0.54

2.) 0.599 x 0.658 7.) 0.78 x 0.778

3.) 0.198 x 0.58 8.) 0.437 x 0.69

4.) 0.78 x 0. 987 9.) 0.683 x 0.94

5.) 0.456 x 0.789 10.) 0.751 x 0.401

B. Estimate the product by rounding each decimal to the nearest hundredths.

1.) 0.625 x 0.156 6.) 0.339 x 0.794

2.) 0.9045 x 0.621 7.) 0.625 x 0.588

3.) 0.3333 x 0.4545 8.) 5267 x 4153

4.) 0.156 x 0.456 9.) 0.5678 x 0.3367

5.) 0.921 x 0.428 10.) 0.416 x 0.245

176
 C. Round to the nearest whole number then estimate the product.

1.) 8.65 x 3.025 6.) 29.350 x 15.688

2.) 9.035 x 7.65 7.) 46.05 x 25.55

3.) 15.65 x 13.22 8.) 68.322 x 50.725

4.) 18.112 x 21.99 9.) 99.99 x 26.758

5.) 24.65 x 5.68 10.) 168.35 x 32.449

Work Harder

A. Find the estimated product.

Nearest Tenths Nearest Hundredths

1.) 0.746 x 0.844

2.) 0.49 x 0.398

3.) 0.777 x 0.698

4.) 0.291 x 0. 496

5.) 0.379 x 0.749

6.) 1.058 x 0.645

7.) 1.640 x 1.375

8.) 3.425 x 1.545

9.) 5.525 x 4.031

10.) 7.786 x 3.609

177
 B. Round each digit to the nearest whole number then find the estimated product.

1.) 59.321 x 69.128 6.) 126.75 x 91.765

2.) 93.75 x 75.864 7.) 261.01 x 101.35

3.) 10.588 x 36.184 8.) 369.79 x 265.136

4.) 76.990 x 34.41 9.) 465.858 x 369.688

5.) 87.74 x 25.259 10.) 409.654 x 296.155

Apply Your Skills

Solve each problem.

1.) A rectangular park is 0.375 long and 0.165 wide. What is its estimated area?

2.) A piece of ribbon is 0.95 decimeter long. Cynthia shared it with her sister. If Cynthia
got 0.35 decimeters of it, how long was for her sister?

Concepts to Ponder

 To estimate product of decimal, round off the tenths place or hundredths

place digit of the decimal.

 To estimate product of mixed decimal, round off to the highest place value.

178
Lesson 40

Multiplying Decimal Numbers by Multiples

of 10 and 100
Warm Up

Find the product by rounding each decimal to the nearest tenths.

1.) 0.56 x 0.14 6.) 0.644 x 0.454

2.) 0.92 x 0.25 7.) 0.904 x 0.786

3.) 0.34 x 0.76 8.) 0.514 x 0.469

4.) 0.09 x 0.48 9.) 0.778 x 0.616

5.) 0.68 x 0.89 10.) 0.498 x 0.431

Let Us Discover

Edison’s father worked in United States and sent him us dollars. The exchange rate was
₱43.51 for every USD. How much would he get in pesos if he exchanged USD10?
USD100?

To find the answer, let us use the basic facts and multiplication patterns.

Discover the pattern.

1 x 43.51 = 43.51
10 x 43.51 = 435.1 → one zero in 10, so move the decimal point one place
to the right.

100 x 43.51 = 4351 → two zeros in 100, so move the decimal point two
places to the right.

Therefore, Edison will get ₱435.10 if he exchange 10USD, or he will got

₱4351.00 for 100USD.

179
Let us study the other examples

Decimals X10 X100

1.) 0.5 5 50

2.) 0.12 1.2 12

3.) 3.614 36.14 361.4

4.) 7.9742 79.742 797.42

5.) 11.675 116.75 1167.5

Work Independently

A. Find the product.

1.) 10 x 4.5 6.) 10 x 5.364

2.) 100 x 0.6 7.) 100 x 6.429

3.) 10 x 0.3 8.) 100 x 0.48

4.) 10 x 3.54 9.) 10 x 6.4325

5.) 100 x 2.48 10.) 100 x 0.3489

B. Use a pattern to find the product.

1.) 3.4 x 10 6.) 0.7 x 100

2.) 4.8 x 100 7.) 8.654 x 100

3.) 6.35 x 100 8.) 9.68 x 10

4.) 0.08 x 100 9.) 1.32 x 10

5.) 3.46 x 10 10.) 0.08 x 100

180
Work Harder

Complete the table.

Decimals X10 X100

1.) 0.53

2.) 0.016

3.) 0.137

4.) 0.658

5.) 0.4305

6.) 1.23

7.) 1.07

8.) 3.656

9.) 4.464

10.) 7.86

11.) 9.025

12.) 11.0057

13.) 15.6008

14.) 23.1

15.) 39.02

16.) 65.100

17.) 75.998

18.) 78.008

19.) 92.009

20.) 100.010

181
Apply Your Skills

Solve the following problems.

1.) How many meters of lace are needed for 10 tablecloths if one tablecloth needs 2.05
meters of lace ?

2.) How much will I pay for 100 cans of sardines if the cost is 14.75 per can?

Concepts to Ponder

 In multiplying decimals

- By 10, move the decimal point to the right.

- By 100, move the decimal point two place to the right.

 Add zero or zeros if needed.

182
Lesson 41

Multiplying Decimal Numbers of Values Up

To Hundredths
Warm Up

Multiply the following mentally.

1.) 9x5 6.) 60 x 4

2.) 8x7 7.) 25 x 5
3.) 6x5 8.) 50 x 3
4.) 5x4 9.) 30 x 6
5.) 12 x 2 10.) 70 x 2

Let Us Discover

Jack has 0.9 gallon of paint. He painted the handles of the cabinets and used 0.08 of
the paint. What part of the paint did he use?

Let us multiply to find the answer.

0.08 x 0.9 = n

Multiply as in whole Count the number of Annex zeros as needed in the

numbers. decimal places in both product. Place the decimal
factors. point.

0.08 0.08 - 2 decimal place 0.08 – 2 decimal places

X 0.9 x 0.9 – 1 decimal place X 0.9 – 1 decimal place
72 – needs 3 decimal 0.072 – 3 decimal places
places

Another way to multiply:

0.08 x 0.9 = 8 x 9 = 72 = 0.072

100 100 1000

Study the other examples.

a) 0.06 – 2 decimal places

x 0.08 – 2 decimal places
0.0048 – 4 decimal places

183
b) 0.15 c) 0.24 d) 0.08
x 0.5 x 0.12 0.5
0.07 48 0.040
24
0.0288

Work Independently

Find the product

1.) 0.16 x 0.5 11.) 0.2 x 0.4

2.) 0.05 x 0.03 12.) 0.55 x 0.7

3.) 0.08 x 0.72 13.) 0.66 x 0.99

4.) 0.85 x 0.08 14.) 0.12 x 0.8

5.) 0.34 x 0.09 15.) 0.04 x 0.5

6.) 0.75 x 0.12 16.) 0.11 x 0.56

7.) 0.15 x 0.09 17.) 0.88 x 0.75

8.) 0.27 x 0.14 18.) 0.14 x 0.27

9.) 0.12 x 0.48 19.) 0.5 x 0.09

10.) 0.56 x 0.15 20.) 0.33 x 0.52

Work Harder

Multiply.

1.) 0.2 x 0.3 11.) 0.69 x 0.12

2.) 0.7 x 0.9 12.) 0.74 x 0.15

3.) 0.1 x 0.08 13.) 0.28 x 0.21

4.) 0.6 x 0.8 14.) 0.73 x 0.08

5.) 0.15 x 0.7 15.) 0.38 x 0.07

6.) 0.18 x 0.8 16.) 0.46 x 0.05

184
 7.) 0.25 x 0.9 17.) 0.81 x 0.11

8.) 0.75 x 0.05 18.) 0.99 x 0.13

9.) 0.69 x 0.9 19.) 0.34 x 0.28

10.) 0.98 x 0.3 20.) 0.27 x 0.16

Apply Your Skills

Solve these problems.

1.) Find the area of rectangular garden if the length is 0.045 meter and the width is 0.99
meter?

2.) What is the area of rectangle having a width of 0.8 meter and a length of 0.95 meter?

Concepts to Ponder

 To multiply decimals, multiply the as you do whole numbers. Then place

decimal point in the product such that the number of decimal places in the
product equals to the total number of decimal places in the factors.

 Annex zeros as necessary.

185
Lesson 42

Multiplying Mixed Decimals with Tenths

and Hundredths by Whole Numbers
Warm Up

Find the product.

1.) 0.2 x 0.3 6.) 0.35 x 0.15

2.) 0.6 x 0.5 7.) 0.22 x 0.12

3.) 0.7 x 0.9 8.) 0.30 x 0.05

4.) 0.6 x 0.7 9.) 0.08 x 0.02

5.) 0.4 x 0.6 10.) 0.09 x 0.09

Let Us Discover

Marielle’s hobby is different kinds of marbles. In one of her framed collection, she
mounted 15 marbles of one size with the same weight. If each marble weighs 1.25 grams,
what is the total weight of the marbles?

Let us multiply to find the total weight of the marbles. 15 x 1.25 = N

1.25 Multiply as in whole numbers.

X 15 Place the decimal point in the product by counting the total
625 number of decimal places in the factors.
125
18.75

The total weight of the marbles is 18.75 grams

186
Study the other examples

a.) 6.38 – 2 decimal places b.) 423

x 23 x 7.3 – 1 decimal place
1914 1269
1276 2961
146.74 – decimal places 3087.9 – 1 decimal place

Work Independently

Find the product.

1.) 62.5 x 5 11.) 4.8 x 6

2.) 8.65 x 8 12.) 3.9 x 7
3.) 6.43 x 15 13.) 4.65 x 2
4.) 3.46 x 23 14.) 9.9 x 4
5.) 34.56 x 18 15.) 35.2 x 3
6.) 1.18 x 10 16.) 8.25 x 9
7.) 3.35 x 12 17.) 125 x 1.2
8.) 195.4 x 6 18.) 88 x 3.2
9.) 5.6 x 4 19.) 105 x 4.5
10.) 3.9 x 8 20.) 16.3 x 16

Work Harder

Multiply
1.) 29 x 8 11.) 526 x 1.1
2.) 35 x 6 12.) 27.3 x 10
3.) 6 x 27 13.) 2.4 x 92
4.) 42.5 x 5 14.) 145 x 1.12
5.) 4.8 x 9 15.) 82.1 x 6
6.) 5.91 x 13 16.) 32.45 x 8
7.) 1.4 x 35 17.) 4.45 x 18
8.) 2.9 x 18 18.) 16.35 x 23
9.) 48.6 x 25 19.) 235.6 x 9
10.) 3.4 x 37 20.) 129.64

187
Apply Your Skills

Solve the problems.

1.) Fredda has 85 pulvoron to sell. If each pulvoron was sold for 1.75, how much did she
get for all the pulvoron?

2.) Each doughnut cost ₱12.99. How much will one pay if he buys a dozen?

Concepts to Ponder

 To multiply mixed decimals with tenths and hundredths by whole numbers,

multiply them as whole numbers. Count the decimal places in the factors.
The number of decimal places in the product is equal to the total number of
decimal places in the factors.

188
Lesson 43

Multiplying Mixed Decimals by Mixed

Decimals with Tenths and Hundredths
Warm Up
Find the product.

1.) 1.2 x 5 6.) 2.11 x 10

2.) 2.1 x 2 7.) 4.15 x 9

3.) 5.6 x 4 8.) 6.35 x 6

4.) 2.3 x 2 9.) 4.27 x 11

5.) 5.2 x 5 10.) 3.26 x 13

Let Us Discover

Father harvested 78.5 crates of mangoes. The weight of each crates was 19.75
kilograms. How many kilograms of mangoes did father harvest in all?

Let us multiply to find the total weight of mangoes. 78.5 x 19.75 = n

x 19.75 2 decimal places Multiply factors as if they were

78.5 1 decimal places whole numbers. Count the total number of
9875 places to the right of decimal point in all
15800 factors. The number of decimal places in
13825 the factors should be equal to the number
1550.375 3 decimal places of decimal places in the product.

The total number of mangoes harvested by father is 1550.375 kilograms.

Study the other examples.

1.) x 9.36 2 decimal places

3.52 2 decimal places
1872
4680
2808
32.9472 4 decimal places

189
 2.) 3.07 2 decimal places
x
3.62 2 decimal places
614
1842
921
11.1134 4 decimal places

Work Independently

Multiply

1.) 7.4 x 3.8 11.) 10.12 x 3.3

2.) 4.5 x 3.6 12.) 25.75 x 5.9

3.) 5.5 x 1.3 13.) 33.15 x 1.3

4.) 6.8 x 4.5 14.) 16.05 x 5.9

5.) 7.8 x 8.6 15.) 45.75 x 1.7

6.) 5.7 x 7.5 16.) 54.65 x 7.2

7.) 3.9 x 1.6 17.) 13.72 x 9.6

8.) 6.5 x 1.7 18.) 18.99 x 3.8

9.) 8.2 x 3.8 19.) 76.45 x 7.9

10.) 9.6 x 6.5 20.) 89.18 x 8.7

Work Harder

Find the product.

1.) 2.07 x 3.82 11.) 2.39 x 14.63

2.) 48.12 x 5.50 12.) 75.12 x 8.21

3.) 9.24 x 14.63 13.) 6.75 x 9.07

4.) 83.54 x 12.65 14.) 47.08 x 9.05

5.) 16.05 x 3.68 15.) 54.26 x 5.81

190
 6.) 3.84 x 2.27 16.) 56.78 x 3.72

7.) 5.68 x 9.49 17.) 96.25 x 1.05

8.) 15.23 x 7.28 18.) 135.5 x 1.22

9.) 83.14 x 5.62 19.) 16.8 x 2.55

10.) 74.16 x 4.78 20.) 149.8 x 35.3

Apply Your Skills

Solve these problems.

1.) A table cloth was bought at 46.25 per meter. If Joy bought 4.75 meter, how much must
she pay?

2.) Mangoes cost 23.75 per kilogram. How much will 7.25 kilograms cost?

3.) A lot has an area of 35.85 square meters. How much does it cost if the cost of per
square meter is 750.99?

Concepts to Ponder

 To multiply mixed decimals by mixed decimals, multiply them as a whole

numbers. Count the decimal places in the factors. The total number of
decimal places in the product is equal to the total number of decimal
places in the factors.

191
Lesson 44

Multiplying Decimals Mentally By 0.1, 0.01,

10 and 100
Warm Up

Multiply

1.) 10 x 5 6.) 30 x 5

2.) 11 x 5 7.) 40 x 4

3.) 15 x 5 8.) 60 x 10

4.) 20 x 2 9.) 700 x 20

5.) 25 x 4 10.) 100 x 10

Let Us Discover

Study each set of example, observe the pattern.

A B C D
0.6 X 0.1 = 0.06 0.6 X 0.01 = 0.006 0.6 X 10 = 6 0.6 X 100 = 60

0.71 X 0.1 = 0.071 0.71 X 0.01 = 0.0071 0.71 X10 = 7.1 0.71 X 100 = 71

1.12 X 0.1 = 0.112 1.12 X 0.001 = 0.0112 1.12 X 10 = 11.2 1.12 X 100 = 112

16.35 X 0.1 = 1.635 16.35 X 0.01 = 0.1635 16.35 X 10 = 163.5 16.35 X 100 = 1635

22.141 X 0.1 = 2.2141 22.141 X 0.01 = 0.22141 22.141 X 10 = 221.41 22.141 X 100 = 2214.1

Look at box A. what do you observe when each decimal is multiplied by 0.1? How
about box B?

Now, let us observe the decimals in the box C. what happened to each decimal when
multiplied by 10? by100?

192
 When a decimal is multiplied by 0.1, we move the decimal point by one place to the
left because 0.1 has one decimal place. This is the same multiplying a decimal by 0.9, the
decimal point is moved two places to the left of the decimal because 0.9 has two decimal
places. Then, we annex zero or zeros at the left if there is no enough spaces.

However when a decimal is multiplied by 10, the decimal point of the decimal is
moved one place to its right because 10 has one zero, this is also the same with multiplying a
decimal 100, the decimal point of the decimal being multiplied is move two places to its right
because 100 has two zeros. We annex zero or zeros to the right if there is no enough
spaces.

Work Independently

A. Find the product mentally

1.) 4.75 x 0.1 6.) 0.05 x 0.1

2.) 6.3 x 0.1 7.) 4.34 x 0.01

3.) 45.68 x 0.01 8.) 15.1 x 0.1

4.) 56.3 x 0.01 9.) 4.3 x 0.1

5.) 48.1 x 0.01 10.) 0.48 x 0.01

B. Multiply orally

1.) 6.25 x 10 6.) .6.65 x 10

2.) 0.56 x 10 7.) 0.06 x 10

3.) 14.75 x 100 8.) 0.545 x 10

4.) 0.505 x 100 9.) 15.305 x 100

5.) 0.4 x 10 10.) 1.2345 x 100

193
Work Harder

A. Complete the table.

Decimal numbers X 0.1 X 0.01

1.) 0.15
2.) 0.36
3.) 1.314
4.) 12.678
5.) 135.10
6.) 264. 5
7.) 435.86
8.) 296.4
9.) 369.75
10.) 788.15

B. Complete the table

Decimal numbers X10 X100

1.) 0.75
2.) 0.655
3.) 0.135
4.) 1.678
5.) 0.055
6.) 3.1006
7.) 35.66
8.) 41.50
9.) 65.98
10.) 5.465

Apply Your Skills

Solve the problems

1.) Lolita went to a bookstore to buy a folder. The price of each folder was 4.50 if she will
buy 10 folders, how much would she pay? For 100 folders?

2.) Leonardo’s aunt has arrived from America. She gave her USD10 and her mother
USD100. How much will they get in pesos if the exchange rate of US dollar is 46.367?

194
Concepts to Ponder

 To multiply decimals by 10 and 100 mentally, simply move the decimal

point of the decimal being multiplied to as many places to the right as to the
number of zero in 10 and 100. if there is no enough digits or spaces annex
zero to the right of the decimal.

 To multiply decimals by 0.1 and 0.01 mentally, simply move the decimal
point of the decimal as many places to the left as the number of decimal
places on 0.1 and 0.01. Annex zero to the left of the decimal if there is no
enough digits or places.

195
Lesson 45

Solving a Problem Involving Multiplication

of Decimals Including Money
Warm Up

Translate into equation then solve.

1.) 19.36 diminished by 9.056

2.) Increased 11.50 by 16.004
3.) 19.5 less 8.125
4.) Take away 2.33 from 7.75
5.) Multiply 12.56 by 10
6.) Find the product of 0.5 and 0.3
7.) Add 2.15, 3.10 and 0.5
8.) Subtract 0.765 from 10.003
9.) Find the difference of 15.6 and 0.255
10.) 1000 times 0.01

Let Us Discover

Mr. and Mrs. De Jesus have four children. One Saturday afternoon, they had snacks
at McDonald’s. Each child ordered value meal worth ₱49.75. How much did Mr. and Mrs. De
Jesus spend for their children?

To solve this problem, let us follow the general steps in problem solving.

Step 1 Think: Analyze and understand the problem.

a.) What is asked in the problem?

The amount of money that Mr. and Mrs. De Jesus spent for their children.

b.) What are given?

₱49.75 – cost of each value meal
4 children

Step 2 Plan: determine the operations to be used.

a.) What process or operation will you use?

Multiplication

b.) What is the mathematical sentence?

49.75 x 4 = n

196
Step 3 Carry out the plan: Solve using h mathematical sentence formed.
49.75
X 4
199.00

Step 4 Look Back: Check and Label your answer

Mr. and Mrs. De Jesus spend P199.00 for the snacks of their children.

Let us check:

₱49.75
₱49.75 4 VALUE MEALS
₱49.75
₱49.75
₱199.00

Work Independently

Solve each problem.

1.) A nylon cord is ₱26.75 per meter. How much would 3.75 meters cost?

2.) A kilogram of rice is ₱45.70. What is the cost of a sack of rice weighing 45.5
kilograms?

3.) If a meter of cloth cost ₱67.25, how much would 9.5 meters cost?

4.) Mary grace has 25.85 meters of ribbon. She used 1.5 of it to make her project in
MSEP. What part of the ribbon did she use?

5.) How many square meters of wood is needed to over a ceiling which is 15.50 meters
long and 8.25 meters wide?

6.) Mrs. Santos harvested 125.65 kilograms of peanut from his farm. She sold them at
₱35.50 per kilogram. How much did she earn in all?

7.) School lunches cost ₱150.75 per week. How much would 10.5 week of lunches cost?
8.) A student earns ₱15.45 per hour. If she worked for 23 hours this monthly then how
much did she earn?

9.) Ted’s car gets 26.7 meters per gallon on the highway. If his fuel tank holds 11.35
gallons, how far can he travel on one full tank of gasoline?

10.) A tray of eggs cost ₱115.45. How much would 4.5 of trays cost?

197
Work Harder

Solve each problem by using the steps in solving a problem?

1.) Mother needs clothing material for a certain. If each meter of cloth costs ₱38.75, how
much does she have to pay for 89.5 meters of cloth?

2.) A kilogram of grapes cost ₱180.25. How much is the cost of 3.5 kilograms?

3.) A carpet costs ₱192.80 per square meter. If you want to buy 12.5 square meters of
carpet , how much will you pay?

4.) How much will 15.5 yards of plastic cover if one yards costs ₱12.75?

5.) Mrs. Jose has 1.85 meter of lace. She used 0.5 of the lace for edging the collar of her
blouse. What part of the lace was used?

6.) A cone of ice cream costs ₱25.75. How much will 20 cones of ice cream cost?

7.) Mr. Martin’s business is car rental. If the rental for a van is ₱3500 per day, how much will
it cost you if you rent it for 3.5 days?

8.) A Canadian National donated $4500 to the victims of Yolanda Typhoon in Samar. How
much did he donate in peso if the exchanged rate is ₱45.4556 per one dollar?

9.) Find the total cost of 425.25 meters of cable wire at ₱65.50 per meter?

10.) A kilo of pork costs ₱180.99. How much will 9.5 kilograms of pork cost?

Apply Your Skills

Solve these problems. Follow the steps in solving a problem.

1. Rachel is filling 5.25 ounce bottles with lavender bubble bath that she made for gifts.
She was able to fill 25.5 bottles. How many ounces of bubble bath did she make?

Asked: _________________________________________________
Given: _________________________________________________
Process: _________________________________________________
Equation: _________________________________________________
Solution: _________________________________________________
Answer: _________________________________________________

198
2. KC is making costumes for this year’s United Nation Day. The pattern she is using
needs 2.125 yards of fabric for each costume. How many yards of fabric will she
need to make 60 costumes?

Asked: _________________________________________________
Given: _________________________________________________
Process: _________________________________________________
Equation: _________________________________________________
Solution: _________________________________________________
Answer: _________________________________________________

Concepts to Ponder

 In solving word problems, analyze the problem first then write the
equation using the correct operations. Always label your answer with
the correct units.

 To use as a guide question, always remember the general steps in

problem solving

- Think, Plan , Carry out the plan and Look back.

Remember also the acronym AGPESA
- Asked, Given , Process , Equation , Solution , Answer

199
 Lesson 46

Representing Division of Decimals Using

Pictorial Models
Warm Up

Divide the following.

1.) 36 ÷ 6 6.) 100 ÷ 4

2.) 45 ÷ 9 7.) 150 ÷ 6

3.) 81 ÷ 3 8.) 125 ÷ 25

4.) 48 ÷ 6 9.) 500 ÷ 10

5.) 54 ÷ 9 10.) 1000 ÷ 100

Let Us Discover

Susie bought a piece of ribbon 0.50 meter long for her EPP project. She cuts it into
pieces 0.05 meter each. How many pieces did she make?

Let us divide 0.50 and 0.5 using a number line to find the answer.
0.50

0.0 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60

0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05

Look at this number line model of 0.50 ÷ 0.05

A number line is a picture of a straight line on which every point is assumed to

correspond to a real number and every real number to a point.
By representing 0.50 meter that being cut into pieces 0.05 meter each on a number line,
we can clearly see that there were 10 pieces of 0.05 meter each in 0.50 meter long ribbon.

Therefore, Susie can make 10 pieces of ribbon.

200
Let us study other examples.

1.) 0.8 ÷ 0.4 = 2

Change the values on the line to tenths.

Jumping back by 0.4 requires 2 jumps.
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8

2.) 0.10 ÷ 5 = 0.02

0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10
Take 10 spaces and divide
into 5 groups. Each group
3.) 2.4 ÷ 0.6 = 4 contain s 0.02

1 1

Divide 2.4 into groups of 0.6

each. Replace the ones blocks
with tenths blocks. You have a
total of 24 tenths blocks. Group
the blocks into groups of 0.6
each.

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

201
 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

There are four groups of 0.6.

Work Independently

A. Divide the following decimals using number line. 0.6

0.6

1.) 0.25 ÷ 0.5 6.) 0.20 ÷ 0.04

2.) 0.16 ÷ 0.2 7.) 0.15 ÷ 3
3.) 0.50 ÷ 0.10 8.) 0.8 ÷ 4
4.) 0.10 ÷ 0.2 9.) 0.30 ÷ 5
5.) 0.36 ÷ 0.06 10.) 0.40 ÷ 8

Work Harder

B. Divide the following decimals using base ten blocks.

1.) 0.3 ÷ 0.06 6.) 1.6 ÷ 0.8

2.) 0.2 ÷ 0.04 7.) 2.8 ÷ 0.7
3.) 0.16÷0.08 8.) 3.2 ÷ 0.4
4.) 0.6 ÷ 0.01 9.) 3.6 ÷ 0.9
5.) 0.28 ÷0.07 10.) 4.8 ÷ 0.6

202
Apply Your Skills

Solve each problem using pictorial models.

1.) Mrs. Martinez has 0.72 meter of gold ribbon. She cut it into 0.09 meter each. How many
pieces of ribbon were cut?

2.) Harvey used 0.81 meter of silver to repair 8 bracelets. How much silver did he used for
each bracelet?

Concepts to Ponder

 To represent division of decimals clearly, use number line and base ten
blocks.

203
Lesson 47

Estimating Quotients of Decimal Numbers

Warm Up

Round off the decimal to the highest place value.

1.) 51.75 6.) 16.055

2.) 26.99 7.) 78.99
3.) 19.365 8.) 105.25
4.) 42.125 9.) 241.26
5.) 9.765 10.) 399.99

Let Us Discover

It was town fiesta. The Sebastian family was very busy preparing for it. Mother went to
the market and bought several kilograms of meat, fish, vegetables, fruits, and ingredients
needed for the menu. Here are the items that mother bought:
Pork 35.443 kilograms
Beef 30.744 kilograms
Fish 25.653 kilograms
Assorted vegetables 20.750 kilograms
Assorted fruits 22.657 kilograms

Mother divided each item among the 5 small families in her one big family.
Approximately, how many kilograms of each item should a small family get? What must
mother do? Will she make estimation?

Let us determine the share if each small family by rounding each decimal to the
highest place value or by using compatible numbers.

Rounding off Using compatible numbers

a.) 35.443 ÷ 5 = 40 ÷ 5 = 8 a.) 35.443 ÷ 5 = 35 ÷ 5 = 7

b.) 30.744 ÷ 5 = 30 ÷ 5 = 6 b.) 30.744 ÷ 5 = 30 ÷ 5 = 6
c.) 25.653 ÷ 5 = 30 ÷ 5 = 6 c.) 25.653 ÷ 5 = 25 ÷ 5 = 5
d.) 20.750 ÷ 5 = 20 ÷5 = 4 d.) 20.750 ÷ 5 = 20 ÷ 5 = 4
e. ) 22.657 ÷ 5 = 20 ÷ 5 = 4 e.) 22.657 ÷ 5 = 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Each of the small family received Each of the small family approximately
almost 8 kg of pork, 6 kg of beef, 6 kg receives 7 kg of pork, 6 kilogram of
of fish, 4 kg of assorted vegetable and beef, 5 kilogram of fish , 4 kilogram of
4kg of assorted fruits. assorted vegetable and 4 kilogram
assorted fruits.

204
Work Independently

A. Estimate the quotient by rounding off the decimal to the highest place value.

1.) 91 ÷ 2.7 6.) 16.29 ÷ 4.05

2.) 13.7 ÷ 2.4 7.) 199.65 ÷ 47.25
3.) 125 ÷ 25.16 8.) 36.15 ÷ 8.01
4.) 5.69 ÷ 3.14 9.) 1345.61 ÷ 176.15
5.) 300 ÷ 9.65 10.) 1699.85 ÷ 499.5

B. Estimate the quotient using compatible numbers.

1.) 47.16 ÷ 15.35 6.) 48.68 ÷ 6.01

2.) 82.17 ÷ 8.7 7.) 72.18 ÷ 9.99
3.) 100.64 ÷ 25.65 8.) 96.25 ÷ 1.99
4.) 57.32 ÷ 8.65 9.) 230.5 ÷ 10.65
5.) 27.6 ÷ 3.5 10.) 333.5 ÷ 2.68

Work Harder

Estimate each quotient by rounding off or using compatible numbers.

1.) 625 ÷ 1.25 11.) 430.8 ÷ 61.75

2.) 225 ÷ 7.5 12.) 559.8 ÷ 78.5
3.) 875 ÷ 12.5 13.) 1019 ÷ 51.5
4.) 48 ÷ 1.2 14.) 88.96 ÷ 9.09
5.) 625 ÷ 2.5 15.) 875 ÷ 9.65
6.) 87.5 ÷ 7.3 16.) 350.6 ÷ 24.69
7.) 67 ÷ 10.8 17.) 400.65 ÷ 165.35
8.) 178 ÷ 8.8 18.) 4300.06 ÷ 999.05
9.) 17.85 ÷ 9 19.) 468.95 ÷ 26.35
10.) 67.8 ÷ 7.8 20.) 987.045 ÷ 45.68

Apply Your Skills

Solve the problem

1.) Audrey has ₱376.25. She wants to give her cousins ₱20.75 each. To how many
cousins can she give?

2.) Father traveled 98.9 kilometers in 2.7 hours. Approximately, what was his arrange
speed for the journey?

3.) Kristine has 250 decimeters of ribbon. How many pieces of ribbon 5.3 decimeters long
can be cut from it?

205
Concepts to Ponder

 To estimate quotient of decimal numbers, you can use two methods:

1.) Rounding off each decimal to the highest place value.
2.) Using compatible numbers.

206
 Lesson 48

Dividing Decimal Numbers of Values Up to

the Hundredths
Warm Up

Estimate the quotient.

1.) 10.65 ÷ 1.56 6.) 35.65 ÷ 11.35

2.) 15.09 ÷ 3.06 7.) 46.15 ÷ 2.45
3.) 19.15 ÷ 4.16 8.) 89.005 ÷ 15.66
4.) 24.25 ÷ 5.45 9.) 165.78 ÷ 4.25
5.) 29.99 ÷ 6.25 10.) 196.08 ÷ 22.78

Let Us Discover

Regina bought 0.90 meter of yellow ribbon which she will cut into 0.15 meter strips for her
project in Art. How many pieces did she make?

Let us divide 0.95 by 0.15 to find the answer.

0.90

0.0 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90

0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15

By using a number line, we found out that 0.90 ÷ 0.15 = 6

Now, let us use the division method to divide 0.90 by 0.15

Step1. Move the decimal point of the right until it becomes a whole number. Move also the
decimal point of the decimal point of the dividend the same number as you move the
divisor’s decimal point.

0.15 0.90 15 90

207
Step2. Divide
6
15 90
90
0

Therefore, Regina can make 6 pieces of ribbon.

Study the other examples.

1.) 0.50 ÷ 0.25 = 2 Move the decimal point of the divisor until it
2 becomes whole number. Move also the
0.25 0.50 25 50 decimal point of the dividend the same
50 number as you move the decimal point of
0 the divisor. Divide as in whole numbers.

2.) 0.75 ÷ 0.5

Move the decimal point of the divisor one
1.5 place to the right to make it whole number.
0.5 0.75 5 7.5 Move also the decimal point of the dividend
5 one place to the right. Place the decimal
25 point in the quotient directly above the
25 decimal point in the dividend. Divide as in
0 dividing whole numbers.

3.) 0.9 ÷ 0.05

Move the decimal point of the divisor until it
18 become whole number. Move also the
0.05 0.9 5 90 decimal point of the dividend the same
5 number as the movement of the decimal
40 point of the divisor. Noticed that an extra 0
40 is added to get the desired quotient.
0
Work Independently

A. Find the quotient.

1.) 0.25 ÷ 0.5 11.) 0.88 ÷ 0.4

2.) 0.24 ÷ 0.4 12.) 0.55 ÷ 0.5
3.) 0.72 ÷ 0.9 13.) 0.72 ÷ 0.2
4.) 0.48 ÷ 0.8 14.) 0.35 ÷ 0.7
5.) 0.96 ÷ 0.2 15.) 0.75 ÷ 0.5
6.) 0.54 ÷ 0.9 16.) 0.91 ÷ 0.9
208
7.) 0.64 ÷ 0.4 17.) 0.96 ÷ 0.4
8.) 0.42 ÷ 0.7 18.) 0.32 ÷ 0.8
9.) 0.18 ÷ 0.3 19.) 0.45 ÷ 0.5
10.) 0.32 ÷ 0.4 20.) 0.99 ÷ 0.9

Work Harder

Divide and check your answer using multiplication.

1.) 0.81 ÷0.09 11.) 0.2 ÷ 0.01

2.) 0.88 ÷ 0.11 12.) 0.9 ÷ 0.03
3.) 0.54 ÷ 0.06 13.) 0.4 ÷ 0.05
4.) 0.45 ÷ 0.15 14.) 0.6 ÷ 0.20
5.) 0.91 ÷ 0.07 15.) 0.3 ÷ 0.03
6.) 0.75 ÷ 0.25 16.) 0.32 ÷ 0.04
7.) 0.48 ÷ 0.06 17.) 0.16 ÷ 0.02
8.) 0.5 ÷ 0.02 18.) 0.49 ÷ 0.07
9.) 0.8 ÷ 0.04 19.) 0.15 ÷ 0.03
10.) 0.7 ÷ 0.35 20.) 0.48 ÷ 0.16

Apply Your Skills

Solve these problems.

1.) How many pieces of 0.4 meters can be cut from a piece of lace that is 0.88 meter
long?

2.) How many five centavos are there in ninety five centavos?

Remember

 To divide decimals with values up to hundredths place, change the divisor

into whole number first by moving its decimal point to the right until it
becomes a whole number. Then move the decimal point of the dividend the
same number as you move the divisor’s point. Annex zero as needed.
Place the decimal point directly above the dividend before dividing. Divide
as in dividing whole numbers.

209
Lesson 49

Dividing Decimal Numbers By Whole

Numbers
Warm Up

Find the quotient

1.) 0.25 ÷ 0.5 6.) 0.45 ÷ 0.09

2.) 0.50 ÷ 0.10 7.) 0.46 ÷ 0.02
3.) 0.30 ÷ 0.15 8.) 0.32 ÷ 0.16
4.) 0.15 ÷ 0.5 9.) 0.35 ÷ 0.07
5.) 0.9 ÷ 0.3 10.) 0.48 ÷ 0.02

Let Us Discover

It was Mother’s Day. Gina wanted to give a gift for her mother. She went to a store to
buy the following materials needed for making a choker: 3 yellow beads for ₱0.90, 5 pink
beads for ₱0.95, 2 white beads for ₱0.50 and 4 red beads for ₱0.80. How much each bead
cost?

Let us divide the number of beads with their price.

Observe how division is done.

1.) 0.9 ÷ 3 = n 2.) 0.95 ÷ 5 = n

0.30 0.19
3 0.90 5 0.95
0 0
09 09
9 5
00 45
0 45
0 0

Each Yellow bead costs ₱0.30 Each Pink bead costs ₱0.19

210
3.) 0.50 ÷ 2 = n 4.) 0.80 ÷ 4 = n

0.25
2 0.50 4 0.80
0 0
05 08
4 8
10 00
10 0
0 0
Each white Bead costs ₱0.25 Each red bead costs ₱0.20

To divide a decimal by a whole number, placed the decimal point in the quotient
directly above the decimal point in the dividend. Then divide the numbers like whole
numbers.

Work Independently

Find the quotient.

1.) 0.35 ÷ 7 11.) 0.88 ÷ 4

2.) 0.48 ÷ 8 12.) 0.64 ÷ 8
3.) 0.25 ÷ 5 13.) 0.42 ÷ 6
4.) 0.56 ÷ 8 14.) 0.16 ÷ 8
5.) 0.75 ÷ 5 15.) 0.90 ÷ 9
6.) 0.42 ÷ 2 16.) 0.32 ÷ 4
7.) 0.12 ÷ 6 17.) 0.72 ÷ 9
8.) 0.18 ÷ 3 18.) 0.91 ÷ 7
9.) 0.27 ÷ 9 19.) 0.96 ÷ 4
10.) 0.45 ÷ 5 20.) 0.57 ÷ 3

Work Harder

Divide then check by multiplying.

1.) 0.74 ÷ 8 11.) 0.66 ÷ 30

2.) 0.58 ÷ 5 12.) 0.78 ÷ 15
3.) 0.46 ÷ 4 13.) 0.12 ÷ 24
4.) 0.56 ÷ 8 14.) 0.42 ÷ 21
5.) 0.25 ÷ 10 15.) 0.85 ÷ 5
6.) 0.90 ÷ 20 16.) 0.33 ÷ 5
7.) 0.90 ÷ 15 17.) 0.24 ÷ 12
8.) 0.96 ÷ 12 18.) 0.09 ÷ 3
9.) 0.45 ÷ 12 19.) 0.08 ÷ 10
10.) 0.14 ÷ 7 20.) 0.25 ÷ 125
211
Apply Your Skills
Solve the problems.

1.) Mr. Samson has 0.9 hectare of land. He divides his land into four parts for his 4
children. How much land did each child get?

2.) Louie had a fever. He should take 0.96 ml of medicine everyday to lower down his
temperature. If the medicine will give to him thrice a day, how many milliliters of
medicine he should take?

Concepts to Ponder

 To divide decimal numbers by whole numbers place the decimal point in

the quotient directly above the decimal point in the dividend. Divide the
numbers like whole numbers. Then check by multiplying the quotient by the
divisor.

212
Lesson 50

Solving Problems of Various Types Using

Whole Numbers, Fractions and Decimals
Warm Up
Solve the following equations.

1.) 15 ÷ 0.3 = n 6.) 3.5 ÷ 5 = n

2.) 24 ÷ 0.8 = n 7.) 4.8 ÷ 2 = n
3.) 30 ÷ 0.3 = n 8.) 8.1 ÷ 3 = n
4.) 45 ÷ 0.5 = n 9.) 12.5 ÷ 25 = n
5.) 64 ÷ 0.4 = n 10.) 25.2 ÷ 9 = n

Let Us Discover

3
Yolanda has 12 meters of cloth to be made into curtains. Each panel of the curtains
4
measures 1.5 meters. How many panels can she make?

Let us follow the general steps in solving a problem.

1.) Think. Understand and analyze the problem.

a.) What is asked in the problem?
The number of panels Yolanda can make.
b.) What are given?
3
12 meters of cloth to be made into curtains
4
1.5 meters per panel of the curtains

2.) Plan. Determined the operations to be used

a.) What operations or processes will be used?
Division
b.) What is the mathematical sentence?
3
12 ÷ 1.5 = n
4
c.) Find a problem solving strategy.
3
Change 12 into decimal to make division possible.
4

3.) Carry-out the plan. Solve using the mathematical sentence formed.

3
12 ÷ 1.5 = n
4
213
Observe how division is done.
3
a.) Change 12 into decimal.
4

0.75
3
12 = 12.75 4 3.00
4
0
30
28
20
20
X

b.) Divide. Follow the steps in dividing decimals.

8.5
1.5 12.75 15 127.5
120
75
75
0

4.) Look Back. Check and Label your answer.

Since we are looking for the number of panels, we will just get the whole number in
8.5.

Therefore, Yolanda can make 8 curtain panels.

Work Independently

Solve each problem

1.) A Cafeteria is offering banana con hielo for dessert. They have 75 cups of milk for the
dessert. Each serving requires 0.50 of a cup. How many servings can be made?

3
2.) A dressmaker uses 1 meters of cloth for a blouse. If she has 25 meters of cloth.
4
How many blouses can she make?

4
3.) There is 1 of a cake on a table. One serving is 0.1 of the whole cake. How many
5
servings can he make?

214
 1
4.) After harvesting 15 sacks of camote, 4 sacks were divided by Mang Lando. He gave
4
of a sack of camote to each of his neighbors. How many neighbors shared Mang
Lando’s harvest?

5.) Lea is making lei for graduation. How many 0.9 dm ribbons longs can be cut from a
3
spool of 38 dm long?
4

6.) Jocelyn is making placemats to earn extra money. How many placemats can she cut
2
from 7 meters of linen cloth if each placemat measures meter?
5

1
7.) A car is travelling 10 km for every liter of gasoline. How many liters of gasoline
2

is needed foe 36 km trip?

2 2
8.) How many pieces of dm long each can be cut from a roll 6 dm?
6 3

9.) An airplane flies 1225 km in 2.25 hours. What is its average speed in km per hour?

10.) Roger is painting the school bench. If one bench needs 0.75 liters of paint, how
many benches can be painted using 9 liters of paint?

Work Harder

Solve each problem using the steps in solving a problem.

1.) Three girls bought materials for their project north ₱155.75. They divided the amount
equally among themselves. How much was each share?

2.) Father divided his 7.5 hectares of land equally among his 5 sons. How many hectares
of land did each one receive?

3.) Gemo wants to buy a new bag for the coming school opening. He saves ₱55. 75
weekly to buy the bag costing ₱780.50. How long will take him to save such amount?

4.) The net income of a school canteen for the month of August is ₱91 250, 00. If this
amount will be grouped equally into 5 programs of the school, how much each
program receive?

1
5.) Cyrus bought 50 kilograms sugar and repacked it into kg each pack. How many
2
packs did he make?
215
 6.) Berto will cut 56.2 meter of wood into 4 meter long each. How many pieces will there
be?

7.) Last Monday, a feeding center spent ₱1225. 50 for feeding 25 street children. How
much was spent for each child?

4
8.) A nylon cord is 62 meters long. How many pieces of 0.4 meter long can be cut
10
from it?

3
9.) Four farmers harvested 53 sacks of corn. How many sacks of corn will each are
4
receive?

10.) A delivery boy regularly delivered food at a certain. In a week. He drove a total of
17.5 kilometers. How many kilometer did he travels each day?

Apply Your Skills

Solve each problem.

1.) John saved ₱10.25 a day. When he counted his money, he found out that he had
₱256.25. How many days did it take him to save that amount?

2.) Barangay Pinagkaisa received 350 sacks of rice from anonymous foundation. They
1
will give sack to each family who were victims of flood. How many families will
2
receive rice?

Concepts to Ponder

 To solve word problems of various types, follow the 4 step process.

1.) Understand the Problem

2.) Plan
3.) Solve
4.) State the complete answer.

216
217
Lesson 51

Visualizing Ratio of Two Given Sets of

Objects
Warm Up

Name the number of parts shaded in the following figures.

1.) 6.)

2.) 7.)

3.)

4.)
8.)

218
 5.) 9.)

10.)

Let Us Discover

Alessandra bought fruits and put them in a basket. There are 15 oranges and 20
apples in the basket. Can you help Alessandra find the ratio of fruits in the basket?

Let us illustrate the ratio of oranges to apples.

Number of oranges = 15 Number of apples = 20

The ratio of the number of oranges to the number of apples is 15:20.

219
 We can also compare the number of fruits in another way.

Number of apples = 20 Number of oranges = 15

The ratio of the number of apples to the number of oranges is 20:15

We can also use fraction bar to compare the number of oranges to the number of apples.

Number of oranges = 15
Number of apples 20

Such comparison of numbers on quantities is called ratio.

The symbol “ : “ is used in writing ratio.

15:20 is read as “ 15 to 20 “.

Since ratio can be expressed in fraction form, therefore we can also express ratio in lowest
term in the same manner we find the lowest term of any fraction.

15 oranges: 20 apples = 3 oranges : 4 apples Divide each term by their

or GCF
15 oranges 3 oranges 5 15 20
20 apples 4 apples 3 4

15 3
The lowest term of 15 : 20 or is 3 ÷ 4 =
20 4

220
Study the other examples

1.)

The ratio of the number of glasses to the number of cups is 5 : 10 or 5

10

2.)

12
The ratio of the number of circles to the number of triangles is 12 : 14 or .
14

Work Independently

Name the ratio of the following se of objects using colon and fraction bar.

1.)

2.)

221
 3.)

4.)

5.)

6.)

7.)

222
8.)

9.)

10.)

223
Work Harder

Look at the figures in the box and give the ratio of the following using colon. Express
the ratio in lowest term.

25₵ 10₵ 25₵

10₵ 25₵

25₵
10₵
25₵

10₵

10₵
25₵
25₵
25₵ 25₵

25₵

1.) Number of 10 centavo coins to number of 25 centavo coins

2.) Number of moons to number of stars.
3.) Number of diamonds to number of hearts.
4.) Number of rectangles to number of triangles.
5.) Number of cherries to number of lemons.

Apply Your Skills

The pictures below shows the number of each type of paper bills.

₱20 ₱20
₱100 ₱100
₱20 ₱20
₱100
₱20

224
 ₱50 ₱50 ₱500

₱50 ₱50
₱500

1.) What is the ratio of the number of ₱20- bill to the number of ₱500- bill?
2.) What is the ratio of the number of ₱50- bill to the number of ₱100- bill?
3.) Compare the ratio of the number ₱100- bill to the number of ₱500- bill?
4.) Give the ratio of the number of ₱20- bill to the number of ₱50-bill to the number
₱100- bill to the number of ₱500- bill.

Concepts to Ponder

 Ratio is a comparison of two quantities.

 We use colon ( : ) or fraction bar ( - ) to separate two term being compared.

 Ratio can be expressed in lowest terms by getting their GCF.

225
Lesson 52

Expressing Ratio of two Numbers Using

Either Colon ( : ) or a fraction
Warm Up

Write a ratio on the following sets of objects,

1.)

2.)

3.)

4.)

5.)

6.)

226
 7.)

8.)

9.)

10.)

Let Us Discover

Mrs. Santos has 28 boys and 21 girls in her class. What is the ratio of the number of
boys to the number of girls?

The ratio of the number of boys to the girls is 28 to 21. We can write ratios in
different ways.

Colon Form: 28 : 21
Fraction form - 28
21
Each ratio is read as “28 to 21”

1.) Compare the number of cakes to the number of candles.

How many cakes are there?

How many candles are there?

227
 How do we express the ratio of the number of cakes to the number of candles?
3
3 : 12
12

2.) Give the ratio of the number of cows to the number of carabaos.

4
4:3 =
3

Work Independently

A. Write a ratio on the following using colon ( : ).

1.) 100 pupils to 2 teachers 6.) 25 papaya to 5 baskets

2.) 3 tables to 18 chairs 7.) 50 Math books to 50 pupils
3.) 10 battles 10 20 straws 8.) 6 dolls to 3 girls
4.) 6 monkeys to 2 trees 9.) 15 computers to 3 pupils
5.) 60 marbles to 10 boxes 10.) 26 ladies to 26 gentlemen

B. Write a ratio on the following using fraction bar.

1.) 4 red balloons to 12 yellow balloons 6.) 40 flowers to 4 flower vase

2.) 15 pigs to 3 pigpens 7.) 14 turtles to 2 ponds
3.) 35 fluorescent lamp to 7 classrooms 8.) 45 plates to 9 tables
4.) 48 bags to 48 children 9.) 3 cars to 15 trucks
5.) 100 goldfish to 4 aquariums 10.) 8 doctors to 40 patient

Work Harder

Write the ratio of the following in two ways.

1.) 30 calamansi to 5 glasses 6.) 16 boys to 22 girls

2.) 150 pairs of shoes to 75 orphans 7.) 48 padpapers to 16 ballpens
3.) 10 teddy bears to 15 stuff toys 8.) 12 butterflies to 16 bees
228
 4.) 30 cellphones to 40 telephones 9.) 15 printers to 14 computers
5.) 18 squares to 19 circles 10.) 4 teachers to 200 students

Apply Your Skills

Write the ratio in two ways. Use the data in the table below to complete the table.

Daily Attendance Record

GRADE VI – 1

MON TUE WED THU FRI

BOYS 25 24 25 23 25

GIRLS 25 24 24 25 22

TOTAL 50 48 49 48 47
TOTAL number of pupils: 50

Complete the table.

Daily Attendance Colon Form Fraction Form

Monday

Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Friday

Concepts to Ponder

 Ratio is a comparison of two quantities. The numbers in a ratio are called

the terms in a ratio.

 The ratio of a and b can be written as a:b or a

b
 To express ratio of two numbers, we either used colon or fraction bar.

229
Lesson 53

Expressing One Value as a Fraction of

Another Given Their Ratio and Vice-Versa
Warm Up

Write a ratio on the following in two ways.

1.) 6 apples to 12 children 6.) 9 triangles to 18 squares

2.) 2 computers to 6 teachers 7.) 10 circles to 5 rectangles
3.) 20 bananas to 10 persons 8.) 35 blue marbles to 40 yellow marbles
4.) 3 bags to 6 watermelons 9.) 50 students to 25 books
5.) 15 doughnuts to 15 coffee 10.) 25 coke in can to 25 teachers

Let Us Discover

Look at the pictures below.

9 oranges 4 pears 6 mangoes 5 guavas

The ratio of the number of oranges to the number of pears is 9: 4

The ratio of the number of mangoes to the number of guavas is 6: 5

The ratio of the number of pears to the number of mangoes is 4 .

6
The ratio of the number of mangoes to the number of oranges is 6 .
9

230
We can express the value of each ratio using colon or fraction.

9: 4 can be written as 9, so 9:4 = 9

4 4
6:5 can be written as 6, so 6:5 = 6
9 9
4 can be written as 4:6, so 4 = 4:6
6 6
6 can be written as 6:9, so 6 = 6:9
9 9

Work Independently

Express ratio into fraction form

1.) 3:4 = 11.) 28:30 =

2.) 6:5 = 12.) 19:20 =
3.) 11:12 = 13.) 45:45 =
4.) 3:9 = 14.) 48:16 =
5.) 7:15 = 15.) 22:33 =
6.) 9:2 = 16.) 60:20 =
7.) 7:9 = 17.) 88.40 =
8.) 10:16 = 18.) 95:100 =
9.) 12:13 = 19.) 105:110 =
10.) 15:20 = 20.) 150: 110 =

Work Harder

Express each fraction into colon form.

1.) 6 = 11.) 16 =
8 32

2.) 4 = 12.) 45 =
5 9

3.) 9 = 13.) 81 =
3 27

4.) 7 = 14.) 54 =
14 60

5.) 15 = 15.) 25 =
20 75

231
 6.) 16 = 16.) 100 =
18 125

7.) 1 = 17.) 150 =

15 50

8.) 2 = 18.) 18 =
8 48

9.) 4 = 19.) 75 =
20 5

10.) 5 = 20.) 100 =

25 150

Apply Your Skills

The weight of the three water melon are shown below.

A B C

3 kg 5 kg 2 kg

Find the ratio and express into colon form and fraction form of

a.) the weight of watermelon A to watermelon B

b.) the weight of watermelon A to watermelon C
c.) the weight of watermelon B to watermelon C

Concepts to Ponder

 To express one value given their ratio, use either colon form or fraction

232
Lesson 54

Finding How Many Times One Value is as

Large as Another Given Their Ratio and
Vice- Versa
Warm Up

Express each value using colon form and fraction form.

1.) 4 notebooks to 2 bags 6.) 24 buses to 1500 passenger

2.) 18 eggs to 2 trays 7.) 10 doctors to 50 patients
3.) 25 pictures to 5 picture frames 8.) 150 fruits to 15 baskets
4.) 2 classrooms to 70 students 9.) 30 horses to 10 stables
5.) 4 principals to 200 teachers 10.) 48 goldfish to 3 aquariums

Let Us Discover

Mrs. Lacambra is handling Grade 6 1 pupils. In her class, there are 16 boys and 32
girls. Compare the number of boys to the number of girls.

Number of boys = 16 = 1
Number of girls 32 2

The number of boys is half as many compared to the number of girls which means, for
every 1 boy, there are 2 girls in the class.

= = = = =

= = = = =

= = = = =

= = = = =

16 boys : 32 girls = 1 boy : 2 girls

233
Here are other examples:

1.)

5 erasers 25 pencils

The ratio of the number of the erasers to the number of pencils is 5.25 or 1:5.
The number of erasers is 5 times lower compared to the number of pencils.
Therefore, for every one eraser there are 5 pencils
Inversely, the ratio of the number of pencils to erasers is 25:5 or 5:1.
The number of pencils is 5 times higher compared to the number of erasers.
Therefore, there are 5 pencils for every one eraser.

5 erasers = 1 erasers = 25 pencils = 5 pencils

25 pencils 5 pencils 5 erasers 1 erasers

3.)

7 flowers 21 leaves

7 flowers : 21 leaves = 1 flower : 3 leaves 21 leaves : 7 flowers = 3 leaves : 1 flower

The number of flowers is three or The number of leaves is three
times lower compared to the number of times higher compared to the number of
leaves. flowers.

7 flowers = 1 flower 21 leaves = 3 leaves

21 leaves 3 leaves 7 flowers 1 flower

234
Work Independently

Find how many times one value is as large as another.

1.) 4:8 11.) 25:75

2.) 12:15 12.) 9:81
3.) 15:20 13.) 6:42
4.) 14:28 14.) 15:75
5.) 7:35 15.) 20:80
6.) 8:40 16.) 4:44
7.) 20::60 17.) 8:72
8.) 3:21 18.) 10:100
9.) 2:50 19.) 5:45
10.) 16:32 20.) 24:48

Work Harder

Find how many times one value is as large as another.

1.) 36:!2 11.) 20:5

2.) 28:7 12.) 20:4
3.) 35:5 13.) 28:7
4.) 42:7 14.) 49:7
5.) 15:5 15.) 50:5
6.) 12:4 16.) 64:8
7.) 16:4 17.) 32:16
8.) 75:25 18.) 200:100
9.) 125:25 19.) 300:150
10.) 100:50 20.) 500:250

Apply Your Skills

Read and solve.

1.) Father gave his eldest son P200 while he gave P100 to his youngest son. Compare
the amount received by the youngest son to the amount received by the eldest son.

2.) Mang Ambo harvested 90 sacks of corn while Mang Fred harvested 120 sacks of
corn. Compare the number of sacks harvested by Mang Ambo to the number of sacks
harvested by Mang Fred.

235
Concepts to Ponder

 To find how many times one value is as higher as another value given their
ratio is to divide the bigger value by the smaller value.

 3:9 3 9 9÷3=3
3 is three times smaller compared to 9.
9 is three times higher compared to 3.

236
Lesson 55

Identifying and Writing Equivalent Ratios

Warm Up
Write each given ratio using colon.

1.) 4 6.) 8
5 16

2.) 1 7.) 2
2 12

3.) 6 8.) 25
8 35

4.) 10 9.) 5
12 50

5.) 14 10.) 16
15 48

Let Us Discover

Mrs. Diva asked her pupils to group the fruits in the basket. Three were 12 apples and
oranges. Let us see the activity card given to each group of her class.

Group1: Group the apples and oranges in two’s.

237
 If we compare the fruits by groups of two, the ratio of the number of apples to the
number of oranges is 6:12. Each group contains two fruits.

Group2: Group the apples and oranges in three’s

If we compare the fruits by groups of three, the ratio of the number of apples to the
number of oranges is 4:8. Each group contains 3 fruits.

Group3: Group the apples and oranges in four’s.

If we compare the fruits by groups of four, the ratio of the number of apples to the
number of oranges is 3:6. Each group contains 4 fruits.

Group4: Group the apples and oranges in sixes.

238
 If we compare the fruits by groups of six, the ratio of the number of apples to the
number of oranges is 2:4. Each group contains 6 fruits.

Group 5: Group the apples and oranges in twelves.

If we compare the fruits by groups of twelve, the ratio of the number of apples to the
number of oranges is 1:2. each group contain 12 fruits.

12:24, 6:12, 4:8, 3:6, 2:4, 1:2 show the ratio of the number of apples to the number of
oranges.

They are equivalent ratios.

12:24 = 6:12 = 4:8 = 3:6 = 2:4 = 1:2

If we write them in fraction form, we get:

12 = 6 = 4 = 3 = 2 = 1
24 12 8 6 4 2

Two equivalent ratios make a proportion. The equation 12:24 = 6:12, 6:12 = 4:8, 4:8 =
3:6, 3:6 = 2:4, 2:4 = 1:2 are all equivalent ratios.

Similarly, we can make a proportion by finding equivalent ratios. We can find an

equivalent ratio by multiplying each part of the given ratio by the same factor.

4 : 5 2 : 3
4x2 5x2 2x3 3 x3

8 : 10 6 : 9
4x3 5x3 2x5 3x5

12 : 15 10 : 15

4:5, 8:10 and 12:15 are equivalent ratios 2:3, 6:9 and 10:15 are equivalent ratios

239
 On the other hand, if the numbers in a given ratio can be divided by a common factor,
the result is also an equivalent ratio.

18 : 6 15 : 30
18÷3 6÷3 15 ÷ 3 30 ÷ 3

6 : 2 5 : 10
18 ÷ 6 6÷6 15 ÷ 5 30 ÷ 5

3 : 1 3 : 6

18 :6 , 6:2 and 3:1 15:30, 5:10 and 3:6

are equivalent ratios are equivalent ratios

In order to identify if two ratios are equal, we cross multiply the numerator and
denominator of the fractions and write their value above the numerator being multiplied.

24 = 24
3 = 6 3 x 8 = 24
4 8 6 x 4 = 24

We can also use the formula a: b = c: d to determine if the ratios are equal.
Extremes

3 : 4 = 6 : 8

Means

Multiply the extremes ( 3 x8 ) and multiply also the means ( 4 x 6 ).

The product of the extremes should be equal to the product of the means.

3x8 = 4x6
24 24

Work Independently

Identify if each ratio are equivalent. Write True if equal and No if not.

_______ 1.) 2:1 = 4:2 __________11.) 50:100 = 5:10

________2.) 1:3 = 3:9 __________12.) 70:80 = 7:8
________3.) 2:3 = 4:5 __________13.) 15:35 = 3:7
________4.) 4:5 = 8:10 __________14.) 12:15 = 4:6

240
________5.) 2:4 = 4:8 __________15.) 25:100 = 1:4
________6.) 3:6 = 1:2 __________16.) 11:7 = 12:10
________7.) 10:20 = 2:4 __________17.) 28:30 = 14:15
________8.) 8:10 = 40:50 __________18.) 48:!6 = 24:8
________9.) 14:15 = 1:2 __________19.) 45:100 = 9:20
________10.) 3:7 = 4:8 __________20.) 30:60 = 15:31

Work Harder

Write a ratio that is equal to the given ratio by dividing or multiplying both terms by a
common factor.

1.) 4:5 = ____ : _____ 11.) 30:70 = _____ : ______

2.) 7:10 = ____ : _____ 12.) 42:36 = _____ : ______
3.) 2:8 = ____ : ______ 13.) 16:48 = _____ : ______
4.) 3:9 = ____ : ______ 14.) 91:49 = _____ : ______
5.) 5:10 = ____ : _____ 15.) 200:300 = ____ : ____
6.) 6:3 = ____ : ____ 16.) 250:150 = ____ : ____
7.) 5:2 = ____ : ____ 17.) 400:100 = ____ : ____
8.) 8:12 = ____ : ____ 18.) 325:350 = ____ : ____
9.) 4:0 = ____ : _____ 19.) 400:500 = ____ : ____
10.) 3:5 = ____ : _____ 20.) 100:1000= ____ : _____

Apply Your Skills

Solve.

There are 6 mangoes and 12 avocado in the basket. Compare them by groups to
show the ratio of the number of mangoes to the number of avocado.

Concepts to Ponder

 Two equivalent ratios make a proportion.

 Cross multiplication method is used to identify equivalent ratios.
 To write equivalent ratio, we can use multiplication or division by
multiplying or driving each part of the given ratio by the same factor.

241
Lesson 56

Expressing Ratios in their Simplest Forms

Warm Up

Write Yes if the following pair of ratios are equivalent ratios, No if not.

_______ 1.) 1:2 = 3:6 _________ 6.) 8:10 = 4:5

_______ 2.) 2:3 = 4:6 _________ 7.) 9.3 = 3:1
_______ 3.) 1:3 = 2:3 _________ 8.) 2:6 = 1:4
_______ 4.) 4:3 = 8:7 _________ 9.) 5:5 = 6:6
_______ 5.) 5:2 = 10:4 _________ 10.) 6:4 = 3:2

Let Us Discover

It’s Kristine first birthday. As a preparation, her mother orders 10 tables and 60 chairs
for the birthday party. What is the greatest number of chairs can be placed in each table?

To solve for the number of chairs that can be placed in each table, let us first st up a
ratio.

10 tables or 10 tables : 60 chairs

60 chairs

Then, think of a greatest number that can be divided by both terms.

10 tables ÷ 10 = 1 table or 10 tables:60 chairs = 1 table : 6 chairs

60 chairs ÷ 10 6 chairs

Therefore, 10: 60 = 1:6 which means the greatest number of chairs that can be placed
in each table is 6 chairs.

Since 10 and 60 are both divisible by 2, 5 and 10, we choose 10 because 10 is the
greatest factor that can be divided both to 10 and 60.

The ratio 1:60 is not in its simplest form. That ratio in its simplest form is 1.6.

242
Here are other examples:

1.) 15 ÷ 5 = 3
20 ÷ 5 4
Divide both terms by their greatest
2.) 8 ÷ 8 = 1
common factor.
32 ÷ 8 4

3.) 42 ÷ 7 = 6
49 ÷ 7 = 7

Work Independently

A. Express the given ratio in the simplest forms.

1.) 8 : 10 = 6.) 27 : 9 =

2.) 4 : 16 = 7.) 45 : 5 =

3.) 5 : 15 = 8.) 14 : 28 =

4.) 24 : 8 = 9.) 45 : 75 =

5.) 36 : 12 = 10.) 27 : 81 =

B. Express each given ratio in lowest terms.

1.) 12 = 6.) 26 =
15 28

2.) 15 = 7.) 30 =
45 5

3.) 16 = 8.) 25 =
48 30

4.) 8 = 9.) 90 =
24 3

5.) 9 = 10.) 25 =
81 150

243
Work Harder

Express the following in the simplest forms

1.) 2 baskets : 20 star apples

2.) 20 stamps : 15 patches
3.) 3 book marks : 6 books
4.) 15 crayons : 60 coloring books
5.) 150 pupils : 3 class rooms
6.) 25 pigs : 5 pigpens
7.) 30 horses : 15 stables
8.) 40 bananacue : 20 sticks
9.) 32 girls : 30 boys
10.) 25 atis : 30 mangoes

Apply Your Skills

Study the table and answer the questions.

Things Quantity Cost

1.) crayons 5 P100

2.) patches 15 P150

3.) notebooks 8 P120

4.) manila paper 20 P80

1.) In the lowest terms, express the ratio of:

a.) crayons
b.) patches
c.) notebook
d.) manila paper

2.) What is the unit price of each item?

Concepts to Ponder

 To express ratios in their simplest form, divide both terms by a common

factor or by their greatest common factor.

244
Lesson 57

Finding the Missing Term in a Pair of

Equivalent Ratios

Warm Up

Express each ratio in their simplest form.

1.) 4:24 6.) 55:5

2.) 9:36 7.) 75:15
3.) 10:54 8.) 88:22
4.) 15:35 9.) 78:10
5.) 7:28 10.) 124:20

Let Us Discover

During weekends, Bernard helps his father sell buko juice. For every buko, Bernard
adds 3 liters of water. How many liters of water does he need for 5 buko so that the taste will
be the same?

Let us illustrate the problem.

=
1L 1L 1L

= =
1L 1L 1L 1L 1L 1L

= =
1L 1L 1L 1L 1L 1L

= 1L 1L 1L

245
 Through illustration, we determine that Bernard needs 15 liters of water for 5 buko.
Therefore, 1:3 = 5:15 are equivalent ratios.

Let us simplify the formula:

extremes
a = c
a:b = c: d ad = bc Or b d ad = bc

means

1 : 3 = 5 : N 1 = 5
3 n
1n = 3 x 5
1 1 1n = 3 x 5
1 1
n = 15 n = 15

To check mathematically if two ratios are equal, get the product of the extremes and
compare to the product of the means. Hey must be equal.

The formula ad = bc is use to solve the missing term in a pair of equivalent ratios.

Here are other examples.

1.) The ratio of two numbers is 4:5. If the smaller number is 12, what is the bigger number

4:5 = 12: n Let us check:

a:b = c:d

ad = bc 4:5 = 12:15
4n = 5 x 12
4 4 4 x 15 = 5 x 12
60 = 60
n = 60
The product of the extremes is equal to
4
the product of the means.
n = 15

Therefore, the bigger number is 15.

246
 2.) Anthony planted 2 pechay seedlings for every 3 tomato seedlings. If there were 45
tomato seedlings planted, how many pechay seedlings were there?

2:3 = n : 45 Let us check:

2 x 45 = 3n
3 3 2:3 = 30:45

n = 90 2 x 45 = 3 x 30
3 90 = 90
n = 30

Therefore, there were 30 pechay seedlings.

Work Independently

Solve for the missing term.

1.) 4:7 = n:14 11.) 15:45 = n:9

2.) n:8 = 5:20 12.) 3:10 = 24:n
3.) 2:5 = n:30 13.) 3:7 = 21:n
4.) n:4 = 32:24 14.) n:24 = 11:12
5.) 7:10 = 49:n 15.) 64:8 = 8:n
6.) 3:4 = 33:n 16.) 15:n = 45:60
7.) 30:70 = n:7 17.) 30:33 = 10:n
8.) 3:8 = 27:n 18.) 22: 24 = 11:n
9.) 25:75 = n:15 19.) 8:n = 35:42
10.) 4:n = 100:200 20.) 150:50 = 6:n

Work Harder

Find the missing term to make a pair of equivalent ratios.

1.) 3 = 9 11.) n = 40
n 15 9 12

2.) 2 = 10 12.) n = 12
8 n 16 48

3.) 5 = 15 13.) 12 = 48
n 21 18 n

4.) 20 = 40 14.) 70 = 14
25 n 75 n

247
 5.) n = 28 15.) 22 = 11
7 49 44 n

6.) 4 = n 16.) 4 = 10
9 27 n 25

7.) 6 = 12 17.) 72 = n
36 n 93 31

8.) 15 = n 18.) n = 45
13 52 35 105

9.) 72 = 18 19.) 120 = 40

n 20 45 n

10.) 2 = n 20.) 5 = n
3 42 6 78

Apply Your Skills

Solve each problem

1.) Two pieces of pad papers cost ₱1.00. How much is 10 pieces cost?

2.) Three boiled eggs cost ₱18.00. How many boiled eggs can you buy if you have
₱54.00?

3.) There are 2 teachers for every 90 pupils. At the same condition, how many teachers
are needed if there are 360 pupils?

Concepts to Ponder

 To find the missing term in a pair of equivalent ratios, use the formula
ad = bc, or used cross multiplication method.

248
Lesson 58

Defining and Describing Proportion

Warm Up

Solve for the missing term.

1.) 1:6 = 4:n 6.) 5 = 25

3 n
2.) 25: n = 5:7 7.) 24 = n
28 7
3.) n:12 = 12:36 8.) 10 = 5
12 n
4.) 12:15 = n:5 9.) n = 25
7 35
5.) 10:30 = 2:n 10.) 8 = 32
n 12

Let Us Discover

Daniel had 4 popsicles and 6 pebbles while Carlo had 8 popsicles and 12 pebbles.
What is the ratio of popsicles and pebbles each boy had?

For Daniel, the ratio of popsicles to pebbles is 4:6.

For Carlo, the ratio of popsicles and pebbles is 8:12.

Let us express each ration in their simplest forms.

4 = 2 8 = 2
6 3 12 3

Since both ratios have the simplest form 2, then we can say that the ratios are equal.
3
An equation stating that two ratios are equal is called proportion.
Therefore, 4 = 8 is a proportion. Another way to write a proportion is 4:6 = 8:12.
6 12
The outside terms 4 and 12 are called extremes and the inside terms 6 and 8 are
called means.
Extremes

4 : 6 = 8 : 12

Means

249
There are two ways of finding out if the two ratios are a proportion:

1.) By cross- multiplying the means and the extremes.

4:6 = 8:12 Or 4 = 8
6 12
Means: 6 x 8 = 48
4 x 12 = 48
Extremes: 4 x 12 = 48 6 x 8 = 48

2.) By changing both ratios to their simplest forms.

a.) 4 = 2 b.) 2 = 1 c.) 12 = 4

6 3 10 5 15 5

8 = 2 6 = 1 24 = 4
12 3 30 5 30 5

Work Independently

Write Yes of the pair of ratios is a proportion and No If not.

___1.) 12:2 = 18:3 ___11.) 4:3 = 4:5

___2.) 6:20 = 3:10 ___12.) 2:6 = 3:9
___3.) 2:18 = 3:27 ___13.) 12:4 = 9:3
___4.) 9:4 = 48:108 ___14.) 16:22 = 2:4
___5.) 1:2 = 8:16 ___15.) 6:12 = 4:8
___6.) 3:5 = 9:10 ___16.) 5:15 = 3:9
___7.) 3:7 = 9:21 ___17.) 28:3 = 7:1
___8.) 10:15 = 5:10 ___18.) 15:10 = 15:5
___9.) 1:13 = 2:26 ___19.) 45:90 = 1:2
___10.) 2:5 = 3:8 ___20.) 25:50 = 30:60

Work Harder

By cross multiplying the means and the extremes, find the missing term.

1.) 4:5 = n:20 11.) 6:12 = 3:n

2.) n:6 = 3:9 12.) 10:12 = 20:n
3.) 2:4 = 4:n 13.) 25:45 = n:9
4.) N:7 = 8:2 14.) 8:n = 24:3
250
 5.) 12:n = 15:5 15.) 21:42 = 7:n
6.) 4:n = 5:10 16.) 6:7 = n:56
7.) 2:8 = n:12 17.) 6:18 = 1:n
8.) 2:9 = 4:n 18.) 4:36 = 2:n
9.) 7:3 = 21:n 19.) n:22 = 48:88
10.) n:16 = 4:5 20.) 3:n = 15:75

Apply Your Skills

Read and solve

1.) Rochelle is making a glass of calamansi juice. For every glass, she squeezes 5
calamansi. Using the same ration, how many glasses can she make if she has 45
calamansi?

2.) A pair of slippers cost ₱25. How much will you pay for 5 pairs of slippers?

Concepts to Ponder

 Proportion is a statement of equality of two ratios.

 In a:b = c:d, b and c are the means while a and d are the extremes.

 The law of proportion states that the product of the means is equal to the
product of the extremes.

251
Lesson 59

Recognizing When Two Quantities are in

Direct Proportion
Warm Up

Write 2 equivalent ratios in each given ratio.

1.) 5 6.) 12
10 18

2.) 3 7.) 25
4 35

3.) 1 8.) 15
2 45

4.) 4 9.) 30
5 50

5.) 2 10.) 12
6 16

Let Us Discover

Marie helps her mother sell bananaque. Three pieces of bananaque cost ₱10.00. How
much will she earn if she has 60 pieces of bananaque?

Study how to solve for the answer:

Number of bananaque 3 bananaque = 60 bananque

Amount of payment 10 pesos N

Let us find the cross products. Another way:

3 = 60 Write using the ratio sign.

10 N
Extremes
3 x n = 10 x 60
3 : 10 = 60 : n
Divide to find the value of N. Find the product of the extremes, then the means
means
3 x n = 10 x 60
Divide
252 to find n.
3n = 600
3 3
N = 200
 3n = 600
3 3

N = 200

Marife earns ₱200.00.

What have you noticed to the answer we got?

Noticed that there are only 3 pieces of bananaque amounting ₱10.00 in the first ratio.
In the second ratio, the number of bananaque increases. What will you think happen to the
amount of the bananaque?

If one term in a given ratio increases, there is also a corresponding increase in the
other term. The two ratios are said to be a direct proportion.

Similarly, if one term is a given ratio decreases, there is also a corresponding

decrease in the other term. The two ratios are also in direct proportion.

Here are other examples.

1.) 4 apples : 8 baskets = 1 apple : 2 baskets

From 40 apples, it decreases to 10 apples. Therefore, the number of baskets will also
decrease. From 8 baskets, it decreases to 2 baskets.

2.) 3 males : 5 females = 24 males : 40 females

The number of males increases so as to number of females also increases.

Work Independently

Recognize the following if they are in direct proportion. Write Yes if direct, No if not.
Use cross products to check our answer.

___1.) 2 mangoes : ₱10 = 3 mangoes : ₱15

___2.) 4 chairs : 1 table = 12 chairs : 3 tables

___3.) 40 marbles : 5 boxes = 8 marbles : 2 boxes

___4.) 4 teachers : 200 pupils = 5 teachers : 250 pupils

253
 ___5.) 15 pencils : 5 pencil case = 5 pencils : 4 pencil case

___6.) 2 trays : 60 eggs = 4 trays : 80 eggs

___7.) 50 computers : 25 students = 30 computers : 15 students

___8.) 3 red balloons : 5 blue balloons = 21 red balloons : 35 blue balloons

___9.) 8 books : 1 bag = 24 books : 3 bags

___10,) 28 bulletin board : 14 classrooms = 4 bulletin board : 2 classrooms

Work Harder

Write True if the given ratios are direct and No if not.

___1.) 4:5 = 8:10

___2.) 12:4 = 6:2

___3.) 2:15 = 2:30

___4.) 18:12 = 9:6

___5.) 9:3 = 7:8

___6.) 36:6 = 6:1

___7.) 10:5 = 4:2

___8.) 7:6 = 49:42

___9.) 11:44 = 1:4

___10.) 4:16 = 12:46

Apply Your Skills

Set up a direct proportion on he following problems. Use cross products to check your
answer.

1.) Anton can build 2 dog houses in one day. In 3 days, he can build 6 dog houses.

254
 2.) In a camping, 4 boy scout were given 12 hotdogs. If there were 10 boyscouts, 30
hotdogs will be cooked.

Concepts to Ponder

 To recognize if two ratios are in direct proportion, the increase or decrease

in one term is accompanied by a corresponding increase or decrease in the
other term.

 Cross products is used to check direct proportions by multiplying the means

and the extremes.

255
Lesson 60

Solving a Problem Involving Ratio

and Direct Proportion
Warm Up

Write P if the given ratios are proportion, NP if not.

___1.) 1:2 = 3:6 ___6.) 7: 5 = 14:15

___2.) 4:5 = 8:10 ___7.) 24:32 = 3:4

___3.) 8:2 = 4:1 ___8.) 25:75 = 5:20

___4.) 12:4 = 3:1 ___9.) 100:20 = 25:15

___5.) 4:6 = 3:5 ___10.) 75:150 = 1:3

Let Us Discover

Darcy and Daryll sell sampaguita garlands on weekends to earn extra money. For
every 3 sampaguita garlands that Darcy sell, Daryll sells 5. If Darcy sells 15 sampaguita
garlands, how many did Daryll sell?

Let us solve the problem using a strategy

Step 1: Understand

What do you need to find?

You need to find how many newspapers did Daryll sell?

Step 2: Plan

How can you solve the problem?

You can solve the problem by finding a pattern.

256
Step 3: Solve

Look at the numbers in the pattern.

Darcy : Daryll

3 : 5
6 : 10 By using finding the pattern strategy, we
9 : 15 determine the number of garlands Daryll sold.
12 : 20
15 : 25

Let us check:
extremes

3 : 5 = 15 : 25

Means

Means 5 x 15 = 75 The product of the means is equal to

Extremes 3 x 25 = 75 the product of the extremes.

Daryll sold 25 sampaguita garlands,

Noticed that the sampaguita garlands sold by Darcy and Daryll is in ratio of 3:5. From
3 sampaguita garlands sold by Darcy, it increases to 15. By following the pattern, the
sampaguita sold by Daryll will also increase.

We can also solve for the answer by setting up a proportion.

Number of sampaguita garlands sold by Darcy = Number of sampaguita garlands

sold by Darcy
Number of sampaguita garlands sold by Daryll = Number of sampaguita garlands
sold by Daryll

3 = 15
5 n

To set up a proportion, just copy the order of the first ratio. To represent the missing
term into n.

257
Let us solve using cross-products.

3 = 15
5 n

3xn = 5 x 25

3n = 75
3 3

N = 25

Work Independently

Solve each problem.

1.) Luigie earns ₱250 in 2 weeks. How much will be earn in 6 weeks?

2.) Dominic was able to save ₱15 per day. If he was able to save ₱375, how many days
he saved it?

3.) The ratio of chairs to tables in a birthday is 8:5. If there were 80 chairs, how many
tables were there?

4.) In a school program, there are 3 teachers for every 120 pupils. How many teachers
were there if there were 400 pupils?

5.) The ratio of male teachers to female teachers in a school is 2:7. If there are 24 male
teachers, how many teachers are female?

6.) In a store, 3 packs of powdered soap cost ₱25. How much will you pay for 18 packs?

7.) A cars travels 144 km on 12 liters of gasoline. At the same rate, how far can it travel
using 2 liters of gasoline?

8.) Two buses can accommodate 80 passengers. How many buses are needed to
accommodate 240 passengers?

9.) If Rhodora can wrap 150 yema in 1 hour, how many yema can she finish in 8 hours?

10.) In a tree planting program, the participants plant 3 mangoes for every 2 guyabano.
How many mangoes were planted if there were 70 guyabano?

258
Work Harder

Solve each problem using any strategy.

1.) Alexandra used 3 meters of cloth to make 20 handkerchiefs. How many handkerchiefs
can be made from 9 meters of cloth?

2.) In a resort, the entrance fee foe adult is ₱150. How much was the entrance fee of 25
adults?

3.) If 12 coin purses cost ₱240, how many coin purses can be bought with ₱600?

4.) During a sale, 6 pieces of plates cost ₱90, how much will you pay for 24 pieces?

5.) If a car travels 344 kilometers in 4 hours, how long would it take to go 688 kilometers
at the same speed?

6.) It takes Federico 15 minutes to assemble 6 robot toys. How long will it take him to
assemble 30 robot toys?

7.) If four oranges cost ₱90, how many can you buy for ₱360

8.) In a computer room, he ratio of computes to pupils is 2:4, how many pupils were there
if there were 80 computers?

9.) A farmer can plow 2 hectares of rice field in 8 days. At the same condition hw many
hectares of rice field can he plow in 12 days?

10.) Each box contains 24 Math books. How many book were there in 15 boxes?

Apply Your Skills

Solve each problem.

1.) Roy takes 5 minutes to walk 250 meters. Assuming that he walks at a constant seed,
how long will it take him to walk 1500 meters?

2.) The ratio of the number of boys to the number of girls in a class is 3:5. If there were 25
girls, how many are boys?

Concepts to Ponder

 To solve problems involving ratio and direct proportion, find a problem

solving strategy. Finding a pattern and setting up a proportion are some of
the strategies used to solve direct proportions.

259
Lesson 61

Using Models to illustrate the Concept of

Percent and its Relationship to Fractions,
Ratios and Decimal Numbers
Warm Up
Complete the table.

Ratio Fraction Form Equivalent Decimal

1:2

2:8

3:4

5:10

2:5

Let Us Discover

Nicko got 97 correct items out of 100-item in Mathematics. What percent of the total
number of items id he get correctly?

Let us use the diagram to determine the answer.

PercentThere
meansare“per
100hundred.“
square inThe
the symbol
diagram.for97percent
is %. squares are shaded.

We say 97% of the squares are shaded.

The number
We compare of shaded
97 squares to thesquares is 97 out
total number of of
squares. 100.

A percent can be written as a fraction, ratio or a decimal.

97
97 % = = 97:100 = 0.97
100

260
Nicko got 97% of the test correctly.

Study the other examples.

1.)
15 squares out of 100 squares are shaded.

15
15% = 15:100 = = 0.15
100

15% of whole diagram is shaded

85 squares out of 100 squares are unshaded

85
85% = 85:100 = = 0.85
100

85% of the whole diagram is unshaded.

2.)

100 squares out of 100 squares are shaded.

100% = 100:100 = 100 = 1

100
100% of the diagram is shaded.

Work Independently
Write the following in percent.

1.) 6.)

261
 2.) 7.)

3.) 8.)

4.)
9.)

262
 5.) 10.)

Work Harder
Write the following illustrations in percent, fraction, ratio and decimal.

1.) 6.)

2.)

7.)

263
3.) 8.)

4.) 9.)

5.) 10.)

264
Concepts to Ponder

 Percent means “per hundred”.

 The percent sign (%) is affix after a number to show that the number is a
part of 100.

 Percent can be expressed as a ratio, fraction or as a decimal.

265
Lesson 62

Giving the Relationship Among Fractions,

Ratios and Percents, Between Percent and
a Decimal Number, among Fractions,
Ratios, Decimal Numbers and Percents
Warm Up
Write the following in the ratio and fraction form.

1.) 5% 6.) 65%

2.) 18% 7.) 73%
3.) 24% 8.) 89%
4.) 36% 9.) 91%
5.) 50% 10.) 99%

Let Us Discover

Mr. De Leon received his salary for the month of May. He deposited 80% of his salary
in the bank. He then spent the remaining money paying his housing loan. What percent of his
salary did he spend for his housing loan?

Let us study this.

100
100% = 1.00 = shows the total salary
100

80
80% = 0.80 = shows the amount deposited
100

100% - 80% = 20%

20
20% = 0.20 = shows the amount spent for the
100
housing loan

Shaded part = 80%

Un shaded part = 20%
He spent 20% of his salary paying the housing loan.

266
 A percent can be written as a ratio with a denominator of 100. It can also be
expressed as a fraction or as a decimal.

Changing Percent to Decimal

To change percent to decimal, drop the % sign then move the decimal point two
places to the left.

1.) 88% 88. 0.85

2.) 7% 7. 0.07

Changing Percent to Fraction

To change percent to fraction, drop the % sign then write the percent as a fraction with
100 as the denominator, then simplify.

1.) 45% = 45 2.) 8% = 8

100 100
= 45 ÷ 5 =8÷4
100 ÷ 5 100 ÷ 4

=9 =2
20 25

Changing Percent to Ratio

To change percent to ratio, drop the percent sign then write the percent as a second
term with 100, then simplify

1.) 65% = 65:100 = 13:20 (divide both term by 5)

2.) 2% = 2:100 = 1:50 (divide both term by 2)

Changing Decimal to Percent

To change decimal to percent, move the decimal point two places to the right and affix
the decimal point.

1.) 0.8 80%

2.) 0.72 72%

267
268
Changing Fraction to Percent

To change fraction to percent, obtain an equivalent fraction with 100 as denominator

by the use of cross multiplication method then affix the % sign.

1.) 1 =1 = n 2.) 6 = 6 = n
4 4 100 8 8 100

= 4xn = 1x100 = 8xn = 6x100

4 4 8 8
= n = 100 = n = 600
4 8
N = 25% N = 75%

Changing Ratio to Percent

To change ratio to percent, express them as fraction. Divide then the numerator by its
denominator. Multiply the product by 100 and affix the % sign.

1.) 4:100 = 4 2.) 12:48 = 12

100 48

= 0.04 x 100 = 0.25 x 100

= 4% = 25%

Work Independently

A. Express the following as decimal and then to a fraction.

1.) 18%
2.) 13%
3.) 55%
4.) 44%
5.) 70%
6.) 35%
7.) 38%
8.) 49%
9.) 68%
10.) 32%

269
 B. Change each of the following to a ratio and then to a fraction.

1.) 18 6.) 3
100 12

2.) 50 7.) 50
100 250

3.) 16 8.) 100

64 500

4.) 5 9.) 46
25 100

5.) 12 10.) 80
20 120

Work Harder

Complete the table.

Percent Fraction Ratio Decimal

1.) 68%
2
2.) 4
3
3.) 5

4.) 0.16

5.) 23%

6.) 48%

7.) 6:10

8.) 0.12

9.) 4:20

10.) 98%

270
Application

Solve each problem.

1.) In a basket, 5 apples out of 100 apples were rotten. What percent of the apples were
rotten?

12
2.) Niño spent of his allowance. What percent of his allowance did he spend?
16

Concepts to Ponder

 One whole means 100%

 To change percent to decimal, drop the % sign then move the decimal
places two places to the left.

 To change percent to fraction, drop the % sign, write the percent as a

fraction with 100 as denominator, then simplify.

 To change percent to ratio, drop the percent sign, write the percent sign as
a second term with 100 then simplify.

 To change decimal to percent, obtain an equivalent fraction with 100 as a

denominator using cross multiplication method and affix the % sign.

 To change ratio to percent, express ratio as fraction. Divide then the

numerator by its denominator. Multiply the product by 100 and affix the %
sign.

271
Lesson 63

Identifying the Base, Percentage and Rate

in a Problem
Warm Up

Change the following to ratio and fraction.

1.) 25% 6.) 0.3

2.) 35% 7.) 0.15
3.) 12% 8.) 0.30
4.) 40% 9.) 0.50
5.) 60% 10.) 0.90

Let Us Discover

In a 50 item test, Jeremy got 92% correct. What is his score?

Let us identify the rate, base and percentage in this problem.

Rate is the percent or the total number of hundredths parts expressed either as a
fraction or as a decimal.

Base is the total number or the whole quantity from which we take a percent.

Percentage is the number taken from the base.

Rate = 92%
Base = 50
Percentage = N

Let us study the Techan’s Triangle in identifying the rate, base and percentage.

Where: P = Percentage
P R = Rate
B = Base
R B

272
Since percentage is missing. Let us multiply the rate by the base.

P=RxB

= 92% x 50 Change percent to decimal before

= 0.92 x 50 multiplying

= 46

Jeremy got a score of 46.

Study the other examples.

1.) 35 % of 500 is 175 2.) 2 is 10% of 20 3.) 25% 0f what number is 16

Rate = 35% Rate = 10% Rate = 25%

Base = 500 Base = 20 Base = N

Percentage = 175 Percentage = 2 Percentage = 16

Work Independently

Identify the rate, base and percentage in each problem.

1.) 12 is 25% of 48
2.) 5% of 30 is 1.5
3.) 8% of 64 is 5.12
4.) 24 is 30% of 80
5.) 75 is 75% of 100
6.) 20% of 1000 is 200
7.) 3% of 45 is 1.35
8.) 70% of 250 is 175
9.) 45 is 15% of 300
10.) 16.2 is 18% of 90

Work Harder
Identify the missing term. Write R if rate, B if base and P if percentage.

____1.) 80 is 40% of what number?

____2.) What percent of 500 is 65?
____3.) 75 is what percent of 600?
____4.) 25% of what number of 126?
____5.) 7% of 200 is what number?
____6.) What is 75% of 1000?
____7.) 49 is 7% of what number?
273
____8.) What is 9% of 260
____9.) 30% of 200 is what number?
____10.) What percent of 80 is 800?

Apply Your Skills

Identify the rate, base and percentage in each problem.

Rate Base Percentage

1.) 45% of 900 is 405

2.) 16 is 50% of 32

3.) 36 is 30% of 120

4.) 12% of 500 is 60

5.) 9% of 600 is 54

Concepts to Ponder

 Percentage is a part of the base or it is a number taken from the base. It is

preceded by the word “is”.

 Rate is always expressed in percent. It is the ratio of a number to 100. It

has a percent (%) sign.

 Base is the total number. It is preceded by the word “of”.

274
Lesson 64

Finding the Percentage in a Given Problem

Warm Up
Identify he percentage, rate and base in each of the following.

1.) 20% of 80 is 16
2.) 50% of 300 is 150
3.) 45 is 75% of 60
4.) 1 is 10% of 10
5.) 95% of 100 is 95

Let Us Discover

Mother gave her daughter ₱150 for her daily allowance. She immediately saved 15%
of it for the book she wanted to buy. How much did she save that day?

Let us multiply to find the answer

Observe the strategy below.
A. Setting up an equation B. Setting up a proportion

15% of 150 is what number 15% of 150 is what number

15% x 150 = n 15 = n
100 150
N = 0.15 x 150
100xn = 15 x 150 = 2250
N = 22.50 100 100 100

N= 22.50

Her daughter saved ₱22.50.

From the two strategies presented, notice that to get the value of n, which represents
the percentage, we multiply the base by the rate.

Percentage = Rate x Base

Rate must be expressed as decimal form before multiplying it by the base.

275
Here are other examples

1.) In a class of 50 pupils, 98% are present. How many pupils are present?

P=RxB
= 0.98 x 50
= 49
There are 49 pupils present.

2.) Father harvested 3000 kilograms of tomatoes. He distributed 3% of the harvest to his
neighbors and sold the rest. How many kilograms of tomatoes were distributed to his
neighbor? How many kilograms of tomatoes were sold?

3% of 3000 is n

0.03 x 3000 = 90

There were 90 kilograms of tomatoes distributed to his neighbors.

100% - 3% = 97%

97% of 3000 = n

0.97 x 3000 = 2910

There were 2910 kilograms of tomatoes sold in the market.

Work Independently

Find the percentage.

1.) What is 55 of 90?

2.) What number is 23% of 145?
3.) What number is 16% of 225?
4.) What is 85% of 350?
5.) What is 30% of 500?
6.) 24% of 650 is what number?
7.) 13% of 700 is what number?
8.) 35% of 2500 is what number?
9.) 30% of ₱1500 is how much?
10.) How much is 70% of ₱5000?

Work Harder
Solve each problem

1.) Paulo got 90% in a 10-item test. How many correct answers did he get?

276
 2.) There are 48 pupils in a class. Seventy five percent of them joined the field trip. How
many pupils did not join the trip?

3.) The population of Fourth Estate Elementary School last school year is 6000. This
school year, it increases by 8%. What is the total number of increase this school year?
What is the population of the school this school year?

4.) Neil got 95% in a 120-item test in Math. How many items did he not answer correctly?

5.) Richard sold 80% of the ducks in his backyard. How many ducks did he sell?

6.) In a birthday party, 80% of the 150 chairs were occupied. How many chairs are
empty?

7.) Carla and her friends dined at a restaurant. Their bill amounted to ₱1275.00. They
gave 5% tip out of their total bill. How much was the tip?

8.) Father sold his land amounting ₱500.000. He immediately saved 70% of it for the
education of his children. How much does she saved?

9.) Ricardo picked 35 watermelon from their field. He sold 60% to his neighbors and keep
the rest. How many watermelon did he keep?

10.) Sam received his salary amounting ₱15,000. He spent 12% of his salary to buy a
DVD player and the rest for food and house bills. How much was spend for food and
house bills?

Apply Your Skills

Look at the circle graph and answer the questions below.

SANTOS FAMILY MONTHLY EXPENSES

Education
25%
Food
50% Savings 5%
Water and
Electric bills
20%

1.) How much is spend for food if Santos family has a monthly income of ₱25,000.

277
 2.) If Santos family has an increase of ₱18,500, how much is allotted for education?

3.) How much is spend for water and electric bills if their monthly income is ₱15000?

Concepts to Ponder

 To find the percentage, multiply the rate by the base. Change first the rate to
decimal before multiplying.

 There are many ways in solving for the percentage

1.) Setting up an equation.
2.) Setting up a proportion.

278
Lesson 65

Solving Problems Involving Percents

Warm Up

Solve for the percentage

1.) 30% of 75 6.) 2% of 40

2.) 70% of 90 7.) 35% of 350
3.) 25% of 80 8.) 13% of 250
4.) 8% of 200 9.) 75% of 400
5.) 12% of 1000 10.) 98% of 120

Let Us Discover

There are some terminologies you need to understand to be able to solve problems
involving percents.

Discount is the amount by which the price of a product has been reduced. This is subtracted
from the original price.

Interest is the money paid by the bank or a person for using your money. It is also the
amount you pay for borrowed money. It is added to your deposit or loan.

Commission is the amount a salesman receives for selling a product. It is subtracted from
the gross proceeds.

Sales Tax is the amount the government changes for a bought item. It is added to the
marked price of an item.

Let us analyze and solve this problem.

Discount

Charity bought a calculator with a market price of ₱650. She was given a discount of
8%. How much did she pay for the calculator?

Study the answer to each question

What is asked? The amount she pay for the calculator

What facts are given? ₱650 marked price of the calculator 8% discount

279
 What is the hidden question? The amount of discount.

What operations will be used? To find discount, multiply.

Then subtract the discount from the marked
price.
So, the operations to be used are
multiplication and subtraction

What is the equation or number sentence? 650 – (8% x 650) = n

How is the solution arrived at? The operation inside the parenthesis is
done first.

650 650.00
X 0.08 - 52.00
52.00 – discount 598.00 - sale price

What is the answer? After deducting the discount from the

original price or marked price, Charity
will pay ₱598 for the calculator.

We can also find the sale price and discount using the formula:

Sale price = Original Price –(original price x Rate of discount)

= 650 –(650 x 0.08)

= 650- 52

Sale price = ₱598

Interest

Mr. Villanueve applied for a loan of ₱45000 at 7% inerest for 2 years.

How much is the interest?

Interest is found by using the formula:

Interest = Principal Amount x Rate of interest x time

= 45000 x 0.07 x 2

Interest = ₱6300

Mr. Villanueva will pay an interest of ₱6300 for 2 years.

Commission

280
 A sales agent receives 15% commission for every sales he made.if he was able to sell
₱300,000, How much is his commission?

Commission is computed by multiplying the gross proceeds and rate of commission. It

is found by using the formula.

Commission = Rate of Commission x Gross Proceeds

= 0.15 x 300 000

= ₱45 000

The sales agent will receive ₱45 000 commission.

Sale tax

Elsa and her friends dined at a certain restaurant. Their bill totalled ₱1399 with 12%
sales tax. How much will they pay? How much was the sales tax?

There are formulas to be followed in solving sales tax problems.

Sales tax = Marked Price x Rate of Sales Tax

= 1399 x 0.12

Sales Tax = ₱167. 88

To solve for the amount they will pay, use the formula

Sale Price = Marked Price + Sales Tax

= 1399 + 167.88

Sale Price = ₱1566.88

Therefore, they will pay ₱1566.88 for their total bill amounting ₱1399.
The amount of sales tax is ₱167.88.

Work Independently
281
 A. Find the discount and sale price.

Regular Price Rate of Discount Discount Sales price

1.) ₱500 20%

2.) ₱1200 15%
3.) ₱3700 25%
4.) ₱7500 10%
5.) ₱10 000 40%

B. Find the interest

Principal Rate of Interest pr Time (years) Interest

year
1.) ₱12 000 16% 1½
2.) ₱18 000 21% 2
3.) ₱21 000 5% 3
4.) ₱35 000 11% 3¾
5.) ₱50 000 15% 5

C. Find the Commission and the net proceeds

Gross Proceeds Rate of Commission Commission Net Proceeds

1.) ₱8000 7%
2.) ₱9 450 5%
3.) ₱11 000 8%
4.) ₱15 500 20%
5.) ₱25 900 15%

D. Find the sales tax and the sales price.

Marked Price Rate of Sales Tax Sales Tax Sale Price

1.) ₱575 12%
2.) ₱1250 12%
3.) ₱2800 12%
4.) ₱7588 12%
5.) ₱14 700 12%

Work Harder
282
 Solve each problem.

1.) A colored TV marked ₱25 400.99 is offered at a 25% discount. How much will be the
TV cost?

2.) A pair of pants that is sold for ₱2 500 is on sale at 30% discount. How much is the
discount?

3.) The original price ofa blouse is ₱950. During a sale, it was marked 15%, off. How
much is the blouse.

4.) Esmer sells newspaper on weekends. If his total sales is ₱1500 with a commission of
30%, how much is his commission?

5.) An Avon agents receives 20% commission for every sold items.if she sold a total sales
of ₱27 000, how much net proceeds?

6.) Mr. Arnaiz source of income is selling furniture. He is entitled fo a 10% commission on
every sales he made. If he was able to sell ₱250 000, how much did he receive?

7.) A computer set worth ₱33 900 was paid with 15% sales tax. How much is the selling
price of the computer set? How much is the sales tax?

8.) An air conditioner was sold at ₱24 000 with a sales tax of 12%. Find the amount of
sales tax?

9.) Cedrick deposited his ₱500 000 in the bank with an interest of 7% per annum. How
much interest will he earn after 5 years?

10.) Find the interest gained for 3years for the ₱160 000 loan toa bank at 2.5% interest
rate?

Application

Analyze and solve each problem, following the steps in solving a problem.

1.) The original price of a book is ₱850. After a month, it is marked 15% off discount. How
much is the book?

a.) What is asked?

b.) What are given?
c.) What is the hidden question?
d.) What operations will be used?
e.) What is the number sentence?
f.) How is the solution done?
g.) What is the answer?
283
 2.) Aaliah’s monthly allowance is ₱3000. She saves 10% of her allowance for the gift she
wanted to buy for her grandmother. Howmuch money will she have in 4 months?

a.) What is asked?

b.) What are the given data?
c.) What is the hidden question?
d.) What operations will be used?
e.) What is the number sentence?
f.) How is the solution done?
g.) What is the complete answer?

Concepts to Ponder

 To solve problems involving percents, use the following formulas:

- Interest = Principal Amount x Rate of Interest x Time

- Discount = Original Price x Rate of Discount

- Sales tax = Marked Price x Rate of sales tax

- Commission = Gross Proceeds x Rate of Commission

 Change percent to decimal before multiplying.

 Follow the steps in solving a problem – Think, Plan, Carry-out the plan,
Check or use the acronym AGPESA – Asked, Given, Process, Equation,
Solution, Answer.

284
Lesson 66

Describing and Naming Polygons

Warm Up

Name the following

1.) A
B C
2.)

3.) Y Z

4.) L M

Q
5.)
R

Let Us Discover

On his way to school, Adrian noticed many traffic signs along the road. One of the

traffic signs is STOP . What kind of figure is it?

Let us study the polygons below.

Polygon Name Number of Description

sides or
Angles

A closed shape that is made up

Triangle 3 of three lines and three angles.

A closed shape that has four

Quadrilateral 4 sides and four angles.
285
 A closed figure that has five
Pentagon 5 sides and five angles.

A closed figure that has six

Hexagon 6 sides and six angles.

A closed figure that has seven

Heptagon 7 sides and seven angles.

A closed figure that has eight

Octagon 8 sides and eight angles.

A closed figure that has nine

Nonagon 9 sides and nine angles.

A closed figure that has ten

Decagon 10 sides and ten angles.

These closed figures are called polygons. A polygon is a flat shape that has three or
more lines and angles. Polygons are classified according to the number of their sides and
angles.

The kind of figure Adrian saw is an octagon.

286
Work Independently

Name each of the following polygons. Write your answers in the blanks.

1.) 6.)

2.) 7.)

3.) 8.)

4.) 9.)

5.) 10.)

Work Harder

Name each polygon.

1.) 6.)

287
 2.) 7.)

3.) 8.)

4.) 9.)

5.) 10.)

Apply Your Skills

Name the polygon being described.

1.) A flat surface having seven sides and seven angles.

2.) A closed figure that has four sides and four angles.

3.) A closed figure that has nine sides and nine angles.

4.) A flat surface that has three sides and three angles.

5.) A flat surface having ten sides and ten angles.

Concepts to Ponder

 Polygon is made up of line segments called sides joined at the endpoints

called vertices.

 To describe and name polygons, count the number of sides and angles.

288
Lesson 67

Describing and Comparing Properties of

Polygons
Warm Up

Name each polygon

1.) 4.)

2.) 5.)

3.) 6.)

Let Us Discover

Convex and Concave Polygons

Every polygon is either convex or concave. The difference between convex and
concave polygons lies in the measures of their angles. For a polygon to be convex, all of its
interior angles must be less than 180 degrees. On the other hand, concave polygon has an
interior angles greater than 1800.

Another way to think of it is this, the diagonals of a convex polygon will all be in the
interior of the polygon, whereas certain diagonals of a concave polygon will lie outside the
polygon, on its exterior.

289
 Convex Polygons Concave Polygon

Regular Polygon

Polygons can also be classified as equilateral, equiangular or both. Equilateral

polygons have congruent sides like a rhombus. Equiangular polygons have congruent
interior angles like a rectangle. When a polygon is both equilateral and equiangular, it is
called a regular polygon. A square is an example of regular polygon. The center of a regular
polygon is the point which all the vertices of the polygon are equidistant.

Equilateral Polygon Equiangular Polygon

Rhombus Rectangle

Regular Polygons

Triangle Quadrilateral Pentagon Hexagon

290
 Heptagon Octagon Nonagon Decagon

Irregular Polygons

Irregular polygons have sides that are not of equal length and all of the angles are not
equal.

Quadrilateral Pentagon Hexagon

Diagonals

One property of all convex polygons has to do with the number of diagonals that it
has. Every convex polygon with n sides has:

Formula = n (n – 3)
2

Name of Polygon Number of Number of diagonals formed.

sides

4 (4-3) = 4 x 1 = 4 = 2
Quadrilateral 4 2 2 2

5 (5 -3) = 5 x 2 = 10 = 5
Pentagon 5 2 2 2

291
 Repeat the above process for polygons with 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 sides and find the
number of diagonals each polygon can form.

Interior Angles

The interior angles of polygons follow certain patterns based on the number of sides,
too. First of all, a polygon with n sides has n vertices, and therefore has n interior angles.
Formula = (n-2) x 1800

Name of Number of Number of Sum of interior angles Each angle

Polygon sides Triangles formed

Quadrilatera 4 2 (4-2) x 1800 = 3600 900

l
5 3 (5-2) x 1800 = 5400 1080
Pentagon
6 4 (6-2) x 1800 = 7200 1200
Hexagon

Repeat the above process for polygons with 7, 8, 9, and 10 sides and find the number
of triangles each polygon can form.

Exterior Angles

An exterior angle on a polygon is formed by extending one of the sides of the

polygons outside of the polygon, thus creating an angle supplementary to the interior angle
at that vertex. Because of the congruence of vertical angles, it doesn’t matter which side is
extended, the exterior angle will be the same.

The sum of the exterior angles of any polygon (convex polygon) is 360 degrees.

Name of Polygon Number of sides Each exterior angle Measurement

Quadrilateral 4 3600 = 900

4
Pentagon 5 3600 = 720
5
Hexagon 6 3600 = 600
6

292
Work Independently

A. Tell whether the following polygons are convex or concave.

1.) 6.)

2.) 7.)

3.) 8.)

4.) 9.)

5.) 10.)

293
 B. Describe each polygon and tell whether the polygon is regular or irregular.

1.)

2.)

3.)

4.)

5.)

Work Harder

A. Find the sum of the interior of each of the following polygons.

1.) Octagon

2.) Decagon

3.) Hexagon

294
 4.) Heptagon

5.) Pentagon

B. Find the exterior angle of each polygon

1.) Triangle

2.) Pentagon

3.) Nonagon

4.) Decagon

5.) Heptagon

Apply Your Skills Solve each problem

1.) Find the interior and exterior angle of a regular hexagon below.

2.) Calculate the exterior angle of a regular octagon and write down the value of the
interior angle

295
Concepts to Ponder

 Regular polygon is a polygon where all its sides and all its angles are
equal.

 Irregular polygon has sides that are not equal length and all its angles are
nor equal.

 Convex Polygon has interior angles less than 180 degrees.

 Concave polygon has interior angles greater than 180 degrees

296
Lesson 68

Identifying and Describing Congruent and

Similar Polygons
Warm Up

Complete the given chart.

Name of Polygon Number of Sides Number of angles

Triangle

Quadrilateral

Pentagon

Hexagon

Heptagon

Octagon

Nonagon

Decagon

Let Us Discover

Congruent Polygons

Congruent Polygons are polygons that have the same size and the same shape.
Congruent shapes have all their sides and angles congruent.

Let us see some congruent polygons.

297
Similar Polygons

Similar polygons are figures that have exactly same shape but not the same size. In
similar polygons, the size of he angles does no change.

If two polygons are similar, one figure is an enlargement of the other. The size change
factor tells the amount of enlargement or reduction.

Let us study the examples

1.) If a copy machine is used to copy a drawing or picture, the copy will be similar to the
original.

Exact Copy Copy machine set to

100%. Size change factor
is 1x

Original Copy

Enlargement

Copy machine set to

200%. Size change
factor is 2x

Original Copy

298
 Reduction

Copy machine set to 50%.

Size change factor is 0.5x

Original Copy

2.) The triangle CAT and DOG are similar. The larger triangle is an enlargement of the
smaller triangle.

T
T

3 cm 2 cm
6 cm 4 cm

A
C
4 cm
A

C 8 cm

3.) Each side in the larger triangle is twice the size of the corresponding side in the
smaller triangle.

The two quadrilaterals above have the same shape, but not the same size.
The two quadrilaterals are similar.

299
 3.)
Area= 15 cm2
3 cm Area= 15 cm 2 3 cm

5 cm 5 cm

The two quadrilaterals shown above have the same area but not the same shape.
They are not congruent and not similar.

Work Independently
A. Identify the following sets of polygons. Write the word congruent or similar in the
blank.

_____1.) ______6.)

_____2.) ______7.)

_____3.) ______8.)

_____4.) ______9.)

_____5.) ______10.)

300
B. Identify the polygon that is congruent as the given polygon in each row.

301
302
Work Harder

Check the appropriate box for each of the following sets of polygons.

1.)

Similar

Congruent

2.)

Similar and congruent

Similar and not Congruent

3.)

Similar and Congruent

Not Congruent and not similar

303
 4.)

S Similar and congruent

Not similar and not Congruent

5.)

Not similar

Similar

Apply Your Skills

Which shape in the figures below are congruent and which are similar?

A B
E
C
D

K I
F G

H M

J
L

304
Concepts to Ponder

 Congruent polygons are figures that have the same size and the same
shape.

 Similar polygons are figures that have exactly same shape but do not have
the same size.

305
Lesson 69

Finding the Missing Dimension in a Pair of

Similar Polygons
Warm Up

Identify each pair of polygon. Write Congruent or Similar on the space provided.

________1.) _________4.)

_________2.) _________5.)

_________3.) _________6.)

Let Us Discover

Two polygons are similar if and only if their corresponding angles are congruent and
there is a proportional relationship among the measures of corresponding sides.

Let us study the pairs of quadrilateral below.

A
L

D B O M

N
C

306
Quadrilateral ABCD is similar to quadrilateral LMNO and can be written as
ABCD ~ LMNO. The symbol “~ ” means “ is similar to”.

We will match the corresponding angles and corresponding sides of the two polygons.
< D ≅< O, < C ≅ < N, < B ≅ < M, < A ≅ < L

Corresponding sides of similar polygons have a proportional relationship which can be

written as follows:
DC = CB = AB = AD
NO NM LM OL

In these ratios, we are comparing the measure of a side of the larger quadrilaterals to the
corresponding measure of a side of the smaller quadrilaterals.

We could have compared the measure of a side of the smaller quadrilateral to the
corresponding measure of a side of the larger quadrilateral. Order is important in these
proportional relationships. Each of these ratios of corresponding sides determines a scale
factor from quadrilateral ABCD to quadrilateral LMNO.

Let us study the examples.

D P
1.)
C O x?
6 cm
N R M
9 cm Q 27 cm
We can use proportion to find the length of side DQ in quadrilateral DPQM.
Side NR corresponds to side QM.
Side CN corresponds to side DQ.

DQ = QM
CN NR

X = 27
6 9

X = 6 x 27
9

X = 18 cm.

The length of side BQ is 18 cm.

307
 P

x? 1.5 in
M U

4 in I
2.) Y?
20 in 2 in

H C
16 in E 5 in L

Since the quadrilaterals are similar, their sides are proportional.

We can set up proportion between the sides

MN = MH = HC = UC
IL EL PE PI

Let us use proportion to find the length of side MU and side UC.

MU = MH MC = HC
IL LE PI PE

X = 20 y = 16
2 5 1.5 4

X = 2 x 20 y = 1.5 x 16
5 4

X = 8 y = 6

The length of side MU is 8 inches The length of side UC is 6 inches

3.) K 4m O
o
a 50 b
15m
6m
12m x?
40o
o
90
50o
C I
E 8m

Triangles ACE is similar to triangle KOI. Find the unknown angles and length in the
figures.

Side AC corresponds to side KI.

Side EC corresponds to side KO.
308
 Side AE corresponds to side OI.

<a = < CAE

= < KIO corresponds to < CAE
= 40o

<b = < KOI

= < AEC corresponds to < KOI
= 90o

Let us find the length of side KI

KI = KO
AC CE

X = 4
15 8

X = 15 x 4
8

X = 7.5 m

The length of side KI is 7.5 meters.

Work Independently
A. Find the unknown dimension in each of the following figures.
E F
O P
1.) 24 cm
x?

Q R Q H
10 cm 15 cm
B
2.) Y
12 m 10 m
x? 5m
A C X Z
16 m S 6 cm 8 m
a? P T
O
9 cm
3.) 12 cm

Q A U
V

309
 Q 12 m U K 4m I
4.)
d? 5m

T 8m E
A D
24 m E

m? I
S K
5.) 63 in
48 in 54 in 35 in

C E
Y 56 in

B. Find the missing dimension.

B

N
x?
y?
1.)
30o 60o
A F

90o L
z?

U
T E
2.) L I
N?

90o
E
A R T

310
 P R

106o
S X? A
. T U
106o
3.) 111o 111o

E D
W?
K C

B E
117o
R A
4.)
P? 117o
o
Y 126 A
C 126o D

R? 117o 117o
T U E L
T

C
L
5.)
G? B 120o
H?
120o O
S

100o A
K
120o
80 o
120o
P
C
E

311
Work Harder
Find the missing measures?
T m?
I
2.5 in
L A
1.)
7.5 in 7.5 in
1.5 in 1.5 in

D C

2.) 3 cm

20 cm 4 cm

p?
O
30cm
E
3.) n? L?
R
13cm S 20cm
10cm
B W m? K
T

S
S A 90o
4.) P
120o 125o
145o

Y
Y K E 125o S
A 90o

120o T
180 o X
U H
R

312
 D

30o A

5.) B
O
110o

40o

G
Apply Your Skills

Solve each problem

1.) In the figure in the right, triangle ABC is similar to triangle EFG. Write and solve a
proportion to find each missing side measure.
A
9 cm G
6 cm
6 cm C E 4 cm

X? Y?
F
B

2.) Polygon ABCD is similar to polygon QRST. Find the missing measure.

8 cm e?

12 cm 24 cm 45 cm
c?

60 cm
15 cm

313
314
Concepts to Ponder

 To find the missing dimension in a pair of similar polygons, match the

corresponding angles and corresponding sides of the two polygons.

 Order is important in the proportional relationships of the two polygons.

 The ratio of the lengths of two corresponding sides of two similar polygons
is called the scale factor.

 You can use scale factor of similar figures or a proportion to find the
missing measures.

315
Lesson 70

Visualizing, Describing, Identifying and

Defining Circle and Terms Related to Circle
Warm Up

Name and describe each polygon

1.)

2.)

3.)

4.)

5.)

Let Us Discover

Look at the following circles. Explain why all radii of a circle are congruent.

A B C

316
Let us first study circle and the terms related to it to know the answer.

Circle

A circle is a set of points equidistant from a given point. The point from which all the
points on a circle are equidistant is called the center of the circle, and the distance from that
point to the circle is called the radius of the circle.
See the diagram below.

The circle on the left has its center at point C and a

C radius of length r. By definition, all radii of a circle are
r congruent, since all points on a circle are the same
distance from the center and the radii of a circle have
one endpoint on the circle and one at the center

All circles have diameter, too. The diameter of a circle is the segment that contains the
center and whose endpoints are both on the circle. The length of the diameter is twice that of
the radius. Therefore, all diameters of a circle are congruent, too.

The diameter of a Circle

Keep in mind that an infinite number of radii and diameters can be drawn in a circle.
Although they are congruent, they are not the same. Sometimes a strategically placed radius
will help make a problem much clearer. Likewise, diameters can be drawn into a circle to
strategically divide the area within the circle. Each of these techniques is prevalent in
geometric proofs and each is based on the facts that all radii are congruent and all diameters
are congruent. However, their position when drawn makes each one different.

Characteristic of Circles

Special names are given to geometric figures that lie on or inside circles. Among these
geometric figures are arc, chords, sectors an segments.

Arc

The arc of a circle consist of two points on the circle and all the points on the circle that
lie between these two points. It’s like a segment that was wrapped partway around a circle.
An arc is measured not by its length (although it can be) but most often by the measure of

317
the angle whose vertex is the center of the circle and whose rays intercept the endpoints of
the arc. Hence an arc can be anywhere from 0 to 360 degrees.

C
A

The arc above contains point A,B, and all the points between them. Every pair of
endpoints defines two arcs. An arc whose measure is less than 180 degrees is called a minor
arc. An arc whose measure is greater than 180 degrees is called a major arc. An arc whose
measure equals 180 degrees is called a semicircle, since it divides a circle into two. Every
pair of endpoints on a circle defines one minor arc, one major arc or two semicircles. Only
when the endpoints arc endpoints of a diameter is the circle divided into semicircles.

Minor Arc Semicircle

B

C
A
D E

Diameter
Major Arc

A central angle is an angle whose vertex is the center of a circle. Any central angle intercepts
the circle at two points, thus defining an arc. The measure of a central angle and the arc it
defines are congruent.

Xo Xo

A central angle and the arc it defines

318
Chord

A chord is a segment whose endpoints are on a circle. Thus, a diameter is a special

chord that includes the center.

A chord

Chords have a number of interesting properties. Every chord defines an arc whose
endpoints are the same as those of a chord. For example, a diameter and a semicircle arc a
chord and arc that share the same endpoints. The union of a chord with a central angle
forms a triangle whose sides are the chord and the two radii that lie in the rays that make up
the angle. This kind of triangle is always an isosceles triangle. Also, the diameter
perpendicular to a given chord is also perpendicular bisector of that chord.

C B

D AD = BD
A

Properties of Chords

Sectors and Segments

Central angles and chords also define certain regions within a circle. These regions are
called sectors and segments. A sector of a circle is the region enclosed by a central angle of
the circle and the circle itself. A segment of a circle is the region enclosed by a chord and the
arc that the chord defines. A given segment is always a sub region of the sector defined by
the central angle that intersects the circle at the endpoints of the chord that defines the given
segment. Take a look with the illustration below.

E
B
C

D
A
A sector and segment of a circle

319
 The sector is the region shaded in on the left. The rays of the central angle DEC and
the arc DE enclose the sector. The segment of the circle which is shaded in on the right side
of the circle, is bounded by the chord AB and the arc AB. Were the central angle ACB to be
drawn, a sector would be defined that would include all the segment created by the chord
AB.

Tangent Lines and Secant Lines

A tangent line is a line that intersects a circle at one point. Such a line is said to be
tangent to that circle. The point at which the circle and the line intersect is the point of
tangency.

T
L The line L is tangent to circle C.
Point T is the point of tangency
C

A tangent line

When radius of a circle is drawn to a point of tangency, the radius is perpendicular to

the tangent line containing that point of tangency. This means that for any tangent line, there
exist a perpendicular radius.
T L

A tangent line is perpendicular to a radius.

A tangent segment with one endpoint at the point of tangency and its other endpoint
somewhere on the tangent line. A tangent segment is also perpendicular to the radius of the
circle whose endpoint is the point of tangency.
T A L

A tangent segment

320
Secant Lines

A secant line is a line that intersects a circle at two points. Every secant line, therefore,
contains a chord of the circle it intersects.

C B

A
A secant line

Inscription and Circumscription

Certain geometric figures are created by combining circles with one geometric figures,
such as polygons. There are two simple ways to unite a circle with a polygon.
One is inscription, and the other is circumscription

B C
When a polygon is inscribed in a
circle, it means that each of the
G vertices of that polygon intersects the
circle. The hexagon ABCDEF is
A F inscribed in the circle G.

E
A circle being inscribed
B
When a polygon is circumscribed
about a circle, it means that each of
E the sides of polygon is tangent to the
A
C circle. The quadrilateral ABCD is
circumscribed about the circle E.

A circle being circumscribed

321
Concentric Circles

Concentric circles are circles that have the same center. Just because a circle is inside
another circle doesn’t mean they are concentric, they must have the same point as their
center. Any number of circles can be concentric to one another, provided they all share a
center.

Work Independently

Identify the term being described in each diagram.

1.) 6.)

2.) 7.)

3.) 8.)

4.) 9.)

322
 5.) 10.)
C

Work Harder

Identify each diagram.

1.) 6.)

2.) 7.)

3.) 8.)

4.) 9.)

323
 5.) 10.)

Apply Your Skills

Answer the following.

1.) In the following figures, decide whether a polygon is inscribed in a circle,

circumscribed about a circle, or neither of these.

a.) b.) c.) d.)

2.) Is the following a drawing of secant line, tangent line, tangent segment or none of
those?

a.) b.) c.) d.)

C C

Concepts to Ponder
324
 Circle is a set of points equidistant from a given point.

 All radii of a circle are congruent since all points on a circle are the same distance
from the center and the radii of a circle have one endpoint on the circle and one
at the center.

 All circles have diameter, too. The length of the diameter is twice that of the
radius. All diameters of the circles are congruent, too.

 Special names are given to geometric figures that lie on or inside circles. Among
these geometric figures are arcs, chords, sectors, and segments.

 The point at which the circle and the line intersect is the point of tangency.

 There are two simple ways to unite a circle. One is inscription and the other is
circumscription.

 Secant line is a line that intersects a circle at two points. Every secant line
contains a chord of the circle it intersects.

325
Lesson 71

Drawing Circles with Different Radii Using

a Compass
Warm Up

Identify the term described by each of the following diagram.

1.)
C

2.)

3.)

4.)

5.)

Let Us Discover

What tool is used to make circles?

326
A compass is an instrument used to draw circles or the parts of circles called arcs. It consist
of two movable arm hinged together where one arm has a pointed end and the other arm
holds a pencil.

Hinge
Pencil

Hold for a pencil

Compass Needle

To draw a circle with a compass:

 Make sure that the hinge at the top of the compass is tightened so that it does not slip.
 Tighten the hold for the pencil so it also, does not slip.
 Align the pencil lead with the compass’s needle.
 Press down the needle and turn the knob at the point of the compass to draw a circle.

327
Study the example:

1.) Use a compass to draw a radius of 6 cm.

Step 1: Use a ruler to set the distance from the point of the compass to the
pencils lead at 6 cm.
Step 2: Place the point of the compass at the center of the circle.
Step 3: Draw the circle by turning the compass through 360 o

6 cm

Work Independently

Draw circles using a compass with the following radius.

1.) 2.5 cm 6.) 15 cm

2.) 1.5 cm 7.) 12.5 cm
3.) 3 cm 8.) 25 cm
4.) 4 cm 9.) 18 cm
5.) 5.5 cm 10.) 10 cm

328
Work Harder

Look around your room and find some circles. Keep a record of them in the column
under object. Draw the object using a compass and measure the diameter and radius in
centimeter.

Object Diameter (cm) Radius (cm)

329
Apply Your Skills

Read the problem and answer the questions that follow.

Mary and her friends went out for pizza after work. The waiter brought the pizza to
their table. Mary noticed that the pizza was a perfect circle so she measured the diameter
and found it to be 18 inches.

a.) What is the radius of the pizza that Mary and her friends had?

b.) Use what you know about the properties of circles to explain why yur answer is
correct.

c.) If Mary ordered another pizza, with a diameter of 15 inches, what would be the radius?

Concepts to Ponder

 A compass is an instrument use to draw circles o parts of circles called

arcs.
 To draw a circle using a compass:
1. Make sure that the hinge at the to of the compass is tightened so
that it does not ship.
2. Tighten the hold for the pencil so it also does not ship.
3. Align the pencil lead with the compass needle.
4. Press down the needle and turn the knob at the top of the compass
to draw a circle.

330
LESSON 72

Using Models and Determining the

Patterns in Illustrating and Completing
Mathematical Sentence
Warm Up
Fill in the blank with the correct numbers.
1. 2, 4, 6, , 10, 12
2. 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, , 64
3. 5, , 15, 20, 25, 30
4. 4, 8, 12, , 20, 24
5. 20, 17, 14, 11, ,5

Let Us Discover

John Mark and his uncle are planning to fence a 3m wide piece of land for a vegetable
garden. They want to know how the amount of fencing materials will increase as the length of
the garden increases.

Making a table will help solve the problem. Look at the figures. Each side of one
square is 3m.

P = 12m P = 18m P = 24m P = 30m P = 36m

Notice that the perimeter of the first square is 12m. The perimeter of each succeeding
figure increases by 6. The table below shows you how the length of the garden relates with
its perimeter.

Length of the Garden 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30

(in meters)
Perimeter 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66
(in meters)

The perimeters in the second row of the table from a sequence or an ordered list of
numbers that was generated from a pattern. Such a sequence is called arithmetic sequence.
The pattern of which is that the difference between consecutive terms is the same.

331
Let us study the examples

1.

2 4 6 8

The numbers 2, 4, 6 and 8 form a sequence.

What is the next term in this sequence?
You will notice that each term is increased by 2. Hence, the fifth term is 8 + 2 =10
This sequence is based on addition.

2.

2 4 8 16

The numbers 2, 4, 8 and 16 form a sequence.

What is the term in this sequence?
Each term is multiplied by 2 to get the preceding term.
This sequence is based in multiplication.

3. Using the following number patter, 3, 12, 48, 192…

What is the 8th number in the sequence?
A formula will help you in finding the nth term in a sequence.
Since the pattern starts with 3 and jumps into 12. Then you get the next term by

Let us make a table to find the 8th term.

Term Number
1 3
2 12 = ( 3x3) + 3
3 48 = ( 3x12) + 12
4 192 = (3x192) + 48
5 768 = (3x192) + 192
6 3072 = (3x768) + 3072
7 12288 = (3x3072) + 3072
8 49152 = (3x12288) + 12288
Hence, the 8th term is 49 152.

332
Work Independently
A.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100

This square shows the multiples of a number. What is this number?

Write down the numbers that should go in each of these boxes.
The number square will help you with some of them.

1. The fifth multiple of is .

2. The th multiple of is 36.

3. The 12th multiple of is .

4. The 20th multiple of is .

5. The th multiple of is 96.

B. Each sequence of shapes below is made up of lines which join two points.
For each sequence:
a. Write down the number of lines as a sequence.
b. Explain how to obtain the next term of the sequence.
c. Draw the next shape and check your answer.

1.

2.

3.

333
 4.

5.

Work Harder

A. Write down a sequence for the number of dots in each pattern then explain how to get
the next number.

1.

2.

3.
334
 4.

5.

Apply Your Skills

Do what is asked.

1. Write first ten numbers in the sequence formed by the perimeters of these figures.

2. Write the missing terms in the sequence.

15, 20, 25, , , ,

3. Find the next five terms in this sequence

1, 6, 11, 16, 26, , , , , ,

4. Find the next six terms in this sequence.

335
 1 2 3

Draw pattern 4.
How many sticks are needed for pattern 4?

Pattern 1 2 3 4
Number of Sticks 4 7 10 ?

Concepts to Ponder

 A pattern is a general form by which things can be arranged or ordered in

an organized way.
 A pattern can be described by a formula that uses variable.

336
LESSON 73

Understanding Simple Equations

Warm Up

Convert into equation then solve.

1. Subtract 129 from 1000.
2. Add 85 to the product of 20 and 7.
3. Thirty six divided by 3 plus 4.
4. Decrease 2499 by 1745.
5. What is 692 more than 2000.

Let Us Discover

Jack went to a department store. He had P350.

How much more money does he need to buy a shirt that cost P499?

Let us help Jack to find the answer.

You can use x to represent the amount of money that needs more to buy a shirt, since
you don’t know how much more money he needs.

350 + x

The mathematical phrase 350 + x is an example of expression. It contains a number a

variable and an operation sign. It represents a certain value.

In the expression 350 + x, the variable is x. It can take different values.

However, to solve the problem, you can write an equation about it using the
expression 350 + x. The equation for the problem is given below.

350 + x = 499

The amount The amount The cost of

of money Jack needs the shirt
Jack which is not Jack wants
already has given to buy

An equation is a mathematical sentence that states the equality of two expressions.

So this means that the expressions must be equal.

337
 Given the equation 350 + x=499, you can subtract 350 from both sides of the equation
to solve for the value of x.

350 + x = 499
350 - 350 + x = 499 - 350
0 + x = 149
X = 149

Since x = 149, Jack needs P 149 more to buy the shirt.

In Language of Algebra, an equation is the basic number “sentence”. An equation is a

mathematical expression that contains an equal sign. It tells us that two expressions mean
the same thing or represent the same number.

Study the examples below

1) 32 + 2 = 14 x – 9 = 20 p + 2p = 3

The most important skill to develop in algebra is the ability to translate a moral problem
into the correct equation so that you can solve the problem easily.

2) A number n times 3 is equal to 120.

This is an easy one. The word “times” means that you must multiply the variable n by 3,
and that the result is equal to 120.

3n = 120

3) Twenty five pesos was one-fourth of the total money spent.

The unknown amount is the total money spent. Let’s call this m, We know that P25 is
equal to one-fourth of m, so we can write the equation like this:

1
m=P 25
4

Work Independently

Translate the mathematical sentence into equation.

1. A number increase by 10 is 25.
2. The sum of 5 and 3 more than 5 is 13.
3. Nine squared plus a number n is 89.
4. A number divided by 7 is 8.
5. A number plus 11 is 14.
6. Fourteen is the difference between a number and seven.
7. Seven is ¼ of some number.
338
 8. Twice a number increased by 5 is 21.
9. A number n times 11 is 22.
10. The quotient of 35 and a number is 7.

Work Harder

Match each sentence to its equation. Write the letter of the correct answer on the
space provided.

1. A number decreased by 12 is 15. a. 3x = 39

2. The sum of 12 and 8 is 20. b. 12 +8 = 20
3. Eight times a number is 40. c. 5 -7 = 9
4. The product of z and 7 is 42. d. 8x = 40
5. Three times a number is 39. e. (b+4) – 5 = 9
6. Twice a number decreased by 18 is 6. f. x + 12 =15
7. Four times a number increased by 18 is 6. g. 3x – 5 = 25
8. Seven less that 5 is 9. h. 4x + 6 = 26
9. Five less than the sum of b and 4 is 9. i. 2a – 18 6
10. Five less than three times a number is twenty five. j. z x 7 = 42

Apply Your Skills

Write an equation using variable for each situation. Then solve for the variable.

1. Rica has some apples. Jennifer has 10 apples.

If together they have 37 apples, how many apples has Rica?

Equation:
Value of the Variable:
Complete Answer:

2. Marco has some amount of money. Rocco has P150 and together they have P545.
How much money has Marco?

Equation:
Value of the Variable:
Complete Answer:

Concepts to Ponder

 An equation is a mathematical sentence that contains an equal sign.

 To solve an equation means to find a value for the variable that will make
the sentence true.

339
Lesson 74

Using Patterns to Solve for the Unknown in

Simple Equations
Warm Up

Write the following mathematical phrase into mathematical expressions.

1. The sum of x and 10

2. Twenty three decreased by seven
3. One more than the product of six and four
4. A number divided by two
5. Six added to the quotient of twelve and three

Let Us Discover

You have used letters as representations of values in previous lessons. You have
seen these letters in different formulas. These letters are called variables. Their values can
vary. For example, n can stand for any number. It can be 2, 5, 7, 35, or 125.

An expression is a mathematical phrase that uses numbers, variables and operation

symbols to represent a value.

In an expression with variables, the multiplication symbol is usually omitted.

4b means 4 x b

mn means m x n

On the other hand, equation is a statement that two expressions are equal.

As the value of variable changes, the value of the expression also changes.
Look at the table below of the value of the expression 3n.

n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3n 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30

The table shows values for the expression 3n where n is equal to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,

9 and 10.

To find the value of an expression, you evaluate it using a given value of a variable.
That is, you substitute the variable with an exact value and perform the operation.

340
Study the examples

1.) What is the value of 2x + 4 if x is equal to 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6?

When x = 2, 2x + 4 = 2(2) + 4 = 4 + 4 = 8.

When x = 3, 2x + 4 = 2(3) + 4 = 6 + 4 = 10.

When x = 4, 2x + 4 = 2(4) + 4 = 8 + 4 = 12.

When x = 5, 2x + 4 = 2(5) + 4 = 10 + 4 = 14.

When x = 6, 2x + 4 = 2(6) + 4 = 12 + 4 = 16.

The values of 2x + 4, where x = 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 are shown in the table below.

X 2 3 4 5 6
2x + 2 8 10 12 14 16

2.) What is the value of 7y – 3 if y is equal to 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10?

When y = 3, 7y – 3 = 7(3) – 3 = 21 – 3 = 18.

When y = 4, 7y – 3 = 7(4) – 3 = 28 – 3 = 25.

When y = 5, 7y – 3 = 7(5) – 3 = 35 – 3 = 32.

Continue substituting to get the value of 7y – 3 up to y = 10.

Let us present the data in the table.

y 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
7y - 3 18 25 32 ? ? ? ? ?

The values of 7y – 3 for the given values of y are 18, 25, 32, 39, 46, 53, 60 and 67.

Work Independently

Find the value of each expression.

1.) 3x + 6

x 2 3 4 5 6
3x + 6
341
2.) 4a – 2

a 4 5 6 7 8
4a – 2

3.) 2y x 7

Y 2 4 6 8 10
2y x 7

4.) 5n ÷ 2

N 4 6 8 10 12
5n ÷ 2

5.) 4m + 6

m 5 6 7 8 9
4m + 6

Work Harder

A. Find the value of each expression if y = 3.

10 y
1.) y + 10 6.) +8
2

2.) 3y + 4 7.) y + 6 – 3

8y
3.) 5y – 9 8.) - 2
4

4.) 15 – y 9.) 3y – 7

5.) 4y – 3 10.) 11 – 3y

342
B. Complete each table.

1.) x + 5

x 2 3 4 5 6
X+5

2.) 5x – 6

x 2 3 4 5 6
5x – 6

Apply Your Skills

Read each problem and complete the table.

1.) Lloyd has oranges to sell. John has three times as much as Lloyd and six more oranges
to sell. How many oranges can John have?

Lloyd’s
oranges x 25 50 75 100 125
John’s
oranges 3x + 6

2.) For every sampaguita garland that Clarita sells, Albina sells twice as much and four more.
How many sampaguita garlands can Albina sell?

Clarita’ sampaguita
garland x 2 9 15 18 24
Albina’s sampaguita
garland 2x + 4

Concepts to Ponder

 A variable is a letter assigned to a value that is unknown and can vary.

 An expression is a mathematical phrase that uses numbers, variables and
operation symbols to represent a value.
 To evaluate an expression, substitute the variable with the assigned value.

343
Lesson 75

Using Models to Estimate the

Circumference of a Circle
Warm Up
Use a compass to draw circles with the following radius.

1.) 2.5 cm
2.) 3.7 cm
3.) 8.2 cm
4.) 10 cm
5.) 15 cm

Let us Discover

A circular table has a radius of 20 inches. Find its estimated circumference?

Let us first study the same parts of a circle.

Circumference of a circle is the actual length

around the circle which is equal to 360o

Diameter of a circle is a line segment that passes

through the center of the circle and whose endpoints
are both on the circle. The diameter is twice as long
as the radius.

Radius is a line segment that connects the center to a point on

the circle.

To estimate the circumference of a circle, multiply the diameter by 3 because the

length of the circumference is about equal to three times the length of the diameter.

C ≈ 3 x d (the symbol “≈” means “ is approximately equal to”

≈ 3 x 40

20 in ≈ 120 inches

The circumference of the table is about 120 inches.

344
Let us study the other examples.

C≈3xd C≈3xd
3m
1.) ≈3 x 4 2.) ≈3 x 6

≈ 12 ≈ 18

The circumference is approximately The circumference is approximately

equal to 12 meters. equal to 18 meters.

Work Independently

Estimate the circumference of each circle.

1.) 7m 6.)
20 in

2.) 10 m 7.)
30 cm

3.) 9 in 8.)
60 cm

345
 4.) 2m 9.)
15 m

5.) 10.) 16 m
12 in

Work Harder

Find the approximate circumference of each circle.

1.) 6.)
28.75 m 75 in

2.) 7.)
36.2 m 35 cm

3.) 15.3 m 8.) 100 cm

4.) 9.)
25.2 m 400 cm

346
 5.) 45.5 in 10.) 1000 mm

Apply Your Skills

Solve each problem.

1.) Jackie has a circular bracelet with a diameter of 5 centimeters. What is the estimated
circumference of her bracelet?

2.) A basketball hoop has a diameter of approximately 18 inches. What is its approximate
circumference?

Concepts to Ponder

 The circumference of a circle is approximately three times the diameter.

347
Lesson 76

Finding the Circumference of the Given

Circle Using the Formula/s Derived
Warm Up

Estimate the circumference of each having the following measurement.

1.) d=5m
2.) d = 10 m
3.) d = 25 cm
4.) r = 15 in
5.) r = 12 in

Let Us Discover

The circumference of a circle is the distance around it. The term is used when
measuring physical objects, as well as when considering abstract geometric forms.

The circumference of a circle relates to one of the most important mathematical

constant in all of mathematics. This constant, pi, is represented by Greek letter π.
The numerical value of π is 3.14 and is defined by two proportionality constants. The first
constant is the ratio of a circle’s circumference to its diameter and equals π. While the
second constant is the ratio of the diameter and two times the radius and is used to convert
the diameter to radius in the same ratio as the first, π. Both proportionality constant combine
in respect with circumference ( c), diameter (d) and radius ® to become:

C = πd or C = 2πr

Let us study the examples.

1.) Hayley has a circular garden in her backyard. The distance from the center of the
garden to its edges is 12 feet. What is he circumference of Hayley’s garden?

Since radius is given, let us use the formula:

12 feet C=2xπxr
C = 2 x 3.14 x 12
C = 75.36

Hayley’s circular garden has a circumference of 75.36 feet.

348
 2.) A round barbeque pit has a diameter of 27.5 centimeters. What is its circumference?

C = πd

C = 3.14 x 27.5

27.5 cm C = 86.75

The barbeque pit has a circumference of 86.35 centimeters.

Work Independently

Find the circumference of each circle using the derived formulas.

1.) 6.)

96 in
6m

13 m
2.) 7.) 8m

32 cm 4.5 cm
3.) 8.)

4.) 16 in 9.)

2.8 m

5.) 10.)
42 in
349 28.5 in
Work Harder

Use the derived formulas to solve the circumference of each circle.

1.) 6.)
41 in 10 cm

2.) 7.)
60 cm

36 ft.

3.) 8.)
98 ft. 120 cm

4.) 9.)
75 in
30.5 in

5.) 10.) 125 cm

100 cm

350
Apply Your Skills

Solve each problem

1.) Abram has a plate that has a diameter of 15 inches. What is the circumference of the
plate?

2.) Find the circumference of a ring with a radius of 4.5 mm.

Concepts to Ponder

 To find the circumference of a given circle, use the formulas:

C = πd if the diameter is given or C = 2 πr if the radius is given

 Use the correct units of measure in labeling.

351
Lesson 77

Solving Problems Involving Circumference

Warm Up
Estimate the circumference of each circle.

4 in 25 cm
1.) 3.) 5.)
15 cm

2.) 4.)

2.5 cm
7m

Let Us Discover

Francis wants to put lights around the rim of a circular lantern with a diameter of 60
centimeters. What is the length of the electrical wire needed?

Let us analyze and solve the problem using the steps in solving a problem.

Step 1. Think

What is asked? The length of electric wire needed?

What facts are given? 60 cm – diameter of the lantern

Step 2. Plan

What operation will be used? Multiplication

What number sentence 2 x 3.14 x 30 or 3.14 x 60

represents the data?

What problem solving Derived Formula: C = 2πr or C = πd

strategy was used?

352
 Step 3. Carry out the plan

How is the solution done? C = 2πr C = πd

C = 2 x 3.14 x 30 C = 3.14 x 60
C = 188.4 C = 188.4

Step 4. Check and Label

What is the complete answer? The length of the electrical wire needed
is 188.4 centimeters.

Work Independently

Solve each problem using the strategies in solving a problem.

1.) A circular clock with a radius of 15.25 cm.

2.) A coin with a diameter of 21 mm.
3.) A plate with a diameter of 6.5 inches.
4.) A circular path with a radius of 5m.
5.) A ring with a radius of 7.3 mm.
6.) A bicycle wheel with a diameter of 57 cm.
7.) A kitchen table with a diameter of 150 cm.
8.) A circular garden with a radius of 170 in.
9.) A vcd disc with a diameter of 14.8 cm.
10.) A circular placement with a radius of 8.3 in.

Work Harder

Solve each problem using the strategies in solving a problem.

1.) Christian jogs around a circular part with a radius of 27 meters. What is the distance
covered by Christian if he jogs around the park 2 times?

2.) What is the circumference of a ball with a radius of 16.4 centimeters?

3.) John Dave wants to find the distance around their circular table. He measured the
diameter to be 1.75 meters. What is the distance around the table?

4.) Mrs. Carvajal planted sampaguita around her circular flower garden which has a
diameter of 6.75 meters. What is the distance around the circular flower garden?

5.) A Ferris wheel had a diameter of 49.2 meters. Find its circumference.

6.) What is the circumference of a pizza hut with a radius of 28 centimeters?

353
 7.) A circular park has a diameter of 115 meters. How many meters of fencing materials
are needed to enclose the park?

8.) The diameter of a truck wheel is 85 centimeters. How far does it travel for ach
revolution of the wheel?

9.) Spot, the wonder dog jumps through a circular ring as part of his dog show exhibition.
What is the circumference of the ring if the radius is 48 centimeters?

10.) The diameter of a circular placement is 15 inches. Find its circumference.

Apply Your Skills

Solve each problem.

1.) Marinella is decorating a circular frame with a piece of ribbon. The frame has a radius
of 16 centimeters. If she wants her ribbon to cover the whole circumference of the
frame, how long does her ribbon need to be?

What is asked? __________________________________________

What are givens? _________________________________________
What operations are needed? _______________________________
What is the number sentence? _______________________________
What problem solving strategy was best? _______________________
How is the solution done? ___________________________________
What is the complete answer? ________________________________

2.) The earth has a diameter of 7926.41 miles. What is the circumference of the earth?

What is asked? __________________________________________

What are givens? _________________________________________
What operations are needed? _______________________________
What is the number sentence? _______________________________
What problem solving strategy was best? _______________________
How is the solution done? ___________________________________
What is the complete answer? ________________________________

Concepts to Ponder

 To solve problem involving circumference, use the derive formula:

C = 2πr or C = πd
 Use the steps in solving a problem.
- Asked, Given, Processes, Equation, Solution, Answer

354
Lesson 78

Estimating and Using Appropriate Units of

Measure for Area

Warm Up

Tell what kind of measuring tool is use to measure the following objects.

1.) Height of a person

2.) Length of a handkerchief
3.) Diameter of a coin
4.) Width of a television
5.) Size of your foot
6.) Size of your waistline
7.) Length of your room
8.) Length of your shoulder
9.) Circumference of your head
10.) Width of your pillow

Let Us Discover

Look at the following irregular shapes. Let us find and estimate the area of each shape.

= 1 square meter

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 1 12
1
13 14 1 16
5
17 18 1 20
9
21 22 2 24
3
25 26 27 28 29 3 31 32 33 34
0
To find the area, count the 4
35 36 37 38 39 41 42
squares, there43are44
44 squares.
The area is 44 square meter.0

355
 1
2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28

To estimate the area, count whole square first. Then compare

partial squares to make whole squares.

28 + 4 = 32

The area is about 32 square meter

Here are other examples

= 1 square centimeter
1.) The area is 9 square centimeter

2.) The area is about 25 square foot.

= 1 square foot

356
 3.) The area is about 26 square inches

= 1 square inches

Estimation allows us to a arrive at a “ nearly correct” answer that is close enough for
all practical purposes. Estimation is used when an exact answer is not required. When we
want to measure the size of a room, we will not necessarily measure it with a measuring
tape, but give large steps that are roughly equal to a meter.

In this case, we are estimating the size of the room.

When we want to measure a carpet in a specific room, we will use a measuring tape
to get the exact measurement. Otherwise, the carpe may be too small for the room or even
too big.

In describing various physical quantities, it is best to use appropriate units of measure.

Using other units of measure to describe a quantity gives either very small or very large
number value. It becomes difficult to estimate the size of an object.

Let us study the examples.

Quantity Appropriate unit of measure

Distance between two cities Kilometers

Height of building Meter
Area of football field Square meter
Height of mountain peak Meter
Length of dining table Meter
Width of a book Centimeters

357
Work Independently

Find and estimate the area of the following.

1.) 6.)

_______ square meters _______ square meters

2.) 7.)

_______ square decimeters _______ square decimeters

358
 3.) 8.)

_______ square meters _______ square meters

4.) 9.)

_______ square centimeters _______ square centimeters

5.) 10.)

_______ square centimeters

_______ square centimeters

Work Harder

359
 Choose the appropriate unit of measure to find the area of he following.
(sq.centimeter, sq.decimeter, square meter, square kilometer)

1.) Basketball court

2.) Bedroom
3.) Computer monitor
4.) Cellular phone
5.) Swimming pool
6.) Study table
7.) Football field
8.) Bulletin board
9.) Balikbayan box
10.) Circular garden

Apply Your Skills

Solve each problem

1.) Ken will use tiles to make a picture. He needs to estimate the area of the picture so
that he can buy enough tiles. Estimate the area of Ken’s picture.

360
 2.) Sonny put blue tiles on his bedroom. What is the area of the part of his bedroom with
blue tiles?

= 1 square decimeter

Concepts to Ponder

 To estimate the units of measurements, determine the physical quantities

such as the area and distance of objects.

 The units used in estimating or determining area are square centimeter,

square decimeter, square meter, square foot, square inches and square
kilometers.

 The used of each measurement is depend upon the size of the objects to
be measured.

Lesson 79

361
 Converting Square Centimeters to Square
Meters and Vice Versa
Warm Up

Convert the following.

1.) 1 m = ______ cm 6.) 250 cm = ______ m

2.) 5 m = ______ cm 7.) 2500 cm = ______ m
3.) 2.5 m = ______ cm 8.) 3000 cm = ______ m
4.) 7 m = ______ cm 9.) 1200 cm = ______ m
5.) 15 m = ______ cm 10.) 10 000 cm = ______ m

Let Us Discover

The square meter is the basic unit of area of the Metric System

Area is length by length, so a square that is 1 meter on each side is 1 square meter.

The unit is meters x meters, which is written m2 (square meter).

On the other hand, a square centimeter is centimeter x centimeter. It is written cm 2

(square centimeter).

A centimeter is one- hundredth of a meter, so a square centimeter is also:

1 x 1 = 1 of a square meter
100 100 10 000

In other words, a square centimeter is one ten-thousandth of a square meter.

So 1 square meter has 10 000 square centimeters (1 m 2 = 10 000 cm2).

Let us study the examples.

362
 1.) The area of door is 15 000 cm2 is that?
Set up a proportion to convert cm2 to m2

Cm2 : m2 = cm2 : m2

15 000 cm2 : n = 10 000 cm2 : 1 m2

n = 15 000 cm2 x 1 m2 = 15 000 = 1.5 m2

10 000 cm2 10 000

15 000 cm2 = 1.5 m2

We can also use this method:

15 000 cm2 x 1 m2 = 15 000 = 1.5 m2

10 000 cm2 10 000

2.) The area of a tennis court is 380 m2. How many cm2 is that?

380 m2 x 10 000 cm2 = 380 x 10 000 = 3 800 000 = 3 800 000 cm 2

1 m2 1 1

Work Independently

A. Convert the following in square meter.

1.) 20 000 cm2 6.) 25 000 cm2

2.) 32 000 cm2 7.) 32 5000 cm2

3.) 18 000 cm2 8.) 48 800 cm2

4.) 800 cm2 9.) 50 000 cm2

5.) 1500 cm2 10.) 2400 cm2

B. Convert the following in square centimeters.

1.) 9 m2 6.) 48 m2

2.) 18 m2 7.) 14 m2
3.) 27 m2 8.) 39 m2
4.) 35 m2 9.) 65 m2

363
 5.) 30 m2 10.) 84 m2

Work Harder

Convert the following

1.) 4.2 m2 = cm2 11.) 45 cm2 = m2

2.) 3.5 m2 = cm2 12.) 84 cm2 = m2

3.) 2.8 m2 = cm2 13.) 256 cm2 = m2

4.) 16.3 m2 = cm2 14.) 460 cm2 = m2

5.) 255 m2 = cm2 15.) 4899 cm2 = m2

6.) 428 m2 = cm2 16.) 584 009 cm2 = m2

7.) 688 m2 = cm2 17.) 89 000 cm2 = m2

8.) 492 m2 = cm2 18.) 365 000 cm2 = m2

9.) 789 m2 = cm2 19.) 4 855 000 cm2 = m2

10.) 896 m2 = cm2 200.) 8 605 125 cm2 = m2

Application
Solve each problem.

1.) The area of a farm is 132.25 square meter. Convert the area in square centimeters.

2.) Solve for the area of the book cover having a length of 15 cm and a width of 30 cm.
convert the area in square meters.

Concepts to Ponder

 To convert square centimeter to square meters, divide the given number by

10 000.

 To convert square meters to square centimeters, multiply the given number

by 10 000.

Lesson 80

364
Estimating and Using Appropriate Units of
Measure for Volume
Warm Up

Estimate the volume of the following object. Encircle your answer.

1. Less than 1L more than 1L

4. Less than 1L more than 1L

2. Less than 1L more than 1L

3. Less than 1L more than 1L

5. Less than 1L more than 1L

365
Let Us Discover

Estimating Volume in Liters

Volume is the amount of space taken up by a three dimensional object. It often refers
to liquid volume, which is the amount of space taken up by a liquid that completely spreads to
fill its container.

There are several tools used for measuring volume:

 Measuring spoons
 Measuring cups
 Cylinders
 Beakers

The U.S Customary Units for measuring volume are ounces, cups, pints, quarts and
gallons. The Metric System Units are milliliters and liters.

When to use which Unit

When measuring a small liquid volume, such as dosage of cough medicine, the best
unit to use is milliliter or ounces.

A slightly larger volume, like the amount of flour or sugar to make cookie dough, would
be measured using cups.

A liquid volume of this size, like heavy cream, would be measured using pints, milliliter
or liters.

The volume of a bigger amount, like a bottle of apple juice or soda pop, can be
measure using liters or quarts.

A really big liquid volume, like an aquarium or swimming pool, would be measured in
gallons or litters.

Among the two system of measurements, the Metric System known as the
International System of units is the system which the Philippines in now adopting.

About how many liters of water are in this water cooler?

Let’s find out after discussing volume.

366
Volume is the space a solid, liquid or gas takes up.

We measure the volume of liquids in liters and milliliters.

1 Liter 1 milliliter

What containers have a volume of 1 liter?

1000 ml 1L 1L

367
What containers have a volume of about 2 liters?

1.5L 1.8L

What containers have a volume of about 10 liters?

11L

What containers have a volume of about 50 liters?

45L
368
Now, let us estimate the volume of a coffee pot using a number line.

2L

1L 2L

The coffee pot is closer to the bottle of 2 sodas. Therefore, the volume of the coffee pot is
about 2 liters.

Let’s go back to the volume of the water cooler. About how many liters of water are in this
water cooler?

1L
About 15 L

Can you estimate many liters of water can fit inside the water cooler?
The volume of the water is about 15 liters.

369
Work Independently

A. Circle the object that holds more than the other in each pair.

370
 B. Estimate the capacity of each object. Circ le the best estimate.

5mL 300mL 1L 50L 500mL 2L

250mL 3L 2L 10L 3L 3mL

Paracetamol

250ml 1L 2mL 100mL 200mL 1L

371
Work Harder

Estimate the volume of each object can hold.

Item Estimated Volume

372
Apply Your Skills

A. This water container is 20 liters. Write down the estimated shown by each arrow.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Concepts to Ponder

 To estimate volume, use appropriate units such as liters and milliliters.

 Milliliters is used in estimating the volumes of small solids like cough
medicine, colognes, etc.
 Liter is used in estimating the volumes of big solids like containers,
aquarium, swimming pool, etc.

373
Lesson 81

Converting One Cubic Unit of Measure to a

Larger or Smaller Unit
Warm Up

Give the equivalent of the following.

1.) 1 m = _____cm
2.) 1 m = _____dm
3.) 2.5 m = _____cm
4.) 15oo cm = _____m
5.) 3000 cm = _____ dm

Let Us Discover

A cube which measures 10 cm on each side has a volume

of 1 liter (L).
10 cm
The liter is the standard unit of capacity or liquid measure.

The milliliter is used to measure small amounts of liquid.

10 cm
10 cm

To convert a cubic unit of measure to a larger or smaller unit, refer to the conversion
table below.

1 cubic meter = 1000 cubic centimeters

1 cubic meter = 1 Liter
1 Liter = 1000 cubic centimeters
1 Liter = 1000 milliliters
1000 milliliters = 1000 cubic centimeters
1 ml = 1 cm3

Cubic meters and liters are in bigger units of measure while cubic centimeters and
milliliters are in smaller units of measure.

374
To change larger unit of measure units, multiply the given units of measure by 1000.

1.5 m3 = ______cm3

1.5 m3 x 1000 cm3 = 1.5 x 1000 cm3 = 1500 cm3

1 m3 1

1.5 m3 = 1500 cm3

To change smaller units of measure to larger units of measure, divide the given units of
measure by 1000.

2455 cm3 = ______ m3

2455 cm3 x 1 m3 = 2455 x 1 m3 = 2.455 m3

1000 cm3 1000

2455 cm3 = 2.455 m3

Work Independently

Convert the following larger units to smaller units.

1.) 3.25 L = cm3 11.) 26.5 m3 = cm3

2.) 15 m3 = cm3 12.) 84 m3 = cm3
3.) 2.7 L = ml 13.) 120 L = cm3
4.) 4.8 L = ml 14.) 125 L = ml
5.) 26 m3 = cm3 15.) 242 L = ml
6.) 47 m3 = cm3 16.) 29.5 L = ml
7.) 36 m3 = cm3 17.) 42.6 m3 = cm3
8.) 24 L = cm3 18.) 98.7 m3 = cm3
9.) 72 L = cm3 19.) 345 m3 = cm3
10.) 85 L = cm3 20.) 785 m3 = cm3

Work Harder

Convert the following smaller units to larger units.

1.) 1300 ml = L 11.) 1622 cm3 = m3

2.) 700 ml = L 12.) 1700 cm3 = m3
3.) 500 ml = L 13.) 1985 cm3 = m3
4.) 1250 ml = L 14.) 2694 cm3 = m3
5.) 2000 ml = L 15.) 9800 cm3 = m3
6.) 2500 ml = L 16.) 25 000 cm3 = m3
7.) 4250 ml = L 17.) 7500 cm3 = m3
8.) 6000 ml = L 18.) 115 258 cm3 = m3
375
 9.) 9827 ml = L 19.) 269 000 cm3 = m3
10.) 8 422 ml = L 20.) 455 275 cm3 = m3

Apply Your Skills

Solve the following.

1.) A bottle of soda is labeled 2.5 L. How many milliliters is this?

2.) Mother prepared 48 000 cubic centimeters of calamansi juice. Change it to cubic
meters.

Concepts to Ponder

 To convert liters to milliliters, multiply the given units of measure by 1000.

 To convert milliliters to liters, divide the given unit of measure by 1000.

 To convert cubic meters to cubic centimeters, multiply the given units of

measure by 1000.

 To convert cubic centimeters to cubic meters, divide the given unit of

measure by 1000.

376
Lesson 82

Naming the Appropriate Unit of Measure

for Measuring the Volume of a Cube and
Rectangular Prism
Warm Up

Choose the appropriate unit to find the volume of the following. Select from the given
choices: mm3, cm3, dm3, m3.

1. Water in a swimming pool.

2. A pack of shampoo.
3. A pack of cement.
4. A box of soap.
5. A box of milk.

Let Us Discover

The volume of a solid is the amount of space the solid occupies.

The volume of 1-cm cube is 1 cubic centimeter (cm3).
The cubic centimeter (cm3) is the unit used for measuring volume.

1 cm
1 cm

1 cm

Study the examples

1cm
1. Volume of a cube = 1cm3
Number of cubes = 9
1cm
Volume of 9 cubes = 1 x 9
= 9cm3 1cm 1cm
2. Volume of a cube = 1cm3
Number of cubes = 10 1cm
Volume of 10 cubes = 1 x 10 1cm
= 10cm3
3. 3 x 3 = 9
1cm
There are 9 cubes in a layer.
There are 3 layers in all.
Total number of cubes =9x3 1cm
1cm
377
 = 27
Volume of a cube =1cm3
Volume of the solid = 1 x 27
= 27cm3

4. Volume of the 1-m cube is 1 cubic meter.

It is also a unit used for measuring volume.
1 cubic meter is often used as the unit for
1cm
measuring volumes of large solids.

1cm

1cm

Let us determine the volume of the following g solid figures.

1. See how to compute the volumes

V = LxWxH
= 7x2x4 H = 4m
V = 56m3
W = 2m
3.
The volume of the rectangular box is 56m
L = 7m

2. V = LxWxH
= 3x3x3
= 27m3 3m
The volume of the cubical box is 27m3.
3m
3m

Work Independently

Find the volume of each solid. The following solids are made up of 1-cm cubes.

1. 6.

378
2. 7.

3.

8.

4.

9. 10.

5.

379
Work Harder

Find the volume.

1. 5.

3dm

5m
3dm
9m
3dm 3m
2cm
2. 6.

2cm
2dm
2cm
8dm 4dm
5mm
3. 7.

5mm
2cm

5mm
4cm
12.5cm

4. 8.

15cm
2cm

25cm
5cm
7cm
10cm
380
 6cm 4dm

9. 10.

4dm
6cm

6cm 4dm

Apply Your Skills

Solve each problem.

1) Patricia wants to cut a block of cheese into smaller cubes measuring 2cm by 2cm.
How many such cubes of cheese can she cut from the large block?
6cm

4cm

8cm

2) A cubic tank with a side of 24 cm is half filled with water. What is the volume of the
tank?

381
Concepts to Ponder

 To find the volume of solids like rectangular prisms and cubes, count the
number of unit cubes.
 Use the appropriate unit of measure for measuring the volume of cube and
rectangular prism such as mm3, cm3, dm3 and m3.
 The formula to find the volume is:
V = LxWxH

382
Lesson 83

Finding the Area of a Circle Using the

Derived Formula
Warm Up

Answer the following.

1.) What is 42?

2.) What is 32?
3.) What is 8 x 8?
4.) What is 122?
5.) What is 9 x 9?

Let Us Discover

Finding the Formula for Area of a Circle

1.) Use a compass to draw a circle. Cut out the circle.

2.) Fold the circle into half and then in half again. Fold it in half a third and fourth time.
3.) Cut out the 16 wedges that you have formed with the folds.
4.) Arrange the wedges in a row as shown below.
base

radius

Half of the circumference of the circle

5.) Notice that the new shape resembles a parallelogram. Use the formula of the area of
parallelogram to estimate the area of circle.

The diagram above shows the relationship between the Area of a circle and a figure
like a parallelogram. The height of the parallelogram is about the same as the radius of the
circle. The base is about half the circumference of the circle.

You can use the formulas for the area of a parallelogram to suggest the formula for
the area of the circle.

383
 A = bh The formula for area of a parallelogram

A = (½ C) ( r) Substitute ½ C for b and r for h

A = ½ (2πr) (r) Substitute 2πr for C

A = πr2 Simplify

So, the area of a circle is equal to the product of πand the square of the radius.

A = πr2
r

Let us study the examples.

1.) Find the area of a circle whose radius is 2 centimeters.

A = πr2
= 3.14 x 22
2 cm
= 3.14 x 4
A = 12.56 cm2

2.) What is the area of a circle whose diameter is 12 cm?

A = πr2
= 3.14 x 62
12 cm = 3.14 x 36
A = 113.04 cm2

384
Work Independently

Find the area of the following circles.

1.) 5 cm 6.)
11mm

2.) 7 dm 7.)

15 cm

3.) 8.)

25 in

10 in

4.) 9.)
9 ft. 8 dm

5.) 10.)
4 cm
20 in

385
Work Harder

Find the area of each circle.

1.) 15 cm 6.) 7 dm

2.) 7.) 13 cm
24 dm

3.) 8.)
30 in
3 cm

4.) 9.)
25 ft.
45 in

5.) 10.)

50 mm
9 dm

386
Apply Your Skills

Solve the problems

1.) A dartboard has a diameter of 20 inches. What is the area of the dartboard?

2.) A culinary student decorates a 28 cm- diameter pizza. What is the area of the top of
the pizza?

Concepts to Ponder

 To find the area of the circle, multiply the pi ( π = 3.14) by the square of the
radius.

 The formula for the area of the circle is: A = π r2, the area is expressed in
square units.

 Pi ( π ) is the ratio of the circumference of the circle to its diameter. Pi is

always the same number for any circle. The value of pi is approximately
3.1415926538979323846…… but usually to 3.14 should be sufficient.

 Area is the number of square units that cover a figure.

387
Lesson 84

Solving Problems Involving Area of Circles

Warm Up

Multiply the following.

1.) 3 x 3 6.) 2.5 x 2.5

2.) 6 x 6 7.) 3.2 x 3.2
3.) 8 x 8 8.) 3.1 x 3.1
4.) 9 x 9 9.) 4.3 x 4.3
5.) 11 x 11 10.) 2.8 x 2.8

Let Us Discover

A circular garden has a diameter of 7 meters. What is the area of the garden?

To solve the problem, use a problem solving strategy using the derived formula in
finding the area of the circle.

Let us use the formula A =πr2.

Since the diameter is 7m, divide 7m by 2 to obtain the radius.

A = πr2
= 3.14 x (3.5 m)2
= 3.14 x 12.25 m2

A = 38.465 m2 or 38.47 m2 when rounded off.

The area of the circular garden is 38.47 m2.

We can also follow some procedures in solving for the area of circles.

 What is asked?
 What are given?
 What is the problem solving strategy?
 How is the solution be done?
 What is the correct answer?

Let us solve the problem below using the procedures or steps in problem solving.

The center circle of a basketball court has a radius of 75 inches. Find its area.

What is asked? The area of the center of the basketball court.

388
What are given? 75 inches- the radius of the circle.

What is the problem solving strategy We will use he derived formula, A =πr2

What operations will be used? Multiplication

How is the solution be done? Multiply the π by the square of the radius

A = πr2
= 3.14 x (75 in) 2
= 3.14 x 5625 in2
A = 17662.50 in2

What is the correct answer? The area of the center of the basketball court is
17662.50 in2

Work Independently

Solve each problem

1.) Aloha boys a round dining table. The radius of the dining table is 9 dm. what is the
area of the table?

2.) What is the area of a round photo frame whose radius is 8.5 cm?

3.) Jeffrey made a hamburger. The diameter of the burger was 5 cm. what was the area
of the burger?

4.) Donnalyn is making around pizza with a diameter of 23 inches. Find its area.

5.) The diameter of a circular racetrack is 80 m. what is the area of the racetrack?

6.) What is the area of a circular garden with a diameter of 3.9 meters?

7.) A circular lid has a radius of 3 decimeter. What is the area of the lid?

8.) A circular doormat has a diameter of 1 m. What is its area?

9.) What is the area of a coin whose diameter is 35 mm?

10.) Father bought a circular painting. It has a diameter of 64 inches. What is the area of
the painting?

389
Work Harder

Solve the following problem.

1.) A circular garden in the park has a radius of 4.2 meters. What is the area of the garden?

2.) A circular skating rink has a diameter of 25 meters. Find its area?

3.) A memorial circle has a diameter of 4.5 km. what is the area of the memorial circle?

4.) Mr. Canlas bought a circular lot with a radius of 6.5 meters. What is the area of the lot?

5.) A can of sardines has a circular base with a radius of 2.2 cm. What is the area of the
circular base?

Apply Your Skills

Solve the problems.

1.) A center table that is circular in shape has a diameter of 90 cm. What is the area of the
center table?

2.) A well is covered with a circular galvanized iron with a radius of 1.8 m. what is the area of
the circular cover?

Concepts to Ponder

 To solve problems involving area of circles, follow the steps in problem

solving: Think, Plan, Carry out the Plan and Look Back

 Use the derived formula below in finding the area of a circle.

A = π r2

390
Lesson 85

Deriving a Formula for Finding the Volume

of a Cube and Rectangular Prism
Warm Up

Find the area of the following.

1.) 3.) 5.)

4 cm 3 cm 2.2 cm

7 cm

2.) 4.)
8 cm
3 cm

4 cm 6 cm

Let Us Discover

A swimming pool is 8 meters long, 5 meters wide and 4 meters deep. How many
cubic meters of water it contains when full?

Let us find the volume of the swimming pool by counting the number of unit cubes.

This represents 1 cubic unit.

Length
4m

Fourth layer

Third layer

Second layer Width

5m
First layer

Length
8m
391
Let us count the number of cubes by layers.

First layer = 8x5 = 40

Second Layer = 8x5 = 40
Third Layer = 8 x5 = 40
Fourth Layer = 8x5 = 40
Total 160 cubic units

There are 160 cubic units in 4 layers.

Therefore, the swimming pool contains of 160 cubic meters (m 3) of water.

Study the other examples.

1.) Find the volume of the cube below?

5 x 5 = 25
There are 25 cubic units in 1 layer.
25 x 5 = 125
There are 125 cubic units in 5 layers.
5 cm
Volume of a cubic units is 1 cm3

Volume of the cube is125 cm3

5 cm
5 cm

2.) What is the volume of a rectangular bow measuring 10 decimeters long, 4 decimeters
wide and 1 decimeter high?

1 dm
By counting , we find that there
are 40 cubes.
4 dm
The volume of the rectangular box is 40
cubic decimeters (dm3)

10 dm
392
 Volume is defined as the amount of space occupied by a solid figure whose measure
is expressed in cubic units.

Let us derive the formula for finding the volume of the cube and rectangular prism.
Using the rectangular prism as basis,
multiply length, width and the height. The
H length , width and height must be in the
same unit of measure.

The formula to find the volume of rectangular

prism is:
W
V=LxWxH
L

The length, width and height of a cube are all

equal.

To find the volume of a cube, multiply the

H length, width and the height. All units of
measure must be the same.

The formula for finding the volume of a cube is

W
V=LxWxH
L

Work Independently

Find the volume of each of the following solids using the derived formula.

1.)
4 cm

4 cm

4 cm

393
2.)
4 cm

3 cm

12 cm

3.)
9m

3m

6m

4.)

7 dm

7 dm
7 dm

394
 5.)

25 m

8m

5m

Work Harder
Find the Volume.

1.)
3m

2m

7.5 m

2.)

8 dm

8 dm
8 dm

395
 2.4 cm
3.)

6 cm

30 cm

4.)

12 m

12 m

12 m

5.)

14 cm

3.2cm

9 cm

396
Apply Your Skills

Solve the problems

1.) Rowell and his father dug a pit measuring 3 meters long, 5 meters wide and 2.8
meters high. How many cubic meters of soil did they remove from the pit?

2.) Andrew used a Balikbayan box measuring 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm to pack some of his

things. Find the volume of space he can use for his things?

Concepts to Ponder

 Volume is defined as the amount of space occupied by a space figure.

 Volume is expressed in cubic meters.

 - represents 1 cubic unit.

 The formula to find the volume of a cube and rectangular prism is:
V = L x W x H.

397
Lesson 86

Solving Problems Involving Volume of a

Cube and Rectangular Prism

Warm Up
Solve for the area of the base of the following solid figures.

1.) 2.)

4m

3m
10 m
d = 6 cm

3.) 4.)

5 dm

r = 6 cm

Let Us Discover

A package shaped like a cube has an edge of 32 cm long. How much space is
available to pack inside the box?

Let us analyze the problem carefully

Think : Understand the problem

What is asked in the problem?

The amount of the space available to pack inside the box.

398
 What are the given facts?
32 cm long – edge of the cube

Plan : Know the formula to be used

What is the formula to be used to determine the amount of the space to

put inside the box?

V = L x W x H, since the L = W = H, we can also used

V = e x e x e or V = e3, where e is the edge of the box

What is the mathematical sentence to find the answer?

V = 32 x 32 x 32 or V = (32)3

Carry out the Plan : Solve

V = 32 x 32 x 32

= 32768 cubic centimeters (cm3)

Label : Write the complete answer

The amount of space available to pack inside the box is 32768 cubic
centimeters.

Work Independently

Solve each problem.

1.) A box of milk is 10 cm high, 6 cm long and 4 cm wide. What is the volume of the box?

2.) The aquarium is 35 cm long, 15 cm wide and 9 cm deep. What is the volume of the
aquarium?

3.) Find the volume of a cubical box whose edge is 4.5 dm.

4.) A rectangular box is 0.5 m wide, 1 m long and 1.5 m high. If it is half filled, how much
water does it contain? How about if it is full?

5.) A bookcase is 3 m long, 0.5 m wide and 2 m high. What is its volume?

399
Work Harder
Read and solve each problem.

1.) A swimming pool is 12 m long, 9 meters wide and 4 m deep. How much water can it
hold?

2.) Abby’s sewing box is 7 dm long, 3.5 dm wide and 4.3 dm high. What is its volume?

3.) A small gift box has these dimensions : L = 905 cm, W = 8 cm, H = 2 cm. What is its
volume?

4.) Find the volume of a closet which is 2.8 m long, 1.5 m wide and 2.5 in high.

5.) An aquarium is 45 cm long, 35 m wide and 30 cm high is to be filled with water. How
many cubic centimeters of water will be needed?

Application

Solve each problem and answer the questions.

1.) GMA Kapuso Foundation donated boxes of canned goods to the victims of Yolanda
typhoon. The boxes who were placed in a container van. There were 6 layers of 8
boxes in each 5 rows. What is the volume of the container Van using the boxes?

a.) What is asked?

b.) What are given?
c.) What is the formula to be used?
d.) What is the mathematical sentence?
e.) How is the solution be done?
f.) What is the answer?

2.) If the perimeter of the square base of a cube is 20 cm, what is the volume of the
cube?

a.) What is asked?

b.) What are given?
c.) What is the formula to be used?
d.) What is the mathematical sentence?
e.) How is the solution be done?
f.) What is the answer?

400
Concepts to Ponder

 In solving word problems involving volume, follow the systematize steps of

solving word problem using the guide questions.

 Visualize or draw the solid figure if necessary

 Familiarize with the formulas

 Use carefully the unit of measure

401
Lesson 87

Measures Temperature Using the Degree

Celsius
Warm Up

Answer each of the following with hot or cold.

1.) ice
2.) boiling water
3.) ice cream
4.) when you have a fever
5.) in an air conditioned room

o
o
F C
Let Us Discover

The figure on the right compares

the Fahrenheit scale and the Celsius
scale. The two temperature scales are
commonly used to measure
temperature. Both scales give
temperature readings in degree (o).
230 Boiling temperature 110
The freezing temperature of 212 of water 100
water in Fahrenheit scale is 32o (32oF) 194 90
176 80
and 0o in the Celsius scale (0oC). 158 70
140 60
The boiling temperature of water 122 50
is 212 F and 100oC.
o
104 40
86 30
We look at the red level of the 68 20
50 10
red liquid in the thermometer to read off 32
Freezing temperature of
0
the temperature. Water

When we want to measure how hot or cold something is, we measure its temperature.
Temperature tells us how much heat energy an object has. Hot objects give off more heat
that cold objects.

402
Let us identify the parts of thermometer
Celsius Fahrenheit
We measure temperature using Scale Scale
thermometer. The thermometer has 2
different scales, the Celsius scale (C) and
the Fahrenheit scale (F).

The bulb of the thermometer is

placed in contact with the object being
measured. It usually holds mercury.

The column of red liquid, usually

mercury moves up or down as the
temperature of the object measured
changes.

The Celsius scale displays 0oC,

10 C, 20oC , 30oC…………..
o

The Fahrenheit scale displays

32 F, 50oF, 68oF, 86oF ……………
o

Column of
o
Wee see that for every 10 c red liquid
increases in temperature on the Celsius Bulb
scale, the temperature on the Fahrenheit
scale increases by 18oF starting from
32oF.

Increase in Celsius scale : Increase in Fahrenheit scale

10 : 18
5 : 9

5
The temperature in Celsius scale = of the temperature in Fahrenheit scale starting from
9
32oF

o 5
C= x (oF – 32)
9

9
The temperature in Fahrenheit scale starting from 32 oF = of the temperature is Celsius
5
scale.

403
 o 9 o
F=( x C) + 32
5

Let us study the examples.

1.) Change 50 oF to oC. 2.) Change 60oC to oF

o 5 o 9 o
C = x (50 -32) F =( x C) + 32
9 5

5 9
= x 18 =( x 60) +32
9 5

90 9 60
= =( x ) + 32
9 5 1

o 540
C = 10 = + 32
9

Therefore, 50oF is equal to 10oC. = 108 + 32

o
F = 140

Therefore, 60oC is equal to 140oF.

2.) The temperature yesterday afternoon was 29oC. It rained today and the temperature
decreased by 2oC. What is the temperature today?

110 29oC – 2oC = 27oC 110

100 100
90 90
80 The temperature today is 27oC 80
70 70
60 60
50 50
40 40
29oC 30 27oC
30
20 20
10 10
0 0
10 10
20 20

Let Us Explore

Let us do these activities.

Materials: Thermometer

404
Work in Groups

1.) Describe the temperature inside your classroom. Is it hot or cold? Estimate the
temperature.

2.) Measure the temperature inside your classroom using the thermometer. Hold the
thermometer up to your eye level. Record the reading on the thermometer when the
red liquid has stopped moving.

3.) Describe the temperature outside your classroom. Is it hot or cold? Estimate the
temperature.

4.) Measure the temperature outside your classroom and record the reading.

What can you say about the temperature inside and outside of your classroom? What
can you say about the heat energy inside your classroom to the amount of heat energy
outside your classroom?
Discuss your answer with the class.

Work Independently

Estimate the temperature of the following in degree Celsius then use thermometer to
measure the temperature in degrees celsius.

1.) School canteen

2.) Guidance office
3.) Gymnasium
4.) Stock room
5.) Library
6.) Principal’s office
7.) Cooperative store
8.) Clinic
9.) Home economics room (kitchen)
10.) Comfort room

Work Harder

Use a thermometer to measure the temperature of the following in degree Celsius.

1.) Back of refrigerator

2.) School garden
3.) Cabinet
4.) Boiling water
5.) Pitcher with ice
6.) Glass of water

405
 7.) Body temperature
8.) Cup of coffee
9.) School ground
10.) Softdrinks

Apply Your Skills

Do the following.

1.) Take the temperature inside the refrigerator

Take the temperature inside a freezer
Get their difference in temperature.

2.) Take the temperature of a glass of water with ice.

Take the temperature of hot water.
Compare their readings.

Concepts to Ponder

 The thermometer is he instrument used in measuring temperatures.

 Temperature tells how much heat energy an object has.

 The normal body temperature is 37oC

406
Lesson 88

Solving Problems Involving Temperature

Warm Up
Estimate the temperature of the following in degree celsius.

1.) Freezer
2.) Boiling water
3.) Pitcher with ice
4.) Glass of water
5.) Cup of coffee

Let Us Discover

Adrian has a fever. The school nurse gets his temperature and found out that it is
2.5 oC higher than the normal body temperature. What was the body temperature of
Adrian?

Let us analyze the problem carefully.

Think : Understand the problem

What is asked in the problem?

The temperature of Adrian

What are the given data?

2.5 higher than Adrian’s normal body temperature

Plan : Know the operation to be used

What operation will be used to solve the problem?

Addition

What is the mathematical sentence?

37oC + 2.5oC = n

Carry out the plan : Solve the problem

How is the solution done?

37oC - normal body temperature
+ 2.5oC - increase in body temperature of Adrian
o
39.5 C - Body temperature of Adrian

407
Label : What is the complete answer?

The body temperature of Adrian is 39.5oC

Work Independently

Solve these problems.

1.) If the temperature at 5:00 in the morning is 27.5 oC and became 33oC in the afternoon,
what was the increase in temperature?

2.) What is the new temperature if a 31.5oC decreases by 18oC?

3.) Kokoy has a fever. His body temperature is 38.9oC. After taking medicines, it found
out that the mercury level in the thermometer is 37.4 oC. What was the decrease in
temperature in his body temperature?

4.) The audio-visual room received direct sunlight in the afternoon. The room temperature
was found to be 36oC. The janitor turned on the air conditioner unit. After one hour, the
thermometer recorded 24oC. What was the change in temperature?

5.) Abner was sent home by the school doctor after giving him medicine. His body
temperature was 39.9oC. How many oC higher was his temperature than the normal
body temperature?

Work Harder

Solve these word problems following the steps in problem solving.

1.) Mr. Adducul recorded the temperature last week Monday – 32.5 oC, Tuesday – 29oC,
Wednesday – 31.7oC, Thursday – 34oC , Friday – 34.5oc, Saturday – 30.8oC, Sunday
– 31.2oC. What was the average temperature?

2.) In United States, the weather report predicted the lowest temperature for the day to be
22oC and the highest temperature at 26.6oC. What was the difference in the predicted
temperature of that day?

3.) Dave is sick. His body temperature is 39.6oC. If the normal body temperature is 37oC,
how many degrees celsius is his body temperature higher than the normal body
temperature?

4.) Katie’s body temperature is 37.4oC while Cyrene’s body temperature is 38.7oC. What
is the difference in their body temperature?

408
 5.) At the start of the marathon, the thermometer registered a temperature of 38 oC. After
the marathon, the temperature dropped by 3.8 oC. What was the temperature after the
marathon?

Apply Your Skills

Look at the chart of temperature readings taken in a week.

Day Temperature
Monday 25.5 oC
Tuesday 27 oC
Wednesday 29.9 oC
Thursday 24.2 oC
Friday 24 oC
Saturday 27.7 oC
Sunday 28 oC

Answer the following questions.

1.) What day was the coolest temperature?

2.) What day was the hottest temperature?
3.) What was the difference in the temperature between Wednesday and Thursday?

Concepts to Ponder

 To solve word problems involving temperature, follow the following steps:

Think, Plan, Carry out the Plan, Look Back

 The acronym AGPESA can also used to solve problems involving

temperature.
- Asked, Given, Processes/Operations, Equation/Number Sentence,
Solution, Answer

409
LESSON 89

Reading and Interpreting Data Presented

in a Line Graph
Warm Up

Identify each graph.

40 40
30 30
20 20
10 10
0 0
A B C D E A B C D E

Let Us Discover

The line below shows temperatures over the year in the Philippines.

Average Highest Temperature in Philippines Over a Year

34
33
32
Temperature in °C

31
30
29
28
27
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Month

Let us analyze the data presented in the line graph.

1) Which month has the highest temperature?
We look on the highest point on the line graph.
It is the month of April and May.

2) Which month has the lowest temperature?

410
 We look on the lowest temperature on the line graph.
It is the month of September, October, November and December.

3) What is the estimated average of temperature over a year?

We will add temperature from January to December and divide the sum by the total
number of months.

Temperature from January to December

Estimated Average =
Number of Months

= 31+30+32+33+33+32+31+30+30+29+29+29+29
12
= 368
12
= 30.67

Estimated Average = 30

In estimation, we round off the number to its highest place value.

Therefore, the estimated average of temperature for a year is about 30°c.

Let us study the other examples.

1) Use the temperature chart to construct a line graph. Then answer the questions that
follow.

Temperature for One Week in Baguio City

Days of the Week Temperature in °C
Sunday 25°C
Monday 26°C
Tuesday 24°C
Wednesday 26°C
Thursday 27°C
Friday 28°C
Saturday 29°C

To construct a line graph, use the data in the corresponding table of data. Provide
also a title for the line graph.

411
 Temperature of Baguio City
29
28
Temperature in °C

27
26
25
24
23
22
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat
Day

a) Which day is the coldest?

Look at the lowest point on the line graph.
It is Tuesday with a temperature of 24.5°c.

b) Which day is the warmest?

Look at the highest point on the line graph.
It is Saturday with a temperature of 28°c.

c) What is the estimated average of temperature for one week?

Temperature from January to December

Estimated Average =
Number of Months
= 184
7
= 26.29

Estimated Average = 30

The estimated average of temperature for one week is about 30 °C.

2) The graph below the hourly sales of Aling Veronica’s Carinderia.

412
 Hourly Sales of Aling Veronica's Carinderia
10000
9000
8000
Amount in Pesos

7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
7:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 1:00 2:00 3:00
Time

1) What hour has the highest sale?

It is at 12:00 noon.

2) What hour has the lowest sale?

It is at 7:00 am.

3) What was the total sale from 7:00 am to 3:00 pm?

The total sales is Php 44 000

4) What is the estimated average sale in that day?

Total Sales
Estimated Average =
No. of Hours

= 44 000
9

= 4888.89

Estimated Average = Php 5000

The estimated average sale on that day is about Php 5000.

Work Independently

A. Use the line graph to answer the following questions.

413
 Annica's Allowance for One Week
60
50

Amount in Pesos
40
30
20
10
0
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat
Day

1) In what day did Annica save the most?

2) In what day did Annica save the least amount?

3) What is the total savings of Annica for one week?

4) What is her estimated average of savings from Monday to Sunday?

B.

Mrs. Batan Toy Sales for One Year

12000

10000
Amount in Pesos

8000

6000

4000

2000

0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Month

1) How much is the highest sales? Lowest sales?

414
 2) How much is the difference between the highest sales and the lowest sales?

3) What month has the same sales?

4) What is the estimated average of sales from January to March?

C.

Daily Sales at Gina's Sari - Sari Store

2500

2000
Amount in Pesos

1500

1000

500

0
Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun
Day

1) What is the graph about?

2) How much was the sales on Tuesday and Wednesday?

3) In what day were the sales the same?

4) In what day was the highest sale?

5) How much has the total sale for the week?

6) What is the estimated average of sales for one week?

Work Harder

415
 Use the information below to construct your own line graph. Then answer the
questions that follows.

A.
Jonathan’s Grades in Second Periodic Test
Subject Grades
Filipino 90
English 89.25
Math 91.50
Science 88
HEKASI 87

1) In what subject did he get the highest grade?

2) In what subject did he get the lowest grade?

3) What was his estimated average in the five subjects?

B.
Roxanne’s Scores in Math Summative Test
Week Score
1 28
2 29
3 30
4 30

1) In what week did she get the lowest score?

2) In what week did she get the highest score?
3) What was her total score in all summative tests?
4) What was her estimated average score in the four summative tests?

C.
Enrolment of Marcelo Elementary School for 5 Years
School Year No. of Enrolment
2007-2008 2700
2008-2009 2950
2009-2010 3100
2010-2011 3400
2011-2012 3500

1) On what school year has the lowest enrolment? highest enrolment?

2) What was the total number of enrolment for five years?

416
 3) What was the estimated average of enrolment for five years?

Apply Your Skills

A. Read and interpret the data presented in the line graph.

Number of Motorcycle Sales

500
450
400
Amount in Pesos

350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Month

1) In what month does the company experience the poorest sale?

2) In what month does the company sold the most number of motorcycles?

3) Find the total number of motorcycles sold from June to December?

4) What was the estimated average of motorcycle sales?

B. Use the data in the table to construct a line graph.

Mrs. Conchina’s Savings for Six Months

Month Amount of Money
January Php 4250
February Php 5000
March Php 3500
April Php 2000
May Php 1500
June Php 3500

1) In what month does Mrs. Conchina save highest amount of money?

2) In what month does Mrs. Conchina save the least amount of money?

3) In what month does Mrs. Conchina save the same amount of money?
417
 4) What was her total savings in six months?

5) Find the estimated average of her savings in six months.

Concepts to Ponder

 Line Graph is a graph that uses points connected by lines to show how
something changes in value.

 Not all graphs are appropriate for given information. Different kinds of graphs
have different purposes. Some are more useful for certain of information.

 To construct a line graph, use the information presented in the corresponding

table of data.

 To describe and to estimate the average value of a set of data , add all the
numbers presented in the graph or in the corresponding table of data then
divide the sum by the total number of data points.

418
LESSON 90

Finding the Average Value of Data

Warm Up
Find the average of the following set of numbers.

1) 85 85 89 90 =
2) 35 45 16 =
3) 20 15 18 19 24 =
4) 36 45 67 =
5) 75 80 90 88 92 =

Let Us Discover

Look at the line graph below. It shows the number of guests in Aliw Theatre fo 6
months.

Number of Guests in aliw Theatre

2500

2000

1500
Guests

1000

500

0
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep
Month

What is the average number of guest in Aliw Theatre from April to September?

Total number of guest from April to September

1200 + 750 + 1000 + 2000 + 1800 + 1400 = 8150
Number of months = 5

Average number of guest from April to September

= Total number of guest
Number of months
= 8150
5
= 1630

419
The average number of guest in Aliw Theatre from April to September is 1630 guest.
Let us study the other examples

1) The graph below shows the amount of money deposited in a bank for 5 months. Study
the graph and answer the questions that follow.

Money Deposited in a Bank

80000

70000

60000
Amount in Pesos

50000

40000

30000

20000

10000

0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May
Month

What is the average amount of money deposited for 5 months?

Total amount of money deposited from January to May

45 000 + 60 000 + 60 000 + 30 000 + 70 000 + = 265 000
Number of months = 5

Average amount of money deposited from January to May

= Total number of Money deposited
Number of Months
= 265 000
5
= 53 000

The average amount of money deposited from January to May is Php 53 000.

420
 2) The table below shows Michael’s daily savings for 4 weeks in the of January.

Week Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday

1 P12.00 P 7.00 P 7.25 P 11.50 P 15.00 P 25.00 P 25.00
2 P 11.75 P 11.00 P 8.50 P 12.00 P 25.00 P 30.00 P 40.00
3 P 13.00 P 12.50 P 8.75 P 18.00 P 20.25 P 50.00 P 60.00
4 P 16.00 P 13.75 P 10.00 P 30.00 P 16.75 P 50.00 P 100.00
Let us find Michael average savings for each of 4 weeks over 7days.

Week 1 = 12.00 + 7.00 + 7.25 + 11.50 + 15.0 + 25.00 + 25.00

7
= 102.75
7
= 14.68

Michael has an average savings of P14.68 on Week 1.

Week 2 = 11.75 + 11.00 + 8.50 + 12.00 + 25.00 + 30.00 + 40.00

7
= 138.25
7
= 19.75
Michael has an average savings of P19.75 on Week 2.

Week 3 = 13.00 + 12.50 + 8.75 + 18.00 + 20.25 + 50.00 + 60.00

7
= 182.50
7
= 26.07
Michael has an average savings of P 26.07 on Week 3.

Week 4 = 16.00 + 13.75 + 10.00 + 30.00 + 16.75 + 50.00 + 100.00

7
= 236.50
7
= 33.79
Michael has an average savings of P 33.79 on Week 4.

421
Let us now determine Michael’s average savings for the 4 weeks.

Week Average Savings

1 P14.68
2 P19.75
3 P26.07
4 P33.79

Work Independently

A. The table below shows the number of crates of mangoes harvested in Uncle John’s
farm from December to April.

Month Week 1 Week 2 Week 3 Week 4

December 300 315 325 332
January 360 370 340 326
February 465 500 490 485
Marc h 325 302 295 286
April 120 100 105 123

Answer the following questions.

1. What is the average number of crates of mangoes harvested in the month of

December?
2. What is the average number of crates of mangoes harvested in the month of January?
3. What is the average number of crates of mangoes harvested in the month of
February?
4. What is the average number of crates of mangoes harvested in the month of March?
5. What is the average number of crates of mangoes harvested in the month of April?

B. Find the average value of set of data in each subject.

Andrea’s Summative Test Scores Over 30 Items

Subject 1 2 3 4 5
English 24 25 28 29 23
Math 19 28 23 26 27
Filipino 23 25 27 30 29
Science 28 26 27 23 26
MSEP 27 28 25 24 21
EPP 22 28 30 30 30
Character Education 29 29 29 27 28
Araling Panlipunan 24 21 22 27 26

422
 C. The table below shows the mass of bottles collected by pupils for recycling for the
month of August. Find the average mass of collection per week.

Mass of Bottles Collected

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
Week 1 15 ¼ kg 10 kg 9 ¾ kg 12 ½ kg 11 2/4 kg
Week 2 14 ½ kg 16 kg 20 kg 10 ½ kg 9 2/4 kg
Week 3 8 kg 8 2/5 kg 8 1/5 kg 12 4/5 kg 15 kg
Week 4 18 kg 25 kg 20 kg 16 2/8 kg 15 1/8 kg

Work Harder

A. The graph below shows the mass of metal cans collected of pupils.

Mass of Metal Cans

25

20

15
Mass ion kg

10

0
Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri
Day

What is the average mass of metal cans collected by pupils from Monday to Friday?

423
 B. The line graph below shows the enrolment of San Agustin Elementary School from
Grade 1 to Grade 6, SY 2010-2014.

San Agustin Elementary School Enrolment

SY 2010 - 2011
6000

5000

4000
Enrolment

3000

2000

1000

0
Gr. 1 Gr. 2 Gr.3 Gr.4 Gr.5 Gr.6
Grade Level

What is the average enrolment of San Agustin Elementary School from Grade 1 to
Grade 6?

Apply Your Skills

The table below shows the report card of Jaze Andrew in the school year 2009-2010.
Find the average of each subject.

Subject 1 2 3 4 Ave
Filipino 85 88 87 89
English 90 90 91 93
Math 88 89 90 94
Science 90 93 89 92
HEKASI 88 89 90 91
MSEP 87 90 91 93
EPP 90 92 93 94
CE 90 91 92 93

424
Concepts to Ponder

 To find the average value of a set of data that includes whole numbers,
fractions and decimal numbers:
a) Find the sum of the dependent data or the data on y-axis
b) Divide the sum by the number of points plotted on the graph or the number
of data on the x-axis

425
LESSON 91

Solving Problems Involving Line Graphs

and the Average of a Set of Data
Warm Up
Find the average of the following set of numbers.
1. 25 26 27 28 29
2. 15 20 25 30 35
3. 13 24 20 60 19
4. 40 50 60 70 80
5. 36 35 38 45 48

Let Us Discover

There are five baskets in the table. Each basket contains apples as shown below.

6 Apples 10 Apples 8 Apples 4 Apples 7 Apples

What was the average number of apples in the baskets so that each basket will have equal
number of apples.

Let us analyze the problem carefully.

Think: Understand the problem

What is asked in the problem?
The average number of apples in each basket

What are the given facts?

5 baskets containing 6 apples, 10 apples, 8 apples, 4 apples, 7 apples.

Plan: Determine the operations to be used

What processes or operations will you use?
Addition and Division

What is the mathematical sentence?

[ 6 + 10 + 8 + 4 + 7] ÷ 5 = n

426
Carry-out the Plan: Compute using the mathematical sentence formed
Arranged in column, then add. Divide the sum by 5.

6 7
10 5 √ 35
8 35
4 0
+ 7
35

Label your answer correctly.

The average number of apples in each basket is 7 apples.

Study the other examples

Aling Fely recorded her weekly sales. This can be seen on the table presented below.

Week Sales in Pesos

First week P950.75
Second Week P890.25
Third Week P1500.00
Fourth Week P2300.25

What was her average weekly sale?

Let us solve the problem using the steps in solving a problem.
This time, we will be using the AGPESA Rule

What is asked in the problem?

Aling Fely’s average weekly sales.

What are the given data?

P950.75 First week sales
P890.25 Second week sales
P1500.50 Third week sales
P2300.25 Fourth week sales

What was the hidden question?

The total sales for 4 weeks.

What operations or processes will you use?

Addition and Division

427
What is the equation or number sentence?
[ 950.75 + 890.25 + 1500.50 + 2300.25 ] ÷ 4 = n

How is the solution be done?

Arrange the data in column, then add. Divide the sum by 4.

950.75 1410.437
890.25 4 √5641.750
1500.50 4
16
+ 2300.25 16
5641.75 4
4
1
0
17
16
15
12
30
28
2

What is the complete answer?

Aling Fely’s average weekly sales P1410.44

Work Independently
Solve each problem.

1) Calculate average number of day in a month, Assuming that it was not a leap year.

Month Days
January 31
February 28
March 31
April 30
May 31
June 30
July 31
August 31
September 30
October 31
November 30
December 31

428
2) Find the average salary of 100 employees in an organization.

Annual Salary Number of Employees

P125 250.50 25
P 150 000.00 30
P235 620.75 18
P245 465.25 18
P365 699.00 9

3) Calculate the average prices of a can of milk for 4 years.

Average Price of a Can of Milk

2500

2000

1500
In Pesos

1000

500

0
2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012 2012-2013
Year

4) The marks of 10 students in a mathematics test with a maximum possible mark of 20

are given below. Find the average of these set of data values.

15 12 18 14 11 13 18 19 14 17

5) Maricel has taken 5 exams in English, Math, Science, HEKASI and Filipino. The
following are her scores with a maximum possible score of 50. What was her average
score?

English Math Science HEKASI Filipino

48 46 44 38 43

429
Work Harder

Solve each problem.

1) The line graph below shows the number of tourist who visited a museum.

Number of Tourists Who Visited a Museum

6000

5000

4000
No. of Tourists

3000

2000

1000

0
Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri
Day

What is the average number of tourist to the museum from Monday to Friday?

2) Given the following set, find the average.

12 15 25 28 36 42 45 58

3) A survey of 20 students was conducted to find out how many books they had read
during the past three months including the books in school. The results from those 20
students are shown below. Find the average for this data.
9 14 3 6 2 4 1 9 3 6
10 12 2 8 6 9 10 13 4 8

4) The average height of two boys is 145 .5 cm. The average height of 6 girls is 136.8
cm. What is the average height of all the children?

5) Migui bought a dozen of apples at P25.75 each. He bought another half dozen at
P29.50 each. How much did he pay for each apple on the average?

430
Apply Your Skills

Analyze and solve the following problems.

1) Due to heavy rainfall, Lorence records the level of water in the river every hour as a
basis of the evacuation. The data is presented on the line graph below.

Level of Water in the River

12

10
Level of Water in Meters

0
6:00 7:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00
Time

a. On what time of the day does he record the lowest level of water in the river?

b. On what time of the day does he record the highest level of water in the river?

c. What is the increase of water between 6:00 am and 11:00 am?

d. On what time of the day does he record the same level of water in the river?

2) The table below shows the weekly allowance of Margaux. How much was her average
allowance per day?

Day Allowance
Monday P130.00
Tuesday P150.00
Wednesday P75.50
Thursday P95.25
Friday P150.00

431
Concepts to Ponder

 To solve word problems involving line graphs, read and interpret the data
presented on it before answering the questions that follow.
 To solve word problems involving average of a set of data use the formula:
Average = Sum of all Data Values
Number of Data Values
 Follow the rules in solving a problem
- Think, Plan, Solve and Label
 Use also the guide questions in any problem solving, the AGPESA rule.

432
LESSON 92

Describing and Performing Probability

Experiment
Warm Up
Look at the diagram and write the required ratio.

1. What is the ratio of triangles to rectangles?

2. What is the ratio of circles to squares?
3. What is the ratio of squares to triangles?
4. What is the ratio of rectangles to squares?
5. What is the ratio of circles to rectangles?

Let Us Discover

A spinner has 5 equal sectors colored green, yellow, blue, red and pink. What are the
chances of landing on yellow after spinning the spinner? What are the chances of landing on
pink?

433
 The chances of landing on yellow is 1 in 5, or one fifth.
The chances of landing on pink is 1 in 5, or one fifth.
The chances of landing on blue is 1 in 5, or one fifth.
The chances of landing on red is 1 in 5, or one fifth.
The chances of landing on green is 1 in 5, or one fifth.
This problem asked you to find some probabilities involving a spinner.

Let’s look at some definitions and examples from the problem above.

Definition Examples
An experiment is a situation involving In the problem above, the experiment is
chance or probability that leads to results spinning the spinner
called outcomes.
An outcome is the result of a single trial of The positive outcomes are leading on
an experiment. yellow, blue, red and green.
An event is one or more outcomes of an One event on this experiment is landing on
experiment. yellow.
Probability is the measure of how likely an The probability of landing on yellow is one
event is. fifth.

In order the measure probabilities, mathematicians have devised the formula for
finding the probability of an event.

Probability of an Event
P= the Number of Ways an Event Can Occur
the total number of Possible Outcomes

Study the other examples

Experiment 1: A single 6-sided die is rolled.

What is the probability of each outcome?
What is the probability of rolling on even number?
What is the probability of rolling an odd number?
Outcomes: The possible outcomes of this experiment are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.

Probabilities: P(1) = number of ways to roll a 1 = 1

the total number of sides 6

P(2) = number of ways to roll a 2 = 1

the total number of sides 6

P(3) = number of ways to roll a 3 = 1

the total number of sides 6

434
 P(4) = number of ways to roll a 4 = 1
the total number of sides 6

P(5) = number of ways to roll a 5 = 1

the total number of sides 6

P(6) = number of ways to roll a 6 = 1

the total number of sides 6

P(even) = number of ways to roll an even numbers = 1

the total number of sides 6

P(odd) = number of ways to roll an odd numbers = 1

the total number of sides 6

Experiment 1 illustrates the difference between an outcome and on event. A single

outcome of this event is rolling a 1, or rolling a 2, or rolling a e, etc. Rolling an even number
( 2, 4 or 6 ) is on an event, and rolling on odd number ( 1, 3 or 5 ) is also an event.

Experiment 2: A glass jar contains 6 red, 5 green, 8 blue, and 3 yellow marbles. If a
single marble is chosen at random from the jar, what is the probability of choosing a red
marble? A green marble? A blue marble? A yellow marble?
Outcomes: The possible outcomes of this experiment are getting red, green, blue and
yellow.

Probabilities: P(red) = number of ways to choose red = 6 = 3

the total number of marbles 22 11

P(green) = number of ways to choose green = 5

the total number of marbles 22

P(blue) = number of ways to choose blue = 8 = 4

the total number of marbles 22 11

P(yellow) = number of ways to choose yellow = 3

the total number of marbles 22

435
 The outcomes in this experiment are not equally likely to happen. You are more likely
to choose a blue marble than any other color. You are least likely to have choose a yellow
marble.

Experiment 3: Choose a number at random from 1 to 5. What is the probability of

each outcome? What is the probability that the number chosen is even? What is the
probability that the number chosen is odd?

Outcomes: The possible outcomes of this experiment are 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5.

Probabilities: P(1) = number of ways to choose 1 = 1

the total number of numbers 5

P(2) = number of ways to choose 2 = 1

the total number of numbers 5

P(3) = number of ways to choose 3 = 1

the total number of numbers 5

P(4) = number of ways to choose 4 = 1

the total number of numbers 5

P(5) = number of ways to choose 5 = 1

the total number of numbers 5

P(even) = number of ways to choose even = 1

the total number of numbers 5

P(odd) = number of ways to choose odd = 1

the total number of numbers 5

The outcomes 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 are equally likely to happen as result of this experiment.
However, the vents even and odd are not equally likely to happen, since there are e odd
numbers and 2 even numbers from 1 to 5.

Work Independently

Read, analyze and solve.

Experiment:
A box contains numbers from 1 to 20 written on cards.
What is the probability of each outcome?
What is the probability that the number chosen is even?
What is the probability that the number chosen is odd?
436
 What is the probability that the number chosen is prime?
What is the probability that the number chosen is composite?

Outcomes:

Probabilities:

Work Harder

Read, analyze and solve.

Experiment:
A bag contains all the letters of the alphabet written on cards. The cards are mixed
thoroughly of each outcome?

What is the probability of each outcome?

What is the probability that the letter chosen is a vowel?
What is the probability that the letter chosen is a consonant?

Outcomes:

Probabilities:

Apply Your Skills

437
 A. Refer to the spinner to answer each quest

5 5

5 5

5 5

5 5

5 5

1. What is the probability that the spinner will point at number 3?

2. What is the probability that the spinner will point at number 5?
3. What is the probability that the spinner will point at prime number?
4. What is the probability that the spinner will point at even number?
5. What is the probability that the spinner will point at odd number?
6. What is the probability that the spinner will point at composite number?

B. Read and solve each problem.

1. Rein and her 3 friends is possible winner for a major prize in a raffle draw. What is the
probability that Rein would win the major prize?

2. In a class of 16 boys and 34 girls, the teacher decided to have an oral recitation. What
is the probability that teacher will call on a boy?

Concepts to Ponder

 Probability is the chance that an event can happen.

 The greater the probability the bigger the chance of a given event to occur.
 In order to measure probabilities, use the formula below

Number of Ways an Event Can Occur

P= the Total Number of Favorable Outcomes

438
 GLOSSARY

Addition is an operation of combining numbers to obtain an equivalent quantity.

Addends are the numbers to be added.

Arc of a circle consist of two points on the circle and all the points on the circle that lie

between these two points. It’s like a segment that was wrapped partway around a circle.

Area is the number of square units that cover a figure.

Average refers to the middle or central point.

Base is the total number or the whole quantity from which we take a percent.

Cancellation method is the method of deleting the common factors in the numerator and

denominator to get the simpler form of a fraction.

Celsius means relating to or having a scale for measuring temperature on which the boiling

point of water is at 100 degrees and the freezing point of water is at o degree.

Centigrade means relating to or conforming to of having a thermometric scale on which the

interval between the freezing point of water and the boiling point of water is divided into 100

degrees with 0 degree representing the freezing point and 100 degrees the boiling point.

Compare Celsius.

Central angle is an angle whose vertex is the center of a circle.

Chord is a segment whose endpoints are on a circle.

439
Circle is a set of points equidistant from a given point. The point from which all the points on

a circle are equidistant is called the center of the circle, and the distance from that point to

the circle is called the radius of the circle.

Circumference of a circle is the actual length around the circle which is equal to 360 o.

Circumscription means when a polygon is circumscribed about a circle, each of the sides of

polygon is tangent to the circle.

Commission is the amount a salesman receives for selling a product.It is subtracted from

the gross proceeds.

Common factor is a number that is a factor of two or more numbers.

Common multiple is a number that is a multiple of two or more numbers.

Compass is an instrument used to draw circles or the parts of circles called arcs. It consist of

two movable arm hinged together where one arm has a pointed end and the other arm holds

a pencil.

Composite number is a number that has more than two factors.

Concentric circles are circles that have the same center. Just because a circle is inside

another circle doesn’t mean they are concentric, they must have the same point as their

center. Any number of circles can be concentric to one another, provided they all share a

center.

Continuous division method is a method of computing the prime factorization of a number

by dividing the number by prime factors one at a time until all of its prime factors are

obtained.

Congruent polygons are polygons that have the same size and the same shape.

440
Congruent shapes have all sides and angles congruent.

Concave polygon is a polygon that has an interior angle > 180°.

Convex polygon is a polygon in which each of the angles inside the polygon are all ≤180°.

Cross multiplication is the process of multiplying the numerator of one fraction to the

denominator of another fraction, and then multiplying the denominator of the first fraction by

the numerator of the second fraction.

Cross products are the products obtained and compared after using cross multiplication on

two fractions. See also cross multiplication.

Cube is a prism that has six equal faces, eight vertices and twelve edges.

Decagon is a plane polygon of ten angles and ten sides.

Degree is a unit for measuring temperature.

Denominator is the term found below the fraction bar in a fraction that tells how many parts

a whole or group is divided.

Diameter of a circle is the segment that contains the center and whose endpoints are both

on the circle. The length of the diameter is twice that of the radius.

Difference is the answer in subtraction.

Discount is the amount by which the price of a product has been reduced. This is subtracted

from the original price.

Dissimilar fraction are fractions that do not have the same denominator.

441
Dividend is a number that is being divided by another number.

Divisibility is the term used when a number is divided by another number has a zero

remainder.

Division is the process of finding out how many times one number is contained in another.

Divisor is the number by which another number is being divided.

Equation is a mathematical sentence that shows equality of two expressions.

Equiangular polygons have congruent interior angles like a rectangle.

Equilateral polygons have congruent sides like a rhombus.

Estimation is the process of guessing the size, amount, cost of something to get the answer

fast.

Even numbers are numbers ending in 0, 2, 4, 8 and 8.

Expert refers to those teachers/professors who teach the subject and are considered

experts in the field of Mathematics.

Exponent is the number that describes how many times a number should be multiplied to

itself repeatedly.

Exterior angle on a polygon is formed by extending one of the sides of the polygons outside

of the polygon, thus creating an angle supplementary to the interior angle at that vertex.

Because of the congruence of vertical angles, it doesn’t matter which side is extended, the

exterior angle will be the same.

Extremes are the outer terms in a proportion.

442
Fahrenheit means relating to of having a scale for measuring temperature on which the

boiling point of water is at 212 degrees above zero and the freezing point is at 32 degrees

above zero.

Greater than is a symbol used to compare two numbers when the greater number is written

first.

Greatest common factor (GCF) is the largest number that is a common factor of two or

more numbers.

Heptagon is a flat shape that has seven sides and seven angles.

Hexagon is a flat shape that has six angles and six sides.

Improper fraction is a fraction where the numerator is greater than its denominator.

Interest is the money paid by the bank or a person for using your money. It is also the

amount you pay for borrowed money. It is added to your deposit or loan.

Interior Angles of Polygons follow certain patterns based on the number of sides. A

polygon with n sides has n vertices, and therefore has n interior angles. The formula is (n-2)

x 1800.

Inscription means when a polygon is inscribed in a circle, each of the vertices of that

polygon intersects the circle.

Irregular polygon is a polygon having sides that are not of equal length and all its angles

are not equal.

Learner is any individual seeking basic literacy skills and functional life skills or support

services for the improvement of the quality of his/her life.

443
Least common denominator (LCD) is the smallest common multiple of the denominators of

a set of fractions.

Least common multiple is the smallest number that is a common multiple of two or more

numbers.

Less than is a symbol used to compare two numbers when the lesser number is written first.

Liter is the standard unit of capacity ii measuring liquid.

Lowest terms is fraction that is equivalent to a given fraction and whose numerator and

denominator have a GCF of 1. Also called simplest form.

Milliliter is used to measure small amount of liquid.

Minuend is a number in which a subtrahend is to be subtracted.

Mixed number is a number that is composed of a whole number and a fraction.

Multiples is the product of a number and the set of counting numbers.

Multiplicand is the number that is to be multiplied by another.

Multiplication is the process of adding a number to itself a certain number of times.

Multiplier is a number by which another number is multiplied.

Nonagon is a polygon that has nine angles and nine sides.

Numerator is the number above the fraction bar that describes the number of part selected.

Octagon is a flat shape that has eight sides and eight angles.

444
Odd number are numbers ending in 1, 3, 5, 7 and 9. These numbers are not divisible by 2.

Pentagon is a flat shape that has fives sides and fives corners.

Percent means “per hundred”. The percent sign (%) is affix after a number to show that the

number is a part of 100. It can be expressed as a ration, fraction or as a decimal.

Percentage is a part of the base or it is the number taken from the base.

Period refers to the grouping of digits into three so that one can easily read them. Each

period is divided into three place values namely: ones, tens, and hundreds.

Point. It is an exact location in space.

Point of tangency is the point at which the circle and the line intersect.

Polygon is a closed plane figure made up of three or more straight lines and angles.

Prime factorization is a method of writing a number as a product of its prime factors.

Prime Number is a number whose only factors are 1 and the number itself.

Prism is a kind of spatial figure that has two identical bases that are polygons.

Probability is the quantity that describes the likeness of a favorable outcome given the

possible outcomes.

Product is the answer in multiplication.

Proper fraction is a fraction whose numerator is lesser than its denominator.

Proportion is a statement of equality of two ratios.

Quadrilateral is a flat shape that has four sides and four angles.
445
Quotient is the number that results when one number is divided by another. It is the answer

in division.

Radius is a line segment from the center to a point on a circle.

Rate is the percent or the number of hundredths parts expressed either as a fraction or as a

decimal.

Ratio is a comparison of two terms or quantities.

Reciprocal is the fraction that corresponds to a given fraction so that the product of the two

fractions is 1.

Rectangular prism has six faces, some or all of which are rectangles, eight vertices and

twelve edges.

Regular Polygon is a polygon where all its sides and all its angles are equal.

Sales Tax is the amount the government changes for a bought item. It is added to the

marked price of an item.

Secant line is a line that intersects a circle at two points. Every secant line contains a chord

of the circle it intersects.

Sector of a circle is the region enclosed by a central angle of the circle and the circle itself.

Segment of a circle is the region enclosed by a chord and the arc that the chord defines.

Similar fractions are fractions that have the same denominators.

Similar polygons are figures that have exactly the same shape but not the same size. The

size of their angle does not change.

Simplest forms see lowest terms.

446
Spatial figure is a figure that is three-dimensional: it has length, width and height or altitude.

Square meter is the basic unit of area of the Metric System.

Subtraction is the process of subtracting one number from another.

Subtrahend is a number that is to be subtracted from a minuend.

Sum is the answer in addition.

Tangent line is a line that intersects a circle at one point. Such a line is said to be tangent to

that circle.

Temperature is a measurement that indicates how hot or cold something is.

Thermometer is an instrument used for measuring temperature.

Triangle is a shape that is made up of three lines and three angles.

Variable is a letter or symbol that represents an unknown value in an expression or

equation.

Volume is the amount of space that a three- dimensional object can hold.

447